From: https://youtube.com/watch?v=jlLJEmmoQME
Context: Throughout this transcript, Bhante Vimalaramsi is the speaker unless otherwise indicated.
the book you are about to hear is called
the path to nibana
how mindfulness of loving-kindness
progresses through the tranquil
awareness to awakening
by david c johnson copyright 2017-20
david c johnson all rights reserved
the holy life friend vasaka is grounded
upon nibana
culminates in nibana ends in nibana
midshima nikaya 44 kulavadala suda
acknowledgements
i want to acknowledge venerable bonnie
vimela ramsay mahatera
from whom i have learned this practice
he is the founder of tranquil wisdom
insight meditation
twim without his skillful guidance
this project would not be possible
descriptions for many of the jannas have
come from evening talks on the anupata
sutha
number 111 by venerable vimela ramsay
it was his struggle through years of
intense meditation practice
and his discussions with many of the
world's most venerable monks
that led him in an entirely different
direction he went back to the earliest
buddhist teachings
the suthas in the pali canon to practice
what the buddha himself had taught his
own disciples
from this he discovered twim and has
given us this gift of true dhamma
i wish to thank the venerable for
reviewing this work and correcting
misunderstandings which may have
occurred
i also acknowledge bhikkhu bodhi for his
work the middle-length discourses of the
buddha
a translation of the mejiman nikaya
wisdom publications
somerville massachusetts 1995
by biku bodhi and bikunyana mali this
book
with some exceptions is the basis for
twin meditation practice
thanks also to brenda e mcrae who wrote
down a one-page summary
based on student interviews of what
meditators experienced as they
progressed through the meditation
process
seeing the need to document the levels
of practice i expanded her summary to
the book you now are reading
also thanks to terry poll paul johnson
mark and antra burger doug kraft and jay
delmer who helped with editing and for
their many useful suggestions
thanks to s jordan who rendered the
beautiful cover art from his own unique
design
introduction the purpose of this book is
to help the earnest seeker and advanced
meditator understand the experiences and
signposts on the buddha's path
which has as its goal the destruction of
craving and the elimination of ignorance
i want to document these experiences for
the meditation community so they may be
studied and preserved as a guide to
future meditators
this book was also written so that
meditators without access to local
teachers could have all the instructions
to continue down this path on their own
every instruction on how to meditate at
every level is here
there are no secret techniques held back
just the words from the southeastern
commentary by venerable bonnie vimela
ramsay
i have added to the addition you are now
reading a review of all the instructions
and all the progress steps and signed
posts in the last chapter of the book
so if you forget some of the steps go
there for a refresher
and perhaps a higher level overview of
all the meditation instructions in the
book in this book are integrated all the
instructions for the beginning meditator
if you are familiar with the starting
instructions you can skip ahead to the
section on the advanced chapters on jon
estates
but it's probably best to read the whole
book as you never know what you might
pick up
if when you are starting you bog down
and you just can't feel this loving
kindness for yourself
take a look at the pamphlet provided at
the end of this book
by bonnie vimela ramsey entitled a guide
to forgiveness meditation
try this meditation and see if it
doesn't loosen possible emotional blocks
from past traumas
bosses or other scary memories
forgiveness can be a perfect
prerequisite to experiencing warm
flowing loving kindness at some places
in the book
i will put meditation instruction to
highlight for students
who are using this book as an
instruction guide progressive directions
on how to proceed with the practice
twim is a fancy name for basically the
brahmavihara practice
starting with meta or loving kindness as
the object breath may be used but tends
to have slower progress
these instructions are taken directly
from the meditation methods described in
the suthas
the earliest buddhist teachings twim is
the practice that will lead us to nibana
as it is outlined in the texts
we will see that when the instructions
are followed there are immediate results
precisely as the buddha laid out
the path to nibana elaborates on both
the goal and the practice of meditation
as explained by the buddha
its purpose is to follow the progress of
the practice as it is explained in the
suthas themselves
for that the clearest map is the
midshima nikaya
mn number 111 the anupada suda
one by one as they occurred this suda
shows how progress occurs step by step
all the way to nibana
this is the map we will use as we go
through the levels of insight in this
book
the suthas of the pali canon are
traceable back 2550 years to the buddha
himself
they are considered by scholars to be
the words of the buddha as he originally
spoke them
to put a finer point on this it is
thought that the buddha spoke maggoty
that was his native language pali is a
form of that language
and later all of the suthas were
documented in pali
first by reciting and then writing them
down by members of the buddhist order in
sri lanka
they were written on palm leaves about
80 bc as they were written down
monks who had memorized the suthas
checked the written texts for any added
or wrong words
the suthas were inscribed on stone
tablets in mandalay
burma and are today still being
memorized and recited by buddhist monks
and burmese monasteries
this has continued since the first
council of 500 senior monks or arahants
convened three months after the buddha
died
i visited this interesting site in burma
in 2003 and saw the white marble stones
with these very inscriptions
groups of monks memorize the sutha texts
together
one monk will recite and the rest of the
group will check and correct him as he
goes
this method has been about as foolproof
as any other to retain original texts
for long periods
writing the suthas down can be subject
to the translator's misinterpretation of
what words to use
to describe the practice precisely but
even with this method there could have
been errors that crept in
even as perfect as this system was we
can't really know because we weren't
there and it was over 25 centuries ago
thus we used these suthas as the closest
direct guide to what the buddha really
taught
there are many buddhist sects and many
different beliefs and practices
all we can do is find what meditation
practice matches the buddha's words
the practice of twim is new in the sense
it has been rediscovered in the suthas
it is not practiced very widely yet
which seems rather surprising
in fact venerable bonnie vimela ramsay
and his approved teachers
are the only ones who teach directly
from the suthas in this way
others reference the suthas but don't
follow them precisely
twim is the actual and correct
application of right effort
this is the reason for its resulting
success
i will discuss more about this later
changes have been made in other
practices to allegedly improve upon the
buddha's meditation instructions
but hold on he was the buddha
is it not just a little bit presumptuous
to think that the instructions of a
buddha can be improved upon
after all he was indeed the supremely
awakened tatagata
perfecting his wisdom over countless
lifetimes let's try to put aside all the
other techniques for now and just focus
on how to practice
as described in the early teachings as
close to the actual words of the buddha
as we can get
most scholars agree that the pali canon
and its suthas are the actual teachings
of the buddha
so let's go to them and only them to
find the way to practice
the anupada suta minnesota 111 explains
the progress of the meditation through
the jhanas and the four
foundations of mindfulness at the same
time it will be shown here that these
jhanas when practiced as taught in the
suthas
will lead us to awakening the jhanas
described in the anupada suthay are not
to be confused with the concentration
states commonly taught elsewhere
these are the tranquil aware genres that
are being taught in the suthas
in which you maintain awareness of both
mind and body
their foundation is collectedness not
concentration which we will cover later
it is this rediscovered aware jhana that
is the key to a new understanding of the
buddha's teachings
the twim technique referenced in this
book uses for its primary suthay guide
the middle-length discourses of the
buddha a translation of the medeshima
nikaya
by biku bodhi and bikunyanamali bonnie
vimalaramsi feels this is the closest
translation available
though sometimes he prefers different
wordings than are used there
for example he uses the word habitual
tendency instead of becoming
more on this later we will combine here
the explanation of the sutha's meaning
with the actual experiences of the many
meditators who have practiced and have
been successful
also we will attempt to explain some of
the reasons why certain experiences and
subtle phenomena occur
though only the buddha knows for sure
please forgive me for errors and
omissions
some phenomena like the subtlest links
of dependent origination that are deep
down in the mental processes have had
their descriptions left out
they are for the student to discover on
their own and it won't change the pace
of a student's progress by not
describing them here
explaining certain phenomena before the
student is ready to see them can create
false
expectations and wrong ideas many
students
later are grateful that bonnie does not
explain to them where they are in the
genres
they just want to progress and not be
thinking and analyzing as they practice
they may develop some sense of pride
because of thoughts about i am in this
genre or that jhana
they might have some familiarity with
meditation practice and may have some
consider rise and get stuck thinking
about how far advanced they are
when they are only beginners in this
practice it is better off not knowing
where you are if you are on an intensive
retreat and just follow the instructions
if you are seeking an even deeper
understanding of how the practice works
than what is described here in this book
more descriptions of insights and levels
of understanding that arise
and the sooth references that support
this meditation you may also want to
read one of the following books
meditation is life life is meditation
which provides information in depth and
detail
breath of love and moving dharma volume
volume 1 also offers skillful guidance
as one goes deeper into the practice
these are all written by venerable
bonnie vimela ramsay
my purpose here is to put down on paper
the steps to awakening
the progress through the levels of
insight to awakening
it is my hope that this knowledge can be
handed down studied in the future
and not lost this book is based on
venerable bonnie vimela ramsay's
suda-based methods and results
using texts from his various talks as
well drawing on my own personal
experiences involving this practice
today's practices include brahmanic
influences new age methods
and even a new take on buddhism in which
the buddha himself starts to disappear
from the pages
this is called secular buddhism or just
mindfulness with no mention of the
buddha
the heartwood of the buddha's teachings
has been mixed up with western
psychology
and even the word mindfulness is no
longer being used in the way the buddha
intended
an important goal of this book is to
show how buddhism as it is generally
taught today
has veered away from the ideas presented
in the suthas
it has deviated from what the historical
buddha taught
we are going to explore among other
things
what the buddha taught us in his own
words from the suthas
awakening both mind and body
dependent origination the definition of
mindfulness
what is tranquil wisdom insight
meditation twim
what are the six rupees two types of
jhanas
absorption jhanas and aware jhanas
the progress through the jaundice to
nibana
the four stages of sainthood
chapter one what is buddhism
around 2600 years ago when the young
prince siddhartha gotamo went outside
his palace into the village
he realized suffering was experienced
universally by all beings
he found that there was sickness old age
and death and it so shocked him that he
left behind his wife and newborn son
his kingdom and all his worldly goods to
go in search of a way to end this
suffering
after years of searching he finally
discovered the path to the end of
suffering
nibbana a path which he described as not
only achieving release from suffering
but that it was also immediately
effective or not taking that long if
practiced correctly
he then spent the next 45 years teaching
that path to others
during that time many people were
awakened the mahavakagata suda
number 73 and the medeshima nikaya mn
confirms and gives us more details about
just how many thousands of people were
awakened
in the suda when the buddha is asked if
there were any beings who had been
successful
he clearly described the numbers and
attainments of those he had taught
what is suffering the buddha stated the
cause through his four noble truths
there are suffering and dissatisfaction
in the world and in our lives
the cause and origin of that suffering
is craving
the cessation of craving is the
cessation of suffering
the eightfold path leads us to the end
of that suffering
this is buddhism in brief suffering the
cause of suffering
the end of suffering and the path
leading to the end of suffering
this is the heart of buddhism it is not
about rights and rituals
prayers and incense it is not a religion
but a scientific investigation into
overcoming sorrow at all levels of mind
and body
in modern times it seems that few people
actually reach awakening
some teachers explain that people in the
buddha's time were more spiritually
developed and some say it was because of
the buddha himself
others attribute the lack of success to
the so-called darker times in which we
now live
but the buddha made it clear that if you
follow the directions awakening can be
achieved in a single lifetime
even in as little as a few days this is
as true today as it was at the time of
the buddha
this book just might be the proof people
are different culturally
but our minds and bodies all function in
the same way
this means that if we follow the true
path of the buddha we too can experience
awakening in a short period of time
the experiences of our students who have
followed the instructions from the
earliest sutheas precisely
without adding or subtracting anything
are proof of that
they have experienced the states i will
talk about and so can you
a super mundane science dr
albert einstein is attributed to have
said that if he were ever interested in
getting involved with religion
he would become a buddhist buddhism he
said
is the religion that is the closest to
science
he talked about a cosmic religion which
he felt buddhism was closer to
certainly most people think of buddhism
as a religion
but what is a religion religion is
defined in the merriam-webster
dictionary as follows
belief in a god or a group of gods
an organized system of beliefs
ceremonies and rules used to worship a
god or a group of gods
so is buddhism a religion many sects of
buddhism seem to treat it as such
and certainly most people consider it
one
but the buddha left out the whole
concept of god and what the buddha
taught is certainly beyond any religious
belief system
then is it science perhaps but it may
even be beyond science
at least the existing level of today's
knowledge
because the buddha's concern was with
the cause and the cessation of suffering
much of what he taught focused on the
development of mind through deep
meditative practices
there is a growing tendency currently in
the scientific community to explain
everything about mind in terms of
neuroscience and the study of the brain
in fact much of neuroscience sees mind
as just a product of the functioning
brain
but this is a limited understanding of
mind
so in one corner you have practitioners
of meditation wanting to find happiness
with religious leaders teachings and
meditation
and in the other corner you have western
scientists wanting to find happiness
through the study of the physical brain
there seems to be the goal maybe hope is
a better word
that by understanding the brain we can
somehow develop a therapy or pill to
attain happiness
studying the neural system will give us
an idea of how neurons work and what
they look like on an mri and other
medical measurement equipment
it may also show us what parts of the
brain are used for certain mental
functions
but it will never explain the insights
that are experienced by mind
for our purposes it does not give
insights into the true nature of
suffering and how
through seeing these insights nibana can
be attained
there is no way at least that we know of
now to duplicate the process of
awakening in the lab by any physical
process
drugs machines etc to achieve awakening
we must understand at a very deep level
how body and mind working together is an
impersonal process without any self or
soul
the brain is not mind and mind is not
the brain the brain is just part of the
body like an arm or a finger
mind brain is something that sits
independence upon the physical body
however mind is something we cannot
directly measure and can only indirectly
understand
why because we are dependent on the
reported experience of the individual
for this information
when studying another person to find out
their actual cognition of something
we only have what they tell us we cannot
measure
for example their understanding of
reality
so since science is defined by
merriam-webster's dictionary a
systematized knowledge derived from
observation
study and experimentation carried on in
order to determine the nature or
principles of what is being studied
then saying that buddhism leans more
toward science than belief is close
but still not quite right the buddha did
leave us a clear set of methods and
instructions that have come down to us
from the suthas which allow us to go
deeply into our mind and observe things
firsthand
whenever the buddha taught the way to
the cessation of suffering
he always told his followers that they
did not have to believe what he said
but that they should come and see for
themselves as he suggested in the
kalamazoo
do not take up his teachings with only
faith try it first
and then dismiss it if it has no
measurable benefit no belief or faith
was asked for by the buddha
these instructions still apply try the
practice as the buddha taught it
you decide for yourself if the results
you are having are the same as those
that are described and if they are
beneficial to you
when you see that they work and produce
repeatable results this develops
confidence and encourages you to
continue on the path
if we only study the brain we cannot
purport to be studying mind
as mind is only truly noble by the
individual being studied
the researcher must ask the subject what
happened
they can never know how understanding
and wisdom have internally affected the
subject's mind
this is something beyond simple science
when we say that the buddha's teachings
go beyond science
i.e that it is super mundane we are
talking about both the actual methods
that the buddha taught and the results
insights achieved with the practice
while both the methods and the results
are repeatable and measurable
they are also subjective experiences
they are transformative and profound but
not easily measured by outside
researchers
the buddha was not just trying to
understand the nature and principles of
what is being studied
he was searching for a way to finally
end personal suffering
not just obtain understanding of it
buddhism is beyond any scientific study
because only by observing mind directly
with one's own consciousness can we
understand mind
once the understanding is achieved then
that mind being observed is transformed
in india it is called a subjective
science
i call it super mundane science this is
why we needed a buddha to show us the
path
the answer was not a simple this or that
it was a subtle recipe
a complex training to which he gave the
name the middle path
between all extremes awakening both mind
and body
traditionally indian masters believed
that enlightenment could be achieved by
controlling desire
as desire was believed to be the cause
of all kinds of suffering
practicing initially within this
tradition the buddha mastered the
mind-based practices of yogic
one pointed absorption concentration
following that
he spent some long years mastering the
body-based austere
ascetic practices of the yogic sadhus
both efforts were intended to bring
desire under control and thereby bring
about awakening
on the one hand the brahmanic meditation
masters believed that they could control
desire by controlling mind
by forcing the attention to stay on an
object for longer and longer periods of
time
it was thought that craving or desire
could be controlled
but it wasn't that craving would be
overcome it was that there would arise
this all-powerful controller of that
craving which
by improving self-discipline and
self-control would be able to exert
mastery over desire
holding it down and keep it from coming
up pushing it down versus eliminating it
but then we'd have to ask the question
who is our real self here
the controlling one the mind that wished
to control desire
or the one with the desire or neither
for there even to be a self
there must be something that is
considered not the self or at least not
our real self
in the brahmajala suda number one of the
deegan nikaya
the buddha describes there are 62 views
of self
there is self-watching self not
self-observing self
the self-observing and not self and on
and on
there is only one you but which one is
it if an alcoholic says
they will give up drinking by exercising
their willpower then who is the real
self
is it the one who wants to keep drinking
or the one who wants to stop drinking
which one is the real you on the other
hand
if controlling desires with mental
self-control and discipline didn't work
then ascetics thought that they could
control desire by controlling the body
yogis would stand on one leg for
extended periods or eat a very
restricted diet
believing that by controlling the body
in this way enlightenment would surely
come
mind would experience a breakthrough
when the control of the body was
mastered
again self-discipline would enable
someone to take charge and bring desire
under control
this someone was conceived as the higher
self or the eye who would finally have
total control such that one would no
longer be subject to desire and its
suffering
this was the perceived goal of the
meditation practice
it wasn't about eliminating desire but
actually controlling desire
after practicing both approaches
extensively the future buddha or
bodhisattva had not achieved awakening
when he entered deep states of
absorption concentration he found that
these states suppressed his sense bases
so that he no longer felt
heard or experienced anything from the
body
the mental states he achieved were
blissful and sublime
however he soon realized that tightly
controlling mind did suppress desire
but only while he was practicing this
was temporary
it did not eradicate the craving mind
entirely
as soon as he stopped practicing desire
returned in full force
similarly after six years of ascetic
practices
when he was about to die from hunger
near bodega he understood that excessive
controlling of the body through
deprivation would only lead to death
through starvation
it would not however lead to the
elimination of desire
the cessation of suffering would never
be achieved with these practices
when he had all but given up practicing
concentration meditation and ascetic
techniques to their absolute limit
he realized that control was not the
answer it was a futile practice
that didn't lead to awakening using
craving to control craving
at that point he sat down under the
bodhi tree and determined that he would
sit there until he found the answer
on a full moon day in may he became the
tatagata
the buddha the awakened one in the third
watch of the night
between 3 and 7 am he had found the
middle way he had come to understand the
need to employ a meditation method that
used a totally different approach
a method that would include both mind
and body and eliminated the controller
the buddha had previously developed the
seeing and understanding of how his mind
worked by careful observation
he began to see that the mental
processes are a dependent chain of
events arising and passing away
we now know this as seeing the links of
dependent origination
the buddhi used the term patika samupata
which is poly for dependent origination
on the morning of his awakening he
realized that seeing clearly
the deepest phenomena in mind is without
a doubt
the way to nibana by seeing how his own
mind worked and closely observing the
mental processes
he grew to understand that we all cause
our own suffering
he saw how desire works how it leads to
suffering
and how the cessation of suffering can
be achieved
the buddha realized that desires arise
because we feed them and continually
chase after them
we see them as ours and personally
identify with them
in other words if you are sitting
quietly and your mind goes to thinking
about how nice it would be to be
somewhere else
can you stop it can you just say that's
okay mind
i'd like to sit quietly and enjoy some
peace this afternoon
no here come the desires for this and
that unasked
uncalled for in that sense it is not our
desire
because we personally identify with
these desires that we experience
thinking of them as mine and then become
attached to them
this craving inevitably leads to
suffering
we have no control over how or when they
arise or how or when they pass away
craving and suffering occur because we
identify with and personalize these
desires and then cling to them
dependent origination is the
understanding that all things in both
body and mind are conditioned
they are conditioned or caused by what
came before and they inevitably lead to
what happens next
by seeing this chain of events clearly
we see that everything is impersonal
so where are we in this process where
am i an important part of understanding
dependent origination is that this thing
we call self or ego is actually not a
self or ego at all
but an impersonal process that happens
completely beyond our control
in fact there is no possibility of
control because there is no continuous
or permanent self capable of being the
controller
the buddha saw that there are only
processes arising and passing away with
no permanent self involved
who controls anything who makes the
decisions
even decision itself is another
conditioned mental process which arises
based on previous actions
decisions aren't made by some permanent
self who is control of what's happening
they are the impersonal you at that
moment our only possible input is to
recognize the reality of this situation
and not to take it personally
not to be attached to the outcome of any
given situation
this is the practice of right effort we
call it the six aries and we'll discuss
this later
this was a unique and profound truth
that the buddha discovered and presented
to the thinkers of his time
once the buddha fully and deeply
realized what he had discovered
he found that craving and suffering
ceased and today researchers have found
that there are
indeed measurable changes in both the
mind and bodies of meditators as various
types of meditation techniques are
practiced
there are measurable positive results
the buddha realized that he could not
break through to awakening by
controlling either mind or body
independently
you can't turn off input from the body
by suppressing the sense bases in some
sort of deep concentration
on the other hand you can't torture the
body and expect this to lead to some
sort of control of mind
by controlling pain the buddha
understood that mind and body worked
together
but first he tried controlling each one
separately
as far as he could muster his energy and
determination
it didn't work the result was that he
gave up
trying to control mind and body to look
for another way to solve this dilemma
hundreds of years later there came
commentaries and opinions about the
buddhist teachings
like the vijay maga which started to
split up practices
fundamentally discriminating insight and
concentration vipassana and samada
into different techniques whereas the
original suthis had called for them to
be yoked together
the vijudi maga was written in 430 c
e over 900 years after the buddha lived
it is a large volume written by
buddhigosa that attempts to lay out
mostly the chief meditative practices
that the buddha taught
it is especially considered a very
important document for the theravada
buddhist sect
since it is not the words of the buddha
it is considered a commentary on his
practices
in the visuadi maga there are many
methods involved in developing
concentration
some use casanas or colored disks many
use the breath to create
a nimita or sign on which to concentrate
we will describe the origins of the book
later and how it fits with meditation
practice
then came dry insight practice which
avoided deep concentration entirely
those teachers even told their
practitioners to stay away from
concentrated absorption practices
because they might get attached
this dry insight method developed only
enough concentration to start
investigating the mental process
without the benefit of the stronger type
of concentration
teachers of such an approach said it was
faster and more direct
the question here is did the buddha
teach this
here is the critical understanding of
what the buddha taught in the suthas
he says that concentration samada is
yoked together with insight
vipassana samada and vipassana
therefore must be practiced together
this is what is actually taught in the
suthas and this is what bonnie vimela
ramsay rediscovered hiding there in
plain
sight he has named this tranquil wisdom
insight meditation or aware jhana
practice
before we get into meditation practice
let us look at how mind works by
examining what the buddha considered the
most important concept to learn
dependent origination leaving control
behind
after years of practice in the brahmanic
tradition on the night of his awakening
the buddha realized why he had not found
relief
the fundamental premise of those
practices was incorrect
that idea assumed that one could
actually control desire and thereby
control suffering
on the night of his awakening the buddha
directly realized what he had already
reasoned out about his own mental
processes
he understood that everything has
craving in it and arises because of
actions that took place in the past
because those actions have already
happened no one has any control over
what will emerge or how they will react
to it
in other words you cannot in fact
control what desire arises but can only
observe the impersonal rising of it
what is dependent origination and how
does it work
when one sits in quiets mind all become
still
the next thing that might happen is a
sound arising
a bird may chirp the sound form
the chirp hits the ear base the organ
physical ear and ear consciousness
arises
these three things sound the earbase
and ear consciousness are the contact
link in the 12 links of dependent
origination
contact fafsa is all three elements
coming together so that hearing happens
in the same way lighting a match you
have the match head
the flammable chemicals and the flint of
the matchbox
when they are struck together this is
called contact
heat and light arise resulting in a
flame
if either one of these three things are
missing hearing doesn't happen
once hearing happens there are rises of
feeling
vedana associated with that sound then
perception arises that it is pleasant
unpleasant or neither pleasant nor
unpleasant
neutral feeling and perception are
followed by craving
tanha arising with the formula i like it
or i don't like it or i don't care
this is where you start to identify with
what is happening and take it personally
craving can always be recognized as
tension and tightness in the head
the tension or tightness is how you
recognize craving
you must see and let go of this craving
in the head that desire is what is next
going to lead you into thought
clinging and then leads to the birth of
action and resulting in sorrow
lamentation grief and despair
following craving clinging up a donna
or thinking arises the story about why
you like it or don't like it
this is based on your past experience
what happened when that sound arose at
some past time
you remember a time when you were bird
watching and heard a unique type of bird
thoughts arise and a story begins about
the sound
then there arises a drive or an urge to
action associated with what you might do
when that sound is heard
this is the habitual emotional tendency
or behavior
bava for example if you are a bird
watcher
when you hear a bird you have a habitual
tendency to reach for your camera
where you might have a tendency to reach
for your binoculars
a habitual emotional tendency is
something you always tend to do in a
certain situation
it can be your habitual reaction to a
feeling you have someone comes in the
room and complains about something
you always react in the same way by not
liking it and emotionally reacting to
the person complaining
your spouse calls and says he or she
will be home late from work
you may get this kind of call quite a
bit and react the same way every time
with a negative reaction
it might be a judgment of you are
unreliable or it might be a reaction to
lash out because you think he or she
isn't telling the truth
it is habitual it tends to come up when
this situation occurs
when this habitual reaction arises this
is where the strong tendency to try and
control your feelings with your thoughts
arises
you observe that mind is disturbed and
you react with frustration
trying to control the disturbing
thoughts this is the start of taking
something personally
you become emotional mind has many
factors or states of consciousness
contained in it
there is a greedy mind and there is a
joyful mind
in the anupada suda the buddha says that
even the mental factor of decision is
conditioned by previous actions from the
past
this decision process is something that
you might call a volition or intention
but we have to be careful to use those
words because they might wrongly imply
that there is a self making a decision
decision is just a small yet the most
important factor of the coming to a
decision
as stated previously phenomena arise and
pass like the sound of a bird
and are dependent on that sound for its
existence when your mind is very
tranquil
you can see the decision factor arise as
well as the push that goes with it to
make the decision
it's pretty interesting when you can
observe your mind operating at this
level and see how
truly you i.e i
am not in charge for example a desire
arises to get a cup of tea
you then continue to think about which
tea might taste good
if you are very mindful you can see the
exact moment when you decide which tea
to have
there is a moment in which your decision
arises
if you back away gently just allowing
everything to arise
very carefully watching it this is your
mental investigation factor you will see
the decision
mental factor arise entirely on its own
and then it also passes away there
appears this call to action arising
through the craving attached to it
this craving is the push you feel to go
into action
is there really free will is there some
soul or entity down deep making
decisions
kind of yet at the deepest level there
is only the deciding mind that arises
and passes away
so you have the decision there but it is
a conditioned decision
the phrase volitional formations used in
the soothing text is inadequate
not precisely correct volition indicates
someone is deciding
but there is no one there to do that
there are only causes and conditions
there is no you that makes the decision
just the deciding moment
the only real power we have is to allow
and observe releasing and relaxing into
that decision
seeing it fade away continuing
after the habitual tendency link
independent origination comes the actual
birth of action
jotty link and you get up to go get your
camera
the drive to action translates into
taking action
this can be bodily action moving verbal
action
speaking or mental action thinking
unfortunately by the time you get back
with your camera
the bird is flown away due to the result
of your action in getting the camera
dissatisfaction might arise because now
the bird is gone
you think your actions always will lead
you to what you want but you can never
really positively be sure of the results
of any action
the best laid plans of mice and men
then what follows the birth of action
link is the last link
sorrow lamentation grief and despair
yes there are some happy moments here
and there but they are fleeting
even if you get that picture you'll wish
the bird had stayed longer
or that you'd recorded its song etc and
the 12 links of dependent origination
we just went through the last part of
the process the grosser and observable
part
these are the last seven contact feeling
craving clinging habitual tendency
birth of action and sorrow lamentation
grief and despair these are the ones you
can see without having to go too deep
into the meditation
contact feeling craving clinging
habitual tendency birth of action sorrow
lamentation grief and despair
the first five links of the full 12
links of do come before the ones listed
above and can be understood as
potentials
they can only be observed as subtle
movements in mind with the exception of
ignorance which is your understanding
later when your meditation goes deeper
you will see the arising of the first
five
ignorance formations consciousness
mentality materiality and the six-fold
sense base
the buddha said that it all starts with
ignorance of how things work
that is ignorance of the truth of
dependent origination
and of the four noble truths which makes
clear that craving drives the whole
process of suffering
it is this ignoring of the four noble
truths which leads us to act in
unwholesome ways
which creates endless suffering on the
next page is a chart that shows the
circle of dependent origination
each link is dependent on the link
before it is nutriment as
food in each link there is also a small
additional amount of craving which makes
the whole process continue forward in a
never-ending chain of events
the samyata nikaya has a wealth of
information about dependent origination
and what it is
here are the basics sn 12.1
monks i will teach you dependent
origination
listen to that and attend closely i will
speak
with formations as condition
consciousness with consciousness as
condition
name and form with name and form as
condition
the sixth sense bases with the sixth
sense bases as condition
contact with contact as condition
feeling
with feeling as condition craving with
craving as condition
clinging with clinging as condition
existence
with existence as condition birth with
birth as condition
aging and death sorrow lamentation
pain displeasure and despair come to be
such is the origin of this whole mass of
suffering
this monks is called dependent
origination
but with the remainderless fading away
and cessation of ignorance comes
cessation of formations
with the cessation of formations
cessation of consciousness
with the cessation of consciousness
cessation of name and form
with the cessation of name and form
cessation of the sixth sense bases
with the cessation of the sixth sense
bases cessation of contact
with the cessation of contact cessation
of feeling
with the cessation of feeling cessation
of craving
with the cessation of craving cessation
of clinging
with the cessation of clinging cessation
of existence
with the cessation of existence
cessation of birth
with the cessation of birth aging and
death sorrow
lamentation pain displeasure and despair
cease
such is the cessation of this whole mass
of suffering
the highest goal of twin is to see how
each link is dependent on or conditioned
by the previous link
when one understands this process in a
deep and profound way
the unconditioned state nibana arises
for the first time
this first instance is the path
knowledge one realizes that there is no
personal self or ego
just an impersonal process dependent on
conditions
from this realization comes tremendous
relief because
as the famous sen saying goes no self
no problem no one is there so nobody to
control
it's as if we see a dark figure walking
toward us fear might arise
because our mind throws up this concept
of a villain from our past
yet when we get closer we see it as our
friend and that fearful image is
replaced by another happy image
just in the same way we thought there
was a self there
and now we see that it was an illusion
we can follow the links of dependent
origination in our own behavior in much
the same way we look at a town and trace
it back over the last hundred years
the first buildings led to more
buildings then they deteriorated and
were replaced by different buildings
and so on and so forth this arising and
passing away of conditions is like the
arising and passing away of a great city
flourishing and deteriorating and
constantly changing
finally it disappears because of
countless causes depending on each other
there is no controller making decisions
and taking actions there in that city
there are only changes occurring
conditioned by what has happened in the
past
similarly you have no personal self or
soul controlling your progress through
life
there are only changes that happen due
to causes and conditions arising and
passing away
this is what we mistakenly call ourself
me
myself and i it's an impersonal process
an endless chain of causes and
conditions that flow like a river
a river that we mistakenly take as
ourselves dependent origination is
indeed the most important principle of
buddhism along with the four noble
truths
understanding the source of suffering is
craving and how dependent origination
works leads to the elimination of that
craving
understanding that the noble eightfold
path is the way to this goal is the
heart of buddhist meditation
chapter 2 mindfulness redefined
what is mindfulness just what does
mindfulness mean
there was an article in a buddhist
magazine where this question was posed
to four meditation teachers
by the end of the discussion a
satisfactory answer still had not been
reached
they decided to take it up again in next
month's magazine
mindfulness does seem to be all the rage
these days and has gone from its strict
buddhist origins to a more general
acceptance anywhere from use by
psychologists to children and even by
the military
it even has its own magazine mindful
mindfulness is used to be aware of one's
thoughts and one's general state of
being and is used to calm one down and
relax
these are all good uses but is it what
the buddha taught
is the actual procedure of mindfulness
the process he intended
i have a theory and you won't find it
anywhere else
so please bear with me the pali word for
mindfulness is sati
when the pali texts were translated the
translators ran into this word sati and
had to pick out an appropriate english
word to translate it to
the problem is that some of the things
the buddha taught were brand new ideas
and never had been exposed to european
culture
there never were any english words that
represented these eastern concepts
buddhism had never come to the west thus
no english vocabulary had been developed
so what to do pick the closest word
such had to do with observation and to
know what was happening
so the word mindful was selected made
sense
but did it the problem was that
mindfulness already was a solid concept
in the english language
be mindful of the opening and don't bump
your head
that sort of definition became applied
to sati and thus
to be mindful meant to remember to look
where you are going and watch carefully
the process of getting there
what happened here is that the english
word has exerted powerful undue
influence over the pali term
now it was almost as if the pali term
was created to represent the english
word and not the other way around
the pali term in a sense became the
english term
because the translators were not
meditators they could only guess what
sati really meant
that would be fine if that is how sati
is defined and used in the suthas but it
may not be
you are now going to get a new
definition of the word mindfulness that
is quite different in its application
when tested against the sue the text you
will see that it works better
the definition of mindfulness is
remembering to observe how mind's
attention moves from one thing to
another
looking closer at this definition the
first part is just remembering
which sounds easy but it isn't once you
pay attention
you'll find that your mind is constantly
distracted from observation
of itself by thoughts over which you
have no control
you are aware of mind a thought arises
and you are pulled away into that
thought until you remember that you're
supposed to be paying attention to the
movement of mind's attention
you bring your observation back to mind
and then maybe a few seconds or minutes
later
another thought pulls your attention
away it's important to remember what it
is you're supposed to be doing
observing the process of mind's
attention and its movements as part of
an impersonal process which leads us to
the second part
on retreat you go for a walking
meditation
as you start your practice and you
slowly walk down the path
your mind wanders the first thing you
must do is to remember to be mindful
then actually do it so the second part
of mindfulness means to become aware of
how mind's attention moves from one
thing to another
the buddha intended that the meditator
be mindful of what arises in the present
whatever that may be and that they
specifically see how it arises
he didn't care what the feelings or
sensations were or whether we peered at
them that closely or not
only to know they had arisen he did not
intend for the meditator to pick out
specific parts of the four foundations
of mindfulness
were the five aggregates of mind and
body and only observe those
that would have been a concentration
practice focusing in on those individual
parts
rather he wanted you to watch the
activity of mind's attention and to
observe
1. how it arises and passes away without
any control on your part
and 2. how you take this mental movement
personally as yourself
mind clamps onto a feeling and then
identifies it as my feeling even though
you did not ask for it to arise
or to pass away you never had any
control over it whatsoever
it just arose when conditions were right
this identification with feeling gives
rise to a false belief in a personal
self
the concept of i when you see how the
eye concept arises
you can release it by not keeping
attention on it relax the tension or
tightness caused by that disturbance
smile into it and return to the
meditation object
it becomes clear that there never was a
self at all
there is only the endless stream of
activity
since you have no control over what
comes up you begin to see how this
identification process
craving is at the root of suffering
craving manifests as that desire to
control what happens
and when even that can't be accomplished
suffering arises
and we don't like it this leads to
frustration and an even further desire
to control
so again what is the definition of
mindfulness
mindfulness is remembering to observe
how mind's attention moves from one
thing to another
as things arise unasked and they then
completely pass away when they have run
their course
mindfulness is not over focusing on an
object feeling or breath or anything
else it only knows that it is happening
this process of observing the movement
of mind's attention is where you see the
hindrances arise and pull your attention
away
there are five hindrances one
greed or sensual desires 2.
hatred or aversion 3.
sloth laziness sleepy and torpor
dullness 4 restlessness worry
or anxiety 5.
doubt in yourself the teacher the
practice
or the buddha as you stay with your
object of meditation
this is where you will find craving
rearing its ugly head
it is your goal to fully understand how
craving arises
and by understanding the process you let
go of this craving and stay with the
object of meditation
and you don't do this by clenching your
teeth and pushing it away
you want to make the hindrances your
friends they are your teachers
they show you where you are attached
when you fully understand them
you will need no more instruction you
will graduate to awakening
you will see the four foundations of
mindfulness with pure
clear observation power you will see
them free of craving and free of your
taking them personally
it will be a relief to give up the
control of those things that are
uncontrollable
the four foundations of mindfulness as
we investigate
deeper into twin meditation it is
important to understand the four
foundations of mindfulness and how they
are correctly applied to the meditation
practice
mn 10 the suti patana suda tells us to
observe the four foundations of
mindfulness
the sooth a says to observe the four
foundations and let go of craving and
clinging
letting go of taking the foundations
personally
the four foundations are body feeling
mind
and mind objects they are also known as
the five aggregates
body feeling perception formations
and consciousness when the four
foundations are used instead of the five
aggregates
perception and feeling are joined
together the four foundations on the
five aggregates are different ways of
saying the same thing
but it depends on whether you are
talking about meditation or talking
about the impersonal process of the
existence of mind and body
we want to see what is there before we
create confusion by identifying with
what we are observing and taking it as
ourself
we want to see the body only as a body
feeling only as feeling
consciousness only as consciousness and
so forth
we need to observe impersonality or
anata for ourselves
the visudi maga explains that the
satipattana soother methodology is to
break up these four foundations and
practice them separately
if you want to observe the body then
only observe the breath
part of the body if you want to observe
feeling
then only observe feeling and so on
the vipassana insight meditation
practice breaks up the four foundations
as described above
you observe and focus in on just one of
them separately
for the most part you watch breath going
in and out
but some teachers will try to explain
that you have to watch feeling or mind
objects separately in a different
iteration of the practice
as you focus in on feeling for example
you only see feeling and not the rest of
the aggregates that go with it
you are not truly mindful which means to
see how your attention moves from one
thing to another
it isn't to just look at the objects
themselves in a concentrated way but the
relationship between the object of
meditation and the other objects moving
around it
that explanation is not what is in the
suthas
you don't break the four up you can
you observe all foundations because they
all occur together
all of the foundations exist in every
moment where you would not exist
you cannot have body arise without
feeling it perceiving it
and cognizing it you can't have a mind
with no mind objects
body or feelings the foundations arise
and are observed as being conjoined
they are not separate things we have a
mind and a body dependent on each other
clearly observable in even the earliest
stages of the meditation
you can't observe body without
consciousness or perception to cognize
what is there
or without feeling to know what feeling
is there in the body
it is like disassembling a car down to
its parts and observing it running
it can't be observed in operation
without all its parts assembled and
running together
feeling is not feelings
let's stop here for a minute and talk
about the feeling foundation
to be clear we are talking about feeling
not feelings
in the sooth is the aggregate of feeling
vedana
is without the s it is just sensation
with a feeling tone to it
just feeling itself that's all the most
important part of this feeling is that
it is either a pleasant feeling
painful feeling or neither pleasant nor
painful feeling
feelings on the other hand are usually
understood to be emotional states which
mean there is craving mixed in
if you look at someone whom you find
attractive and a pleasant feeling comes
up
lust likely will arise a pleasant
feeling with lust
i like it is what we call emotions
habitual tendency
bhava that emotion might be categorized
as a pleasant feeling or desire that is
taken personally
this feeling with the personalization is
commonly known as feelings with an s on
the end
for example love we're referred to
romantically
is not loving kindness this kind of love
in a relationship
is much more related to the state of
affection or infatuation
and has craving in it loving kindness is
a pure
non-personal state a true wish for
someone to be happy
loving-kindness may turn into compassion
when it is directed toward someone who
is suffering
it doesn't turn into hatred or sadness
it's never taken personally
these are not feelings they are just
feeling
the buddha considered feeling to be
anything that was felt in other words
he considered feeling as any mental or
physical experience that was felt
he categorized feeling as either
pleasant unpleasant or neither pleasant
nor unpleasant
neutral he did not use the word
sensation here
he did not care whether it was a feeling
of heat or a feeling of hardness or the
taste of a mango or a banana flavor
he only wanted you to consider whether
it was pleasant unpleasant or neutral
no need to dive deeper why is this
distinction important
why because feeling leads to craving
the i like it or i don't like it states
of craving are dependent on feeling and
will arise in the untrained mind if not
released quickly
the i like it mind may lead to thoughts
about why you like it
when you last had it and when you will
get it again
with this process your mind starts to
wander away from your object of
meditation
this is the unwholesome mind in which
you are watching the five aggregates
arise
it becomes muddy with craving leading to
thinking and stories
how do we let go of this craving process
and what is a clear mind free of craving
in the next chapter we will look at what
this freed state is and how it arises
we will consider the stages of progress
in the meditation that the buddha
called the jhanas we will examine what
they are using the suit is only
and how as time passed the original
meaning of this word became confused
chapter 3 what is ajana
more than one type of jhana if you have
ever run across the word jhana before
then it is likely a state that you
desire to experience
jhanas are described as levels of
concentration
contained in them can be bliss and deep
contentment which
of course everyone wants they are
important to understand because the
suthas explain that you pass through
them on the way to nibana
they are the road to nibana actually
there are two types of jhana
today there are so many methods that are
taught in meditation practice
which is right how can we find out what
the buddha really taught
in the deegan nikaya this same dilemma
was addressed by the buddha
diga nikaya sutha 21 sakha asked the
lord
sir do all teachers and brahmanas teach
the same dhamma
practice the same discipline desire the
same thing and pursue the same goal
no ruler of the gods they do not
and why not this world is made up of
many in various elements
and people adhere to one or another of
these elements and become tenaciously
attached to them
saying this alone is true all else is
false
therefore all teachers and brahmans do
not teach the same dhamma
practice the same discipline desire the
same thing or pursue the same goal
in this book we will try to remain
faithful to the soothing material as we
explain the differences in the many
techniques of the buddhist universe
yes there are two types of jhanas and
two major types of meditation
practice by which to attain those two
types of jhana
there is the one-pointed concentration
absorption practice and the tranquil
wisdom insight meditation
twim practice
later the first type one pointed
concentration practice
will be broken further into one straight
concentration absorption practice 2
concentration absorption insight
practice and 3 dry insight practice
the pali word jhana was not used in
reference to meditation prior to the
buddha
the buddha did use it to describe his
own experiences during meditation
practice
while the pali word jhana is often
translated as a state of concentration
this is not correct from the viewpoint
of twim
pali experts like most venerable panagi
of malaysia say that janna just means
level
if you check a pali dictionary it also
defines it as meditation or state of
meditation
most venerable panaji also offers an
alternate definition of the related word
samadhi
which is often considered and used to
define a state of absorption
concentration
the pali word sama means equal or even v
means state in this usage
so most venerable panangi translates
samadhi as an even state of balance
the word samadhi implies a collected and
unified state
but not deep absorption that suppresses
the hindrances
it is a more open and aware state
venerable bonnie vimela ramsay defines
the word jhana as a level of
understanding
each successive jhana is an increasingly
deeper level of understanding of the
workings of dependent origination and
the mental process
bondi vimala ramsay uses collectedness
to translate the word concentration more
accurately
additionally bondi has found that in
pali that the word thee may also be
translated as wisdom in terms of the
levels of understanding
thus we put together sama and thee
resulting in tranquil wisdom
in the buddha's description of the
jhanas as you go deeper into the
practice
the attainment of each genre reflects a
deeper level of understanding of what it
means to let go of craving
you pass through the jaundice as you
progress from gross craving to a finer
and finer balance of mind until finally
after the state of neither perception
nor non-perception the highest jhana
you reach the cessation of craving this
is the gateway to the attainment of
nibana
at that moment the cessation of craving
nirota samapati
occurs this is the state of no feeling
no perception and no consciousness
arising at all
the mind just stops and nibbana arises
again jhana never was supposed to mean
absorption
it means a collected state or a level of
understanding and mental development
however as emphasis shifted away from
the buddha's actual teachings as
described in the suthas
to the commentaries like the vijudi maga
the word janna was more commonly used to
describe the state of one pointed
concentration
in the anguttara nikaya the book of
fives number 27 we have this quote
and 5 27
the knowledge arises that is personally
yours this concentration is peaceful and
sublime
gained by full tranquilization and
attained to unification
it is not rained in and checked by
forcefully suppressing the defilements
clearly this quote indicates an open and
aware state and not an absorbed
suppressing state
so there are two kinds of genre or two
different ways to understand the term
one style is made up of one pointed
absorption genres
which are achievable by various
concentration methods including
observing the breath
focusing on a colored disc casina or
absorbing yourself in a candle flame
these jhanas are the states achieved by
the yogic masters and were learned by
the future buddha when he first started
down the path
the absorption concentration jhanas have
been adopted by many of today's buddhist
monks and are supported by commentaries
like the visuti maga
van bani vimalaromsi explains
the vijudi maga was written by venerable
buddhagosa akaria in the 5th century
1000 years after the buddha died buddha
gosa was asked by his teacher to go to
sri lanka and translate the commentaries
written in sinhalese back into the pali
language for a readable translation
venerable buddhaghosa also had the task
of bringing four different sects of
buddhism together
so all of the different sects would stop
arguing he was a very good student of
the pali language
a true scholar but he didn't study the
suthas
he didn't practice meditation himself
before he became a buddhist monk he was
a sanskrit scholar who had memorized all
the vedas
the ancient brahman texts unfortunately
because the author wasn't a practitioner
of meditation he relied heavily on what
was in other commentaries for his
information about how to do the
meditation
he mistakenly divided and pulled apart
the buddhist teaching into two separate
types of practice
concentration or samada and insight or
vipassana
the suthas on the other hand will always
talk about samad of ipasana being yoked
together
nevertheless the vijudi maga today more
than the suthas
is considered as the encyclopedia of
meditation for buddhism and has become
the basic instructions for the entire
system of theravada buddhism
it is the bible and textbook for how to
practice
one of venerable bonnie vimela ramsay's
teachers told him that to be a theravada
monk
he must subscribe to everything in the
vijudi maga
bonnie reflected for a moment and said i
guess i'm not a theravada monk
i am a buddhist monk even though he used
some of the advice in the vijudi maga
he couldn't go along with all of it
because of the many contradictions and
discrepancies with the suthas
in mn 36 mahasa kakasuda the buddha says
that he tried concentration absorption
practice and rejected it as not being
the way to awakening
this is why we who are following the
suthas cannot say that we are truly
theravada
we call ourselves satavata following
only the sutha texts
or just plain buddhists the second type
of jhana is the tranquil aware jhana
which is the janna described in the
suthas bonnie vimalaromsi rediscovered
these when he studied what had been
written
texts by practicing from the soothing
texts
bonnie found a step-by-step diminishing
of craving while progressing through the
tranquil aware janus
as it is described in sutham 111 the
anupada suda
it is helpful to understand that the
jhana factors these are the wholesome
states that arise when one is in jhana
in a tranquil aware jhana or in an
absorption concentration jhana are very
similar in nature
the difference is that in a tranquil
aware john of the hindrances are gently
released
and in the concentration state the
hindrances are suppressed and pushed
aside
the resulting states that arise are
similar but definitely not the same
the chief characteristic of the first
janna is joy the second jhana
deeper joy and confidence the third
jhana happiness and contentment
and the fourth jhana very deep balance
and equanimity
what is confusing is that both
concentration absorption jhanas and
tranquil awareness both have these same
qualities they manifest differently
however in each of the two types of
jhana
in the absorption type they are more
pronounced and very intense
in the aware genre they are more
balanced with more equanimity and not as
extreme
the fourth jhana is further split into
four bases the base of infinite space
which has the feeling of expansion the
base of infinite consciousness
in which consciousness is seen in its
infinite arising and passing away
the base of nothingness in which there
is a feeling that there is nothing
and the base of neither perception nor
non-perception in which mind is barely
noticed at all
later we will investigate these further
the fact that similar yet different
states arise in both the absorption and
aware janus speaks to the confusion
about the two types of jaunas
how can there be two different genotypes
that have similar characteristics but
are attained with different techniques
no wonder after 2500 plus years things
have become murky
before we look at the psoothitechs
regarding the jannas
let's look more deeply at how the two
types are generally taught
we'll start with one pointed absorption
jaundice
concentration absorption jhana
absorption is attained through the
powerful concentration of one's mind on
a single object
ignoring and pushing any distraction
that pulls mind's attention away
one pointed concentration jhana is the
so-called yogic state where one reaches
a level of absorption in which they have
no sense of the outside world
you do not hear or feel anything and you
are only aware of mind
the concentration absorption states are
deep and can take years of practice and
discipline to achieve
the meditator is constantly reminded to
bring his mind back to his object if it
wanders away
you might pull it back and sometimes you
end up pushing so hard you jerk it back
to the object
there is no real letting go and allowing
soft or hard forcing of mind to stay
with the object
with the absorption janas the visually
maga explains the preliminary state of
concentration is called up akara or
access concentration
you are still aware and not yet absorbed
fully note that this term or idea
doesn't appear in the suthas
in this access concentration no
hindrance will stick in your mind
even if you try to bring something up
like a thought of anger or lust
it will not stay and your mind will be
clear
your mind doesn't wander but just
rejects any distraction taking it away
from its object of meditation
by practicing this pushing away mind
learns to come back to the home object
automatically
as you progress you will enter full
absorption or a panna concentration
in which awareness of the outside world
will disappear entirely
you will have attained the first
concentration journal level
you then work through the rest of the
eight genres using the power of the deep
concentration to suppress any
further hindrances that arise this
process does work
you do experience concentration states
that have similar characteristics to the
aware
twim jhanas but they are not the same
and have subtle differences which most
just dismiss as not important
yet they are one has some craving left
and one doesn't this type of jhana
practice may take over a decade in the
thai tradition to develop
the sri lankans say they are better and
can get you to the first jhana in less
than 10 years of practice
some others say much less but it takes
an incredible effort
bonnie tells a story about a monk who
was asked to go into an absorption
genre which he did the monks who were
with him picked up his arm and raised it
up above his head
it stayed there just hanging in the air
they asked the monk later if he knew
they had done this
and he said no the meditating monk was
completely unaware of his body at that
time and was only aware of his object of
meditation
when one is absorbed one cannot hear
sounds
feel anything in the body or sense
anything at the physical five senses
so desire at the physical level is
suppressed because it isn't there
in addition because one is so tightly
focused on their object of meditation
desire is also suppressed at the mental
level at the fourth absorption genre and
higher
it is said that the meditator even stops
breathing through his mouth and nose and
breathe through his ears
this is not the case with the tranquil
aware janna in which one is aware of the
outside world and continues to breathe
normally
the tranquil awareness
in mn 26 the noble search and mn 36
the greater discourse to sakaka the
buddha describes his path to awakening
as mentioned in the previous section he
initially believed that the problem of
reaching enlightenment was about control
controlling mind with the goal to
control desire and thus and suffering
the soothes go on to describe in some
detail
how the buddha first tried meditation as
the primary way to end suffering
he sought out and studied with the most
skilled indian yogic masters of the time
learning everything they had to teach he
initially trained with the absorption
genres as most yogis were doing at the
time
when gotama had attained to the seventh
absorption jhana the state of
nothingness
his teacher alara kalama honored him
saying he had learned everything he had
to teach
he invited him to stay and teach at his
side
gotama declined for he knew there was
more left to do
he saw that he could go deeper there was
something more than even this very
sublime level of meditation
suffering still existed craving was not
yet extinguished
so he asked dalara kalama if there might
be an even higher state
alara coleman told gotama he knew
someone who taught the highest state
attainable
he was told to go study with adaka
ramaputa who taught him up to attain the
eighth absorption jhana
that of neither perception nor
non-perception
he mastered this state in a short time
and then the same thing happened
this teacher also invited him to stay
and teach
again gotama refused feeling there was
still something more to learn
that this was not the way to nibana he
still experienced
subtle craving after coming out of these
high states
once more he left having been told there
was nothing left to be learned
he had mastered the highest yogic state
taught at that time
he could find no one else to teach him
any higher technique to control his mind
venerable bitcou kane ananda states in
his small book nibana
the mind stilled vol 2 in sermon 6 p
127 these subtler layers of preparations
thought-slash-formations also have
ignorance
craving hidden within them that is why
even alara kalama and adaka ramaputa
thought that they could get out of this
wheel of existence
samsara by tranquilizing the bodily
activities
the verbal activities and the mental
activities
but they did not understand that all
these are sankeras or preparations
therefore they were confronted with a
certain dilemma
they went on calming down the bodily
activities to subtler and subtler levels
they calmed down the in-breaths and
out-breaths they managed to suppress
thinking and pondering by concentration
exercises
but without proper understanding it was
only a temporary calming down
no awakening had yet occurred for gotoma
into the true nature of mind
so disappointed he rejected all mental
absorption concentration practices and
set off to do the austere ascetic
practices of the yogic sadhus
by controlling pain in the body through
engaging in tortuous
pain-producing practices he hoped to
achieve control of his mind
this would hopefully bring him to peace
and a balanced mind
after six years of austerities doing
unspeakably difficult and even
disgusting practices
like drinking his own urine and worse
see suther's mn 36 and mn12
when he was on the verge of death the
bodhisattva the future buddha
gave up that path as well he did master
control of his body and perfected any
austerity that was asked of him
but this did not lead him to the end of
desire
after spending all this time mastering
the yogic concentration janas and the
yogic austerities
the future buddha sat on the banks of
the ganges near present-day bodegaia
he was nearly starving to death down to
eating one rice grain per day
he knew he would die if he continued a
young woman named sujata came and
offered him sweet milk rice to eat
for the first time in a long time he
allowed himself to consume a reasonable
portion of food
immediately he felt his energy returning
vitality started to course through his
body and mind
as he sat there on the river's bank in
the shade of a bodhi
tree he reflected on his past efforts
realizing they had all been in vain
he was no closer to the end of suffering
than when he started
he had tried and mastered all of the
practices of concentration and
austerities and hadn't gotten any closer
to
awakening then gotama the future buddha
began to reflect on the plight of human
beings
in the samyatan nikaya the book of
causation
nidhanavaga origination it says because
before my awakening while i was still a
bodhisattva not yet fully awakened
it occurred to me alas this world has
fallen into trouble
in that it is born ages and dies it
passes away and is reborn yet it does
not understand the escape from suffering
headed by aging and death then it
occurred to me
when what exists is aging and death come
to be
by what is aging and death conditioned
there took place in me a breakthrough by
wisdom
when there is birth aging and death
comes to be aging and death has birth
of action as its condition then it goes
on to explain how the bodhisattva
discovered each of the links of
dependent origination through reasoning
them out
he saw how each link ceased and if that
link ceased then the link that followed
also ceased
following the cessation of the last link
of ignorance then the unconditioned
arose
nibana then the bodhisattva had a memory
arise from a time when he was a young
boy
he had been left by himself on a sofa
under a rose apple tree while his father
the king was at the plowshare festival
he remembered as he became completely
tranquil and relaxed
he naturally had fallen into a very
peaceful and
energetic state where his mind let go of
all hindrances and desires
he entered a completely wholesome joyful
state
fully observant and aware a special
tranquil state had arisen
he had let go of all striving at that
moment and just observed what was
happening
he just let everything be and relaxed
even further into it
this was the state the buddha would
later refer to with the pali word jhana
as the future buddha sat beneath the
bodhi tree and reflected on this
childhood memory
he realized that this was a different
kind of state
as he contemplated this condition of
mind he entered this state again
naturally
by completely relaxing both body and
mind without trying or controlling
just being there in the present content
and joyful as he had been as a young boy
he achieved the same tranquil open and
light-minded state
what the buddha to be had found were
what bonnie vimela ramsay calls the
tranquil aware jonas
this was different from the
concentration states he had practiced
with his teachers before and it can
accurately be more described as a state
of collectedness
collectedness is defined in english as
the state of being calm and composed
he is the very picture of collectedness
and confidence webster's dictionary
then he went even deeper and in the
third watch of the night
from 3 a.m to 7 a.m he became the buddha
buddha is a title for a fully awakened
one
this is not his name but rather his
title
after all buddha gotoma was not the
first buddha
nor will he be the last i did once have
the experience of going into a
concentration ghana
by accident ironically wasn't following
instructions
typical on a twin retreat with bonnie
vimela ramsay
when i came out there was a very high
powerful state of awareness with a lot
of happiness
it was interesting because it felt very
holy or sacred and secluded
very much as what i envisioned a holy
monk would feel
it dissipated in about an hour and just
faded away
the next day it was completely gone and
it felt like nothing had been gained at
all by having the experience
i felt empty in fact a having gained
nothing from such a powerful experience
it was strange that something so potent
had no effect on my personality
i wanted to believe otherwise but really
no positive change had taken place
this was an insight to me i went back
and reviewed the instructions again and
found that i hadn't been mindful enough
i had let myself become absorbed in the
object
on another twim retreat i purposefully
did the breathing meditation using
concentration to focus on the breath at
the belly
in the way i had done doing vipassana i
found a very different experience
happened when i forced mine to stay on
the breath
mind became very concentrated i saw what
looked like a border of lights
like a window frame as if i was looking
out a porthole on a ship
there was absolutely nothing inside this
ring just void in silence
yet when i came out of that state i did
not feel the same clarity of the twin
method
the deep concentration left a kind of
torpor-like state and was rather
uncomfortable
the mind did not feel bright and
balanced it had lost its pliancy and
ability to think clearly
strangely it felt a little like i was
stressed out jumpy
i went to the dhamma talk and it was a
bit hard to follow the talk
gradually however mind returned back to
a more balanced state
with the twin meditation you start by
establishing an easy
open like-minded state this is
accomplished by using the feeling of
meta or loving-kindness as the object of
meditation
and by smiling radiating meta outward
keeps our attention light and open
while smiling is a wholesome movement
that keeps us from taking the meditation
too seriously
thereby creating tension and tightness
or as the suthas call it
craving we prefer the lovingkindness
object as it leads to faster progress
but breath can also be used if we employ
the relaxed step properly
below we will use the satipatana soothe
auto understand the meditation process
in terms of breath and the relaxed step
needed
the most essential step toward
experiencing the twin or aware jhanas is
the correct practice of right effort
in particular the tranquilized step as
defined in the suthas
or what we call the relaxed step in pali
it is passambium relaxed step is the key
to removing hindrances
and craving through true right effort
which allows this different kind of
janna to arise
unaware jhana in both the suti patana
suthan danupana city suthate says
as the student breathes in he knows that
he breathes in
when he breathes out he knows that he
breathes out
you don't focus on the breath alone but
simply know that you are breathing
you simply understand that you are
breathing the poly word for this is such
a
which is to observe and to know you know
what a long breath is and you know what
a short breath is
this just means to observe whatever is
there in a light-minded way without
trying to control it
you don't make a short breath long or a
long breath short you don't breathe in
deeply or change the breath in any way
and don't focus tightly on the breath
you just understand what is happening if
someone said to you
do you know where you are you would look
around and say
yes i am in my garden you don't focus
and concentrate on the garden
you don't peer inside the bushes look
under rocks
you just know you are in the garden the
buddha makes this process even clearer
with the next step where he says that
breathing in
and out he experiences the whole body
he's not saying to observe the breath
he's saying that as he breathes he is
experiencing the whole body
he is mindful of what is happening both
inside and outside
this softens the attention to encompass
a greater field of awareness
but then there comes the most important
step in the sutipatana suda's
instruction
which is emitted or overlooked by other
methods and practices
the student tranquilizes the bodily
formation on the in-breath
and he tranquilizes the bodily formation
on the out breath
italics added this is the critical step
that will lead you to the elimination of
craving and the attainment of nibana
why is this relaxed step ignored or just
treated as a general relax the body step
other methods don't value the importance
of this
it isn't seen as an active step in
practice it is just understood as a
general relaxing but not an active
relaxing of tension in the head
a tension that is actually contained in
the thought itself
in fact it is a critically important
step that runs counter to deep
concentration
because focusing tightly creates tension
not tranquility
what is it that you are relaxing you are
relaxing the tension and tightness which
are signs of craving
craving that gives rise to thinking into
all kinds of habitual emotional
tendencies
causing mind to wander away into
daydreams and thoughts
what is all this they are mental
formations
the buddha addresses all this noise of
the distractions and asks us to relax
and tranquilize this also
here is the quote from the anapanasity
sutha mn118
this follows the instruction to
tranquilize the bodily formation amman
118
he trains thus i shall breathe in
experiencing the mental formation
he trains thus i shall breathe out
experiencing the mental formation
he trains thus i shall breathe in
tranquilizing the mental
formation he trains thus i shall breathe
out tranquilizing the mental formation
so here we see the buddha is asking us
to specifically relax both the body and
mind as a total process and specifically
to relax the thoughts
which are the mental formations that
come up
why does the thinking come up everything
draws your attention to it
thoughts feelings sensations etc
pleasant feelings are beckoning you to
come and taste them and unpleasant
feelings are poking you to dislike them
because they are painful
it is how suffering is born the mind is
running free after this and that with no
restraint
gradually you come to see how this
really is suffering
noticing distractions or hindrances
arise and ignoring them or pushing them
away
or following the advice to clench your
teeth and put your tongue up against the
roof of your mouth
to remove them and to destroy them is
not the way to let go of distractions
why because you haven't let go of the
cause of that distraction
which is craving the pulling of mind
into thought
adding a step to actively relax into the
tension and tightness in the head that
pulls your mind away is what the buddha
found steadily reduces the energy of
those distractions
the distraction will fade away naturally
on its own because you've relaxed the
tightness and tension feeding it
the more we pay attention to something
the greater our attention is drawn and
thoughts are created
releasing your attention reduces
thoughts and tension
we want to actively release our
attention to distractions
we don't want to push them away that
just makes them stronger
the buddha called this right effort sama
vayama
in twim it is called the six aries this
is the way hindrances are removed
and craving is eliminated bit by bit we
will discuss this process later as we go
into the instructions
in mid shimanikaya mn number 36 the
mahasakaka southeast clearly states that
after the buddha tried to control his
mind through clenching his teeth and so
on
he found that his efforts rather than
getting control over his mind
led to the tiring out of his energy and
brought on restlessness
i crushed mind with mind and sweat ran
down from my armpits
but although tireless energy was aroused
in me and unremitting mindfulness was
established
my body was overwrought and calm because
i was exhausted by the painful striving
this exertion did not work attempting to
control the hindrances in this extreme
way is just using a version to push away
what you don't want
there is no letting go here but only
pushing away
we have created another hindrance how
many times have you heard some
meditators say
darn it i just can't make my mind do
what i wanted to do
it's really making me mad you can't use
a hindrance to eliminate a hindrance
in other words control will not work
something else must be the correct path
there is an article on the internet in
which a jhana meditation teacher wrote
about his self-retreat practicing
concentration meditation
he said he did a nine-month retreat and
the first four months were spent
fighting with his mind to stay on his
breath
what fighting how does that bring
tranquility
isn't there a faster way to get progress
yes
there is hold on did you just say four
months to get concentrated
concentration practice tries to control
mind and push away distracting thoughts
and sensations
it both focuses down onto the object and
then pushes away the wandering mind
the buddha in the text tells us not to
suppress what he calls the defilements
in the anguttara nikaya samadhi suthan
several places this is quite clear
on 5.27 4 the knowledge arises that is
personally yours
this concentration is peaceful and
sublime gained by full tranquilization
and attained to unification it is not
rained in and checked by forcefully
suppressing the defilements
and notice the word above concentration
in pali is actually samadhi
which venerable panaji already has
translated as tranquil state of wisdom
or a state of collectedness
the above is the samadhi suda and it is
named and translated as concentration
and that is wrong are you beginning to
see that the concentration methodology
that the buddha had already rejected
keeps trying to make its way back into
the teachings
since what you are trying to achieve is
the removal of craving
you must see and understand it not push
it away
absorption just puts it on the shelf
such that when you come out of the
absorption janna
the hindrances come back even stronger
like a vicious dog
you open the gate now he attacks you
with full force
instead of pushing away the distraction
you simply relax into it and accept that
it is there
the buddha found that relaxing the
tension and tightness from the things
that are pulling your mind away will
gradually reduce the energy of those
distractions
finally after relaxing enough of tension
and tightness
the distraction will fade away on its
own
why it is because you are not feeding it
you are not reacting to it this is what
tranquilizing means
relaxing any tension or tightness that
is whisking you away into thinking when
you react to your wandering mind with
aversion
i don't like this the reaction itself is
the craving you are trying to remove
you need to tranquilize this reaction
relax into it
soften into it let it be
let go of beating yourself up as it
occurs in the southeast
tranquilize is an action verb it
involves removing
by softening and purposely relaxing into
any tightness and tension in mind or
body
it is not just a general relaxing of the
mood or the body
you see a beautiful woman walking down
the street
your mind has a pleasant feeling and
craving arises i like her
you can feel your mind tightening around
the form of the woman
then comes thoughts about her wow i
haven't seen her around before
wonder where she came from so if we are
sitting and we are using concentration
meditation
and we start thinking over this
experience of the lovely lady
we pull or even jerk our mind back to
our object of meditation
we try to hold it there pushing away
this distraction
but because we did not allow the
distracting mind that arose to be there
by itself
and actively relax the tension and
tightness around it sensual desire
we had even more thoughts we keep
thinking more thoughts because the
craving embedded in those thoughts keeps
generating even more thinking
then we start getting upset because our
thoughts are out of control and get
frustrated and think what it would be
like to constantly have lustful thoughts
constantly thinking and unable to be
quiet then we think even more about it
and get completely lost
a daydream could just turn into a
nightmare
the answer to this problem is the moment
the image arose
and the pleasant feeling arose you would
want to start relaxing into that
perception right away
you want to release your attention from
it relax the tightness around it
then the rest of the thoughts don't come
up you also don't get frustrated because
you have truly let go and have not
suppressed anything
the word tranquilize in modern use often
refers to stress relief
one might use a tranquilizer drug to
take the stress away
in much the same way we are
tranquilizing the hindrance and taking
away its tension and tightness
returning to the buddha's awakening
story he sat in meditation again
but this time he relaxed and let go of
the tight metal fist wrapped around
those thoughts that pulled his mind out
of the present
he relaxed into and tranquilized the
tightness arising in his mind
in his head in the first watch of the
night the buddha followed this method
he reached the fourth tranquil aware
jhana
when one adds the relaxed step progress
in the jhana practice is indeed swift
the buddha called progress immediately
effective or akaliko and pali
from there the triple knowledge arose he
remembered his past
lives experienced other realms and
realized how karma worked
at last through seeing with wisdom
understanding dependent origination
he attained nabana that very next
morning the buddha's process of
awakening was what is called the three
knowledges
tv's ya but the process of going through
the jhanas is the same
more on this later what he taught the
most
however as in the anupada soother which
we are going to study next
is the path that goes through all the
four material jhanas
the four immaterial states and onto
nibana
again these are the tranquil aware janas
not the absorption jhanas of yoga or
other methods
in the midshima nikaya the buddha
teaches janas and 50 suthas out of 152.
clearly the buddha recommends the john a
path to awakening
it just needs to be the right type of
jhana in addition to the fact that the
tranquil aware
twim jhanas will take you all the way to
nibana
a significant advantage with the aware
jhanas is that they develop in a
fraction of the time it takes to attain
the absorption genres
consider that the buddha taught many
uneducated farmers as well as princes
he had to have a simple system of
meditation that was immediately
effective
accoleco these farmers didn't have the
time for
or interest in a practice that took a
long time to understand and master
relaxing tension and tightness
eventually eliminate hindrances
with one pointed concentration practice
all you are doing is suppressing
hindrances for a short period of time
the same ones just keep coming back
after your concentration power
diminishes
so you must drive them away again each
time you sit
with the absorption jaundice meditators
dislike being disturbed from their
meditation
for example a loud sound arises and
dislike comes up
for the most part the reaction to a
hindrance is aversion or restlessness
you try to beat that hindrance away in
twim
you are treating the illness right there
removing the tension and tightness from
the hindrance so that it loses its power
comparing aware and concentration jhana
as we sit in the aware jhanas we can
still hear sounds
and if the teacher calls us we hear this
and can respond right away
someone might tap us on the shoulder and
say something we will feel it
and we can choose to respond or not at
the same time
when a loud motorcycle is outside the
meditation hall the mental balance is
there
we hear it but pay no attention to it
mind uses the relaxed step to observe
accept and let go of the hindrance that
pulls our attention away
when you get into the higher aware
genres you do experience a sort of
pulling away from the body because
in the immaterial arupa janas where
there is only mind
it is operating on a subtler level the
senses have receded into the background
only when there is contact do you notice
the outside world
the word contact here means something
happens to draw your attention
something unexpected like the teacher
calling or the phone ringing
some teachers may advise you to stay
away from concentration
genres because you could become attached
or even addicted to them
actually this can be true for absorption
one one-pointed concentration jaundice
as they can become really intense you
might become caught by them because some
are very blissful
and you could stop right there i have
read accounts on discussion sites online
where people experience absorption
genres and think they are enlightened
they talk about how blissful it is yet
they have only attained the first jhana
there is still so much more to be
learned but why would the buddha give
you a practice that had potential
pitfalls like this
and wouldn't a student naturally want to
move on and see what's next
based on the su the text the buddha did
not give us the absorption jhanas
he had already rejected them in the
first part of his journey
sutham 36 you never need to worry about
becoming attached to the aware genres
it's like saying you are attached to the
third grade and never want to progress
to the fourth because you don't want to
learn anything new again
with the aware jannas we are always
looking to progress
to see what is next in the suit as many
times
it is said that the meditator can easily
experience this or that aware jana state
but that he knows this is not the final
experience that there is more to be done
so the meditator keeps going
progress does not stop in mn 105
sanakata suda it says that the meditator
upon attainment of the realm of
nothingness
now looks forward to the realm of
neither perception nor non-perception
he wants nothing to do with the previous
state and in fact
even considers it to be repulsive 14.
it is possible son akata that some
person here may be intent on the base of
neither perception nor non-perception
when a person is intent on the base of
neither perception nor non-perception
only talk concerning that interests him
and his thinking and pondering are in
line with that
and he associates with that kind of
person and he finds satisfaction in that
but when talk about the base of
nothingness is going on he will not
listen to it or give it ear or exert his
mind to understand it
he does not associate with that kind of
person and he does not find satisfaction
in that
15. suppose a person has eaten some
delicious food and thrown it up
what do you think son akata could that
man have any desire to eat that food
again
no venerable sir why is that
because that food is considered
repulsive the experiences you have when
you practice and aware ghana are
unlikely ever to be repeated in the same
way again
they are stages of progress for example
when one gets an insight it can unleash
quite a bit of joy
but don't expect that again you have now
acquired that understanding
and there is no more to be learned from
that insight
that one is in the books progress using
the relaxed step
is incredibly fast in the sutti patana
suda the
buddha says awakening can happen in a
single lifetime in seven years
six years five years or even as little
as seven days
when you follow the instructions
precisely your progress can be very
quick
on a typical 10 to 14 day twim retreat
most students will get to the fourth
jhana
and many of those will get into the
higher arupa formless
bases or jhanas a few might even be
successful
the first experience of the awakening it
doesn't happen every retreat
but some people are just ready for it
they understand and follow the
directions perfectly and have a
successful retreat in every sense of the
word
when we release the tension and
tightness from a hindrance it gradually
disappears
when that happens you will have joy for
the first time
you have become free of craving until
another hindrance shows up
this experience is the basis for the
first tranquil aware jhana
a fully energetic balanced and sublime
deep state of mind from which one can
clearly see the impersonal processes of
mind
from here you begin to see deeply into
all 12 links of dependent origination
and in due time letting go of all
conditions will come upon an
unconditioned state
in summary twim is not a concentration
meditation practice
it is a collected meditation practice
chapter 4 types of concentration
practice
the many methods of concentration
practice
i want to summarize the major types of
concentration or absorption meditation
techniques that exist in buddhist
practices today
especially in the theravada tradition
this doesn't include all of them but the
predominant
generic types they include the following
full absorption concentration using
meditation objects like the breath
visualizations candle flames or colored
discs to become fully absorbed into the
object
dry insight where the meditator does not
become absorbed into the object but uses
observation to develop insight
dry means without the use of deep
one-pointed absorption concentration
concentration insight meditation a
mixture of the above using full
absorption concentration to develop all
eight absorption genres and then emerge
and observe mind and develop
insight we have already discussed
concentration created full absorption
meditation so let us look at the second
point
dry insight today
in theravada there are some different
types of practices
there is one called straight vipasana
also called dry inside or insight
meditation
that was developed by venerable mahasi
sayadaw of burma
a similar system is the body awareness
practice of sweeping developed by
yubakin of burma now taught worldwide by
sn goenka of india
they avoid janet concentration
absorption as discussed previously
students are told genres should be
avoided as they might become attached to
them as a distraction to their real work
with the dry insight awareness exercise
you are told that there is a shortcut
around the perceived long
arduous development of genres by
developing a technique of sweeping the
body with awareness
by observing bodily sensations and
seeing their true nature
you are told you will attain awakening
in the dry
insight mahasi tradition you are told to
follow the breath and make mental notes
noting or making verbal mental notes
like hearing
hearing or hot hot when your attention
moves away from your breath or walking
practice
they say this will get you to nibbana
very quickly much faster than the use of
the
absorption jaundice that can take many
months or years to achieve
mahasi sayadaw says you can attain
nibana in as little as
one 30-day retreat with the dry insight
method
this is why many people are attracted to
this system for this claimed benefit
it appears to be fast and well laid out
with clear instructions and stages of
progress
i remember reading this statement from a
book by admiral shattuck about vipassana
course in burma 40 years ago and getting
very excited
i envisioned myself as this holy
enlightened person on the bus ride back
from my first 30-day retreat
then i could take it easy indeed
i did start retreating in a denver
basement that had been broken up into
sections with drapes it was taught by a
sri lankan trained american man who was
extremely serious and demanded that we
stay up until midnight and then wake up
at 4am to start again
and that was my first retreat 30 days
felt more like incarceration by the end
of it
i was 19 43 years ago
i tried that path for many years
experiencing most of the insight
knowledges or nanas that are said to
indicate progress in that method
later i lived and worked at a vipassana
center in san jose california
but the experiences i had with this
method did not produce the personality
change that the suthas indicate one
should expect from meditation
those inside experiences were very
intense and happened just like mahasi
sayadaw wrote
but i was the same old neurotic self
after the retreat
perhaps i was a little kinder or just
deluded into thinking i was holier
because of seeing these knowledges
a 28 old bonnie vimela ramsay not yet a
monk
he had a different layman name at that
time showed up at the center
being a skilled carpenter and having
built houses in san francisco
he volunteered to build our meditation
hall
it was a beautiful job with white
carpets and stained glass
i met him again years later in 2006
after a 25-year gap
he had become a monk and gone to burma
and had spent many years at the famous
mahasi meditation center in yangon
he trained under venerable yupandita
sayadaw and later with venerable
yujanaka practicing mahasi style
vipassana
i came to understand from bonnie that
even in burma myanmar
progress for the meditators was very
difficult to achieve
he observed many students while he
practiced there
he did many three-month retreats and
finally a two-year retreat
it had taken all those retreats and
experiences before he was told by his
teacher that he had achieved the final
result
that's a bit longer than 30 days later
he questioned this attainment because
his experience didn't match with the
suthas
even after he had completed all those
retreats he did not feel like he
experienced a fundamental personality
change
when i contacted him he told me about
his experiences in burma and detailed
emails
my confidence in his detailed
descriptions of what he had attained in
vipassana inside practice reached a
point where i realized that perhaps
vipassana itself was the problem
it wasn't creating the change that one
would expect
he had taken it to the limit and
experienced all 16 knowledges and now
had decided to move on to something else
when i looked at his website it seemed
very strange
he talked about smiling and relaxing no
motivational have to push harder talk
if you can't smile laugh he wasn't
serious enough
and this is serious practice right or is
that the problem
the dry insight practice or the mahasi
vipasana method seems to me to be
another form of concentration
a one-pointed and focused meditation
practice
what is attained is accomplished by
pushing away the hindrances and grasping
hard onto the meditation object
instead of simply knowing the object as
the sooth is say to do
it is a powerful focused bearing down on
the object
without the relaxed step they say
go into your pain and get into the
middle of it see its nature of arising
and passing away
keep looking at it and noting it until
it passes away but that is controlling
your awareness
which creates tension goenka teaches
something similar with a sweeping
exercise
but with the same type of mindfulness
that focuses down on the sensations
arising
the sweeping method does acknowledge
distractions and lets them be and moves
on
but it misses the whole relaxing step of
removing the tension and tightness from
the distraction
this technique is still a type of
concentration practice
focusing on sensations rather than the
breathing
with the twin meditation you observe a
painful feeling
knowing it is there you release your
attention from it
you relax any tension and tightness that
is bringing your awareness to the pain
do not dwell on it that is don't think
about it
analyze it or bring a version into it
that doesn't work
that doesn't relieve the tightness and
tension by focusing down on that painful
feeling
with an already tensed up mental state
and seeing it closer you will not gain
further insight to release you from
suffering
there is only more suffering bonnie
describes having done the mahasi process
and finally getting beyond the pain but
it was just a temporary suppression of
the pain
he said he had beaten it into submission
during his meditation and finally
it had been forced away this type of
meditation does
indeed provide progress in the vipassana
nana's
which are stages of dry insight
explained in the visuti maga
they are very real and thus provide much
credibility to the practice
there are 9 12 or 16 knowledges
depending on which text you read that
arise when following the instructions
just like the visuti maga and mahasi's
book say to do
when we investigate however we find that
these stages of insight are not in the
suthas
when we practice with the relaxed step
they do not appear
bonnie explains that he did experience
these insights and knowledges all the
way to the knowledge of reviewing the
path
the highest of the insight knowledges
that arises after the attainment of
nibana
yet he was disappointed in the fact that
he did not experience the personality
change and awakened state he had
expected
i think people are impressed by this dry
insight system because it does give the
results it promises
and these results are very interesting
but so
is an acid trip which also can lead one
to see impermanence
suffering and impersonality if you have
a buddhist background and setting
but you will not see dependent
origination the buddha describes the
seeing of the links of dependent
origination as the door to nibana
he says that one who sees the links will
definitely see the three signs of
impermanence
suffering and non-self but one who only
sees the three signs will not
automatically see dependent origination
it is seeing and understanding dependent
origination deeply that brings about
personality change
this is why when you come out of the
absorption meditative state versus the
aware jhana state
your personality with all its neuroses
is still intact
is still the same you only see things at
a surface level because there is still
craving there
just temporarily put aside you have not
seen at the deepest level revealing
those most subtle of metal processes
many vipassana meditators find that
their practice drops off after a certain
point
and many will think that it is their own
fault that they are not advancing
they think that they just need to do
more retreats they need to push even
harder
finally many give up and think it was
them and not the practice that was the
problem
they think maybe next lifetime i will be
stronger
i'll have more merit i had these
experiences
and had no real change and gave up
practicing
i kept up with buddhist studies but lost
interest in the practice and always
wondered whether i had just missed
something that everyone else had figured
out
concentration insight versus dry insight
it is true that the absorption genres
are very intense
and you could get attached to them they
completely push away the hindrances for
a short period
and you come out of the genic state
experiencing great bliss and happiness
but it doesn't last moreover you don't
learn anything from it
it is like a drug that you take and
later you just come down
and that's the end of that it can be a
kind of addiction
escaping into a bliss realm and getting
away from life for a short period of
time
in another twist on concentration
absorption practice you learn absorption
genre practice
but then you are instructed that when
you come out of that concentrated state
you are to observe with what is thought
to be this powerful mindfulness
after coming out of the absorption the
states that are arising and passing away
at that very moment
you shine this powerful light on your
arising mental states
you are told to notice the foundations
of mindfulness
notice the three signs inherent in them
of impermanence
suffering and impersonality teachers of
this method claim that when you see
these signs with a powerful awareness
from the absorption jhana experience you
gain strong insights
and ultimately experience nibana they
use the suthas to back up this practice
method
but they are misunderstanding the suthas
the suthas explain the factors that make
up the jaunas
they do talk about their impermanent and
impersonal nature and how
by observing these factors of mind you
will gain insight
but not by suppressing craving and
hindrances with absorption concentration
it is by allowing the hindrances to
arise and gently release them or control
them and they naturally fade away
these concentration practices are all
based on the vishuddhi maga
again it says that once you attain the
jhana you exit out of that jhana and
start to observe with the power of the
concentration obtained
you use mindfulness to observe the
mental processes
in this way seeing how it works you
understand its nature of impermanence
suffering and impersonality anika
dukkha anata the visuti maga stresses
that this insight is so profound that
you attain nibana
some claim that this is what the suthas
mean when they talk about the meditator
observing the factors and
characteristics of the jhanas
they use the suthas to back up this
technique when actually this isn't what
was meant at all
in the anupada suda it says the
meditator observes many factors as they
go through the jaundice but they are
already in the jaw
as seeing these factors and don't need
to come out to observe this
in fact as soon as the janna disappears
so do the jhana factors
they don't exist outside the genre you
can't observe them later
the powerful happy concentration jhana
state that the mind has just emerged
from has suppressed all the craving that
was causing the suffering in the first
place
what was the craving that was being
suppressed it was the hindrances
what is the goal of meditation
eliminating the hindrances and purifying
the mind
in your practice if we push the
hindrances aside with strong
concentration
how can we ever hope to understand them
and their root cause
the concentration insight meditator
using the absorption genres
will see the aggregates arising and
passing away he may
in fact see some impermanence suffering
and impersonality but he won't see the
links of dependent origination deeply
most people who are reading the suthas
only know about the concentration
absorption practice
they are not aware of a tranquil aware
jhana when sarah pudda says in the
anupada
sooth that one is aware of the factors
of the first jhana as they occur
it is because he is in the first jhana
describing them as they are happening
right then
so far i have read no claims of anyone
who has attained awakening by practicing
this method of going into the absorption
genres and then coming out and reviewing
the mental factors
many have described this practice but
none i have ever read declare that there
are meditators who have been successful
with it
in the end you can gain some
understanding by observing mind
but you just can't get deep enough to
see the links of dependent origination
and you certainly can't attain insight
by analyzing or thinking about what you
are observing
profound insight is beyond thought there
can be no craving left to obscure
your vision which concentration
meditation still contains
seeing directly into mind with the
absence of craving of the aware jhana
will lead to nibana
caution with absorption concentration
one final word about concentration
meditation one pointed concentration can
be dangerous
that may be too strong a word but yes it
is true
ruth dennison a famous meditation
teacher in california try to zen retreat
as her first step toward investigating
meditation as a path to enlightenment
doing the breath meditation in a
concentrated way she experienced a
mental breakdown
and she ended up in a hospital after
this
she rejected this method and moved to a
style of a more balanced awareness
integrated with dance and movement that
she developed on her own
there have been many other concentration
cause breakdowns
just search the web for concentration
meditation danger and you will find any
number of articles
it is a little-known fact that after her
own negative experience
ruth worked at her center in joshua tree
california
damadina vipassana center with people
who had lost touch with reality because
of absorption or dry insight practice
the connection of their mind to their
body to various degrees
had been disrupted she worked with them
to get their hands in the dirt
had them build stone monuments and
otherwise tried to bring back the
connection to their bodies
these were people who came from
traditions using concentration
meditation as their practice
i was on several twin retreats at her
center and while there i heard ruth talk
about this issue
on one retreat i was introduced to a
person who had been sent there
she looked pretty miserable she was
withdrawn and had low energy and no
ability to sit
there was a kind of hopelessness in her
voice when she said hello
ruth had a lot of luck bringing people
back to balance and i certainly hope
she was successful with her in vipassana
especially many people now talk about
the dark night of the soul stage in the
meditation
this is a pretty new term for me but it
is simply talking about the higher
stages of the meditation where the
knowledge of fear arises
among other states these are standard
levels of knowledge
and i went through them and was told
just to write it out
it never had a name like this but i do
know what it is
it is the fear of dying because you see
that there is no self there
however you have no balance and the
craving mind arises and comes in the
form of great fear because you are
taking all this personally
there is nothing unpleasant like this
that ever happens in twin meditation
if there is then use 6r or release and
relax into it as just another hindrance
twim is the letting go of the craving
mind and thus gaining more and more
balance and happy states
mental breakdowns don't happen often but
it can happen when the meditator pushes
too hard
striving to crush their hindrances with
mental power rather than relaxing into
them and letting them be
meditation teachers who are using
concentration jhanas point to the suthas
for the verification that what they are
doing is correct
but again they forget that the buddha
rejected those concentration methods
in one popular practice of concentration
janas the author of a book on the
concentration jhanas and their
development states that three out of a
thousand students will experience the
joy or pity being turned on and then
unable to be turned off
this is when the pity gets stuck on and
never seems to go away
this can last for weeks months even up
to a year
thankfully this is quite rare since
there aren't any really effective
solutions other than waiting
the thing out what does seem to help is
getting grounded
exercise manual labor and eating heavy
foods
like meat he describes when pity is left
on it is like a high-energy
buzzing unpleasant feeling that
continues whether you are sitting or not
sometimes it just only creates insomnia
another problem that is also reported in
the book
is sometimes students want to bypass the
first jhana intentionally because the
intense pity brings up painful memories
and there are issues with the second and
third gen estates where one is advised
to bypass or do something to avoid a
certain problem
the soothas do not support the
concentration absorption janas or the
dry insight method at all they don't
support the arising of painful states
and a practice that is gradually
eliminating craving step by step
proponents say it's faster so are we
saying the buddha gave us the slow way
the buddha's supreme knowledge would
have seen the best and fastest way
i think we can assume this sutha's
support twim
when the relax step is used there are no
negative states that arise
the suit is say you continue with your
meditation through the jhanas
and after the base of neither perception
nor non-perception
you keep meditating to what some call a
9th jhana
this is the cessation of mind's movement
completely
gradually the mental movement gets
slower and slower starting at the first
jhana going to the base of neither
perception nor non-perception
there are eight steps or levels and
there is the point where mind finally
just stops
if you think about this you are not
going higher and higher in the
meditation
you are going lower and slower until
everything just stops
there is no stopping progress in the
meditation it naturally moves along
and insights arise as they will until
mind stops and enters
the basis and meditation object for
tranquil wisdom insight meditation is
metta and the four brahmavi heras right
from the suthas
there are some added methods used in
twim like breaking down the barriers and
sending meta to a spiritual friend
which are very helpful in the beginning
stages of the meditation
when your twin meditation has developed
to a certain level
it then switches to and follows the
sutures precisely
using the pervading to the six
directions as taught in the brahmavihara
method
one thing that isn't used with this meta
practice and twim
which is used by the majority of other
teachers is repeating the same four
statements over and over
this is a traditional way of developing
meta-meditation
with the twin method you bring up the
sincere feeling of the wish for loving
kindness and put that feeling in your
heart
you surround your spiritual friend your
meditation object
with that feeling and suffuse him or her
with that feeling
the way most people are teaching meta is
an intellectual exercise instead of a
feeling meditation by saying the same
statements over and over again
which turns it into a mantra or a
one-pointed concentration
instead of making the wish over and over
to be happy in twim you use the wish to
remind yourself to bring up the feeling
of loving kindness
later as your practice goes deeper you
will drop the phrases entirely
the result of doing this is not a dry
intellectual experience
but rather a feeling exercise which
uplifts mind and helps you to become
happy
continually repeating the same
statements allows no room for the
feeling to develop
you must develop a sincere feeling and
wish for your spiritual friend to be
happy so the meadow or loving kindness
can take hold rather than repeating the
wishes
bonnie advises bringing up a smile to
remind yourself of the feeling
a smile in your heart in your mind and
also on your lips
secular buddhism a new variation of
buddhism has taken hold called secular
buddhism
it teaches only the parts of buddhism
that we can see for ourselves and we do
not need to believe in
for example past lives are not
considered part of the buddhist teaching
in secular buddhism
we don't tend to see them and recall
them for ourselves here and now
however there are indeed some students
who recall past lives
and an entire industry of past life
regression hypnotherapists have sprung
up to address past
lives and psychological problems from
these lives that have seeped into the
present
it does seem like the purest secular
buddhist practice attempts to remove the
buddha from buddhism
it offers a distorted view of
mindfulness as only a tool with which to
therapeutically approach de-stressing
and healing the individual
what happened to nibana what happened to
profound insight into impermanence and
impersonality
where is craving secular buddhism
removes buddhist concepts because they
are seen as weird and are religious
mumbo-jumbo and unnecessary to solving
one's problems
there is even a magazine about
mindfulness with that very title
which has not a single reference to the
buddha in it all pali terms are left out
i walked through the bookstore the other
day and buddhism has been reduced to
just one shelf now
mindfulness books have gone over to
self-help leaving the dalai lama alone
with titan yet han to keep him company
in the eastern religions section
there is no mention of higher
understanding or enlightenment
mindfulness is just another tool that
has been added to the psychotherapeutic
toolkit
this is the watering down of buddhism
mbsr or mindfulness-based stress
reduction
is a program in which mindfulness is
employed for the purpose of therapy
buddhist ideas of impersonality and
impermanence really don't play a major
part
dependent origination is surely missing
it basically is about watching the
breath and doing slow walking meditation
to calm down the mind
the perceived goal is to reduce stress
and anxiety
it is seen as not being possible to
attain enlightenment and to permanently
eliminate craving
there are now even apps for your phone
to give you a short five to ten minute
guided breathing or body awareness
meditation that you can do each day to
de-stress
intense mindfulness practice has been
diluted since the beginning of the
introduction of buddhist meditation
styles of vipassana and goenka practice
in the early 70s there are more people
meditating
however now less are going deeply into
their practice
another blend of buddhism is a
meditation style called adveda and is
based on thousands year old vedanta
practices
it is a hindu-based non-dual or a
philosophy of oneness practice
famous proponents of this are eckhart
tolle and adeshanti
the practice focuses on observing
whatever arises in the present moment
and not trying to control or analyze
some call this choiceless awareness just
allowing what is there and letting mind
calm and go deeper and following it down
to a level of oneness
tibetan social practice is similar in
that it observes this open field of
awareness without controlling the
experience
this practice can be quite useful to a
point and is quite close to what the
buddha taught and being genuinely
mindful
it certainly turns your practice to
observing rather than trying too hard to
achieve a certain state or experience
you simply allow what is there even to
the point of inquiring who is meditating
and what are you trying to achieve
this is the first step of letting go of
the controller
ad yashanti explains that instead of
controlling the meditation
you let go of the meditator as one gets
deeper and mind's activity slows
proponents explain that you will
eventually see the underlying essence or
spirit referred to by tola as the sacred
adashanti calls it coming to a state of
oneness unchanging and blissful
this is a variation of the belief in a
soul or higher self
unchanging meaning a permanent state at
the end of the brahmavihara twim
practice that is described here
the feeling of equanimity disappears the
meditator is now told to take this quiet
mind as the object of their meditation
observe any movements and release and
relax those movements as they arise
come back to the quiet mind this does
sound like what the vedanta practice or
choiceless awareness achieves
and these meditation practices can be
useful
however they can't get beyond just a
quiet mind to see below that
since the relaxed step the foundation of
twim
is not employed here you won't
understand how to relax the mental
tightness to go even deeper
with that tool you go past the level
where one might think that a permanent
type of spirit resides
down to an even deeper level and
ultimately the very nether most
the beginning of mentality itself when
your mind is just barely moving
and you are able to observe with
powerful mindfulness you won't be able
to find such a thing as a self
only moments of consciousness arising
and passing away in a never-ending
stream
from this insight arises disenchantment
and then dispassion leading to awakening
out of this dream of self.chapter 5
beginning practice
chapter 5 beginning practice
now let us see how the twin meditation
practice can take us through the four
tranquilla where john is including the
four formless bases contained in the
fourth jhana
culminating with the attainment of
nibana if you follow what the suthas say
without any added interpretation
then this is what will happen this is
the progress of tranquil aware insight
meditation or twim
the john is described from here on or
the tranquil aware janus
in this type of jhana you are aware of
both mind and body
the buddha said we cannot ever
understand ourselves unless we look at
the totality of who we are and see the
impersonal nature of everything that
arises
we can't control anything by pushing it
away or trying to stop what comes up
only through acceptance of what is in
the present not fighting or controlling
it
seeing it clearly without mental noise
or craving can we achieve release
a word here about morality the buddhist
system is built on a moral view of the
world
if you do unwholesome actions then
painful results and mental states like
hindrances follow
do wholesome and wholesome follows
meditation is completely wholesome
if you wish to be successful in your
meditation you should be following the
five precepts as a minimum to achieve
the best progress
what are they not killing not stealing
not lying or cursing not being involved
in sexual misconduct like adultery and
not taking intoxicants or alcohol
it isn't hard and it said that following
these simple guidelines brings you a
prosperous and happy existence in this
life and the next
following these five precepts prescribed
by the buddha as your moral baseline
will help your meditation to go very
deep by not committing any further
harmful acts you will become free of
guilt and remorse
and your mind will be peaceful and
tranquil for retreats
there are an additional three precepts
to help you fine-tune
including not eating afternoon not
engaging in entertainment and not using
perfumes or makeup
summary of the meditation instructions
the beginning meditator will spend a few
days or weeks cultivating
loving-kindness
toward themselves and a spiritual friend
by using phrases to help bring up the
feeling of loving-kindness
may i be happy may i be peaceful as i am
happy i wish you to be happy
this process will take them to the
fourth jhana
as they progress they will move on to
radiating meta to the six directions and
progress from the fourth jhana to the
base of nothingness and beyond
beginning posture before meditating
it is helpful to find a relatively quiet
place and to sit comfortably and upright
sitting cross-legged is not required the
full lotus is certainly not necessary
a sitting posture that is familiar to
your body will be less distracting and
more helpful than one in which you are
uncomfortable or in pain
in the west many meditators find sitting
on the floor difficult
in that case use a chair rather than
causing yourself undue pain and
discomfort
there is no magic in the floor avoid
leaning heavily back into the chair
sit with your vertebrae stacked one on
top of the other
the posture should be comfortable the
goals are to reduce any real physical
cause of tension and pain and to improve
alertness
we will have enough mental obstacles to
keep us busy
beginning loving kindness instructions
when you practice the mindfulness of
loving-kindness meditation
begin by radiating loving and kind
feelings to yourself remember a time
when you were happy
when that happy feeling arises it is a
warm
glowing feeling some of you may complain
we actually do hear this a lot that you
cannot recall any good memories
so then we ask can you imagine holding a
baby and looking into its eyes
do you feel a loving feeling when that
baby smiles
do you another idea is to imagine
holding a cute little puppy
when you look at the puppy you naturally
want to smile and play with him
the feeling you are creating is a warm
glowing and sincere feeling radiating
from your eyes
your mind and your heart once you have
established this feeling
use this feeling to wish yourself
happiness just as i was happy then
may i be happy now continue with phrases
like may i be peaceful
may i be happy may i be calm do you know
what it feels like to be peaceful and
calm then put that feeling in yourself
in the center of your heart and surround
yourself with that happy feeling
when that feeling fades bring up another
phrase to remind you of the feeling
may i be tranquil may i be content may i
be full of joy
now give yourself a big heart hug really
and sincerely
wish yourself to be happy love yourself
and mean it
this feeling is your object of
meditation each time the feeling fades
repeat the wish verbally a few times in
your mind
just repeat it enough times to bring up
the feeling do not make it a mantra
saying a phrase over and over will not
bring up the feeling we want
the phrase just reminds us to bring the
feeling up
when the feeling comes up we drop the
phrase there are a number of other
teachers who focus on just saying the
phrases over and over
and that doesn't work that will just
turn it into a concentration practice on
the phrase
some people visualize easily others do
not
it is not important that you clearly see
your object of meditation
just know it is there keep the feeling
of yourself in the center of your chest
wrapped in this happy and content
feeling and
we do mean really feel good feel
peaceful
or calm or loving or gentle or kind
or giving or joyful or clear or tranquil
or accepting be okay sitting and feeling
this
it's okay to feel good let yourself be
there in the present
just feeling this contentment you have
nowhere to go
you are on a little vacation from life
now there is nothing to do other than to
be happy and radiate that feeling to
yourself
can you do that don't try to be happy
be happy be content
be at peace right here right now
you have our permission to be happy for
at least the next 30 minutes
this is a feeling meditation but don't
over observe the center of your chest
trying to bring up a feeling of loving
kindness
don't force a feeling where there isn't
one don't put the cart before the horse
smile and feel that smile all through
your body
as you say the phrases bring this
feeling up and it will resonate in your
heart area on its own
sincerely wish your self happiness
believe it
and know that you do wish happiness for
yourself
just be with this feeling know it is
there and smile with it
there may be some blocks that come up
such as saying to yourself
no i don't deserve to be happy like this
this aversion to your own happiness is a
distraction
distractions will be covered shortly we
will explain the method to deal with
them so that you can allow and train
yourself to feel real loving kindness
for a longer period of time
later when you begin feeling this
feeling toward others
know that similar blocks may come up and
that these are distractions too
there is no reason that others should
not be happy as well
the goal is to first accept and allow
yourself to be happy and peaceful
it's okay then since you feel that
happiness in your own mind you will be
happy to share that feeling with other
beings
when you sit please don't move don't
wiggle your toes
don't twitch or itch don't rub don't
scratch
don't rock back and forth don't change
your posture at all
sit as still as the monk below when you
sit still the mind calms down
if there is any movement at all the mind
will be distracted
just as jello sets up it must be cooled
and not jiggled around to solidify
smiling this is a smiling meditation
the reason that you should smile is
because it has been found that when the
corners of your mouth go up
so does your mental state when the
corners of your mouth go down
so does your mental state put a little
smile on your lips
but don't stop there put a smile in your
eyes even though your eyes are closed
you'll notice there can be a lot of
tension in the eyes
put a smile in your mind and especially
put a smile in your heart it can be a
mechanical smile at first
eventually it will turn into a sincere
happy feeling
it should be a smile that conveys loving
kindness
it's important to believe it smile with
your lips
smile from your mind and smile from your
heart
if your mind wanders away 25 times in a
sitting and
25 times you recognize it release it
relax
re-smile and return to your meditation
then you've had a good meditation
it definitely might not be a quiet and
calm meditation
but it is an active meditation and that
can still be a good meditation
every time your mind wanders away and
comes back and you relax and smile
you are developing your ability to see a
distraction and let it go
you are improving your mindfulness your
observation power
as you practice you will get better at
it and your powers of observation will
get stronger
distractions while you practice meta
meditation in this way
your mind is going to wander what do we
mean by wander
you are with your object of meditation
which is the warm glowing feeling in the
center of your chest
you are experiencing this feeling then
you are distracted by some thought or
sensation
it might be a sensation of itching a
desire to cough
a burning sensation or a painful feeling
in your leg
it might be a memory of a conversation
with a friend or of a trip to the lake
or it could be a thought about something
you need from the store
suddenly you are with that distraction
rather than with your objective
meditation
in other words your attention is
somewhere else
you are not sure how you got there or
what you are supposed to be doing
then you remember that you are
meditating and that you are supposed to
be on your object of meditation
remember that is the first part of the
definition of mindfulness
if you let go of your thinking about the
distraction and relax slightly
you can observe that there is a tight
metal fist wrapped around that sensation
or thought
you can also observe that you don't want
it there you want it to go away
but the more you want it to go away the
bigger and more intense the distraction
becomes
so your mind is on this itch this pain
this thought
how did it get there it didn't just jump
there
there is a process that happens and you
begin to see how your mind moves from
one thing to another
don't think about that but observe
carefully how the process happens
we aren't talking here about analyzing
why anything happens
simply observe what is happening observe
the way the mind moves and reacts in the
present
that is the second part of mindfulness
the truth is that when a sensation is
there
it's there it's okay for it to be there
you're going to have distracting
thoughts and sensations come up
and that's okay thoughts are not your
enemy
in fact they are opportunities every
thought
every feeling every sensation that
arises and distracts your mind also
causes tightness
the first noble truth is that there is
suffering
the second noble truth is that suffering
is caused by craving
the third noble truth is that there is
the cessation of suffering
the fourth noble truth is that there is
the path to the cessation of suffering
this path is the eightfold path this
tightness is how you can recognize the
very start of craving end
as you may know the second noble truth
says that craving is the cause of
suffering
life is not suffering craving is what
makes it so
distractions are telling you what you
crave the things to which you are
attached
seeing and understanding what you like
and dislike is the first step toward
letting go of those attachments
your brain has two lobes that are
contained in three membranes called the
meninges
it is like a bag wrapped around your
brain and spine
any time that there is a distraction
there is a perceptible movement in the
brain
a tension or tightness and the brain
seems some will disagree with this
but something is felt to start to expand
against this membrane
the thought causes this tightness or
tension to arise which we are actually
able to observe for ourselves
anytime you notice this tension and
tightness you want to actively relax and
soften into it
by relaxing you are releasing the
craving
more on this when we get to the six
aries when craving is released
there is a slight feeling of expansion
in your head
right after you relax you will notice
that your mind is very peaceful and calm
your mind is alert and there are no
thoughts
at this time you have a pure mind
now bring that pure mind back to your
object of meditation
the feeling of loving kindness and
smiling that warm
radiating happy feeling now make another
wish for your happiness
put that feeling into your heart and
radiate that happy feeling to yourself
it does not matter how many times your
attention is pulled away by a
distraction
thoughts and sensations don't go away
the first time you notice them
and that's okay as these distractions
come back again and again
you will become increasingly familiar
with how they arise
with practice their intensity and
frequency will subside
hindrances the buddha talked about five
hindrances to meditation
hindrances are distractions that will
pull you away from your object of
meditation
five troublemakers who will surely come
calling
every distraction is based on at least
one of the five hindrances
often they come two or three at a time
and gang up
the five hindrances are one
sensual desire i like that otherwise
known as lustful or greedy mind
you will hang on to things that are
pleasant and want more
this will cause attachment to pleasant
states of mind that have arisen in the
past
and desire for pleasant states to arise
in the future
2. anger aversion
fear i don't like that you will want to
push away states of mind that you don't
like
or you might experience fear or anger
over unpleasant or painful feelings that
have already arisen
you will try to push away and control
anything causing you pain
you will even try to force your mind to
experience things in a certain way that
you think is right when you actually
should just observe what is there
now that is really overly controlling
3. sloth and torpor dullness and
sleepiness
these will cause lack of effort and
determination because you've lost
interest in your object of meditation
you will experience a mental fog when
you look at it closely
you actually see that it has tightness
and tension in it
there is even craving in sleepiness 4.
restlessness with restlessness you
constantly want to move and change
to do something other than what you are
doing to be somewhere other than here
restlessness can manifest as very tight
unpleasant feelings in the body and mind
5. doubt you are not sure you are
following the instructions correctly
or even if this is the right practice it
makes you feel unsure of yourself and
may even manifest as a lack of
confidence in the buddha's teaching or
your teacher or both
when the hindrances arise your job is
neither to like them nor to fight with
them
your job is to accept them to invite
them in
and to offer them tea don't feed them
with your attention
forcing and not liking their being there
just gives them the attention they crave
and makes them stronger
that's what happens with one pointed
concentration meditation
you force the hindrances away by
practicing intense concentration
however as soon as you stop meditating
they come back
sometimes even stronger if you just let
hindrances be there
turning your attention to something that
is wholesome instead the energy inherent
in them will gradually fade away
they will disappear like a fire that
runs out of fuel
that's how you overcome the hindrances
for good the fire just goes out
in poly nabana translates as knee or no
and banana or fire no fire
no craving no hindrance
the six aries now we are going to give
you specific instructions
on how to work with the hindrances in
the way the buddha taught
imagine for a moment the bodhisattva
resting under the rose apple tree as a
young boy
he was not serious or tense he was
having fun
watching his father's festival right
then he attained to a pleasant abiding
jhana as stated in the suthas with a
light mind
he was able to come to a very tranquil
and aware state
later on the eve of his enlightenment
after he had tried every method of
meditation and bodily exercise that was
known in
india at that time he remembered this
state
and he realized that this simple state
this tranquil
aware and happy state was the key to
attaining awakening
but how to convey this when he was
teaching
the buddha worked largely with
uneducated farmers and merchants
he had to have a simple effective
practice that was easy and worked
quickly
he had to have a method by which
everyone could experience the path and
benefits for themselves easily and
immediately
this is how he was able to affect so
many people during his lifetime
do you want to see clearly it's easy
lighten up have fun exploring relax
and smile relaxing and smiling leads you
to a happier
more interesting practice that sounds
like great advice
but how do you do it when you have been
carried away by distraction
and you lose your smile just follow
these steps
one recognize that mind's attention has
drifted away and that you are lost in
thought
you have forgotten what you were doing
you are no longer on your object of
meditation
2. release your attachment to the
thought or sensation by letting the
distraction be
by not giving it any more attention just
stop
feeding it just back away from it
3. relax any remaining tension or
tightness caused by that distraction
4. re-smile put that smile back on your
lips and in your heart
feel that happy feeling of loving
kindness again
5. return or redirect
gently redirect mind's attention back to
the object of meditation
that is to meta continue with a gentle
collected mind to stay with your object
of meditation
6. repeat this entire practice cycle
repeat this practice whenever your
attention is distracted away from your
object of meditation
we call these the six aries they are
drawn directly from the soothing text as
part of right effort
the first four r's are the four right
efforts with the last two
hours to remind you to return and repeat
as needed
notice that you never push anything away
you never try to control anything
trying to control is using craving to
eliminate craving
please don't do the six aries for some
slight noise in the background or a
minor bodily feeling
as long as you are still with your
feeling of loving kindness
just stay with that feeling and let it
deepen ignore those slight distractions
in the background
as a beginner do the six areas only if
your attention is completely gone from
the object
in the explanation of the eightfold path
in the suthas one of the components is
right effort
right effort in the six areas are
exactly the same things
what is right effort one
you notice that an unwholesome state has
arisen
two you stop paying attention to that
unwholesome feeling
letting it be there by itself with no
pushing away or holding on to it
3. you bring up a wholesome feeling
4. you stay with that wholesome feeling
the six aries just add the return and
repeat to complete the cycle
we are practicing right effort by
repeating the six aries cycle again and
again
we see and experience for ourselves what
suffering is and how to relieve it
you notice what causes you to become
tense and tight and then how to reach
its cessation by releasing and relaxing
and bringing up a wholesome object
you discover how to exercise the direct
path to the cessation of suffering
this happens each time you recognize and
release an arising feeling
relax and re-smile notice the relief
when you look at the benefits discussed
in the soothing about the dhamma
there is a phrase that says the dhamma
is immediately effective
by practicing the six ares you fulfill
this statement
when you relax the tension or tightness
caused by a distraction
you immediately experience the third
noble truth the cessation of suffering
in other words you are purifying the
mind by relaxing and letting go of
suffering
you see this for yourself then you bring
up a wholesome object
by smiling and return mind's attention
back to meta which is a wholesome
feeling
you do not have to practice for long
periods months or years
to feel relief you can see it right
after the relaxed step of the six aries
you notice the moment of a pure mind
free from craving
by repeating the six areas over and over
depriving the hindrances of attention
their fuel you will eventually replace
all of the unwholesome mental habits
with wholesome ones
in this way you bring up only wholesome
states and will eventually achieve the
cessation of suffering
to be successful in meditation you need
to develop your mindfulness skill and
observation power
also keeping up your sense of fun and
exploration is important
this helps to improve your mindfulness
the six series training develops these
necessary skills
sometimes people say this practice is
simpler than they thought
some have actually complained to the
teacher because they want this
meditation to be more complicated
now let us go through each of the steps
in more depth
recognize mindfulness remembers to
observe and recognize movements of
mind's attention from one thing to
another
that is from the meditation object to
the distraction
this observing notices any movement of
mind's attention away from the object of
meditation
one can notice a slight tightness or
tension as mine's attention begins to
move toward the arising phenomenon
pleasant or painful feelings can occur
at any one of the six sense doors
any sight sound odor taste
touch or thought can cause a distraction
to arise
with careful non-judgmental observation
you will notice a slight tightening
sensation arising both in mind and
physically in the brain itself
recognizing early movement of mind is
vital to successful meditation
you then continue on to release
when a thought about something arises
release it
let it be there without giving any more
attention to it
the content of the distraction is not
important at all but the mechanics of
how it arose are important
don't analyze it or try to figure out
why it is there let it be without
keeping mind's attention on it
without your mind's attention the
distraction loses energy and passes away
when you do not keep your attention on
it a distraction and the mental chatter
about it ceases
mindfulness then reminds the meditator
too
relax after releasing the thought and
allowing it to be by itself without
trying to watch it or get involved in it
there is a subtle barely noticeable
tightness or tension remaining within
mind and body
to remove this remaining tension the
buddha introduced a relaxed step
the suit is called the relaxed step
tranquilizing the bodily formation
this is true especially in your head
which is part of your body
it means to unclench your attention from
and around the thought
it is more than just letting it go it
actively softens and relaxes
and lets the distraction be there which
then weakens its power gradually it
disappears completely on its own
please do not skip this step it is the
most important part of this meditation
it is the missing step we talked about
in the introduction
it is the key to progress without
performing this step of relaxing every
time you are distracted from your
meditation object
you will not experience the close-up
view of the cessation of the tightness
caused by craving
you will not feel the relief as this
tension is relaxed
remember that craving always manifests
first as a tightness or tension in both
your mind and body
the relaxed step gives you a kind of
mundane nibana
you have a momentary opportunity to see
and experience the true nature of and
relief from tightness and suffering
while performing the release and relax
steps
mindfulness then continues to remember
to
re-smile if you have listened to the
dhamma talks on our website
you might remember hearing about how
smiling is an important aspect of the
meditation
learning to smile and raising the
corners of the mouth slightly helps the
mind to be observant
alert agile and bright getting serious
tensing up or frowning causes mind to
become heavy in your mindfulness to
become dull and slow
insights become more difficult to see
thus slowing down your understanding of
dhamma
return redirect your mind back to your
object of meditation
gently redirect the mind and don't jerk
it back before you are ready
make this a harmonious movement a
movement that is timely and not forced
repeat repeat this entire practice cycle
as often as needed
stay with your object until you slip and
then run the six aries again
spiritual friend for the first 10
minutes of your sitting
radiate loving kindness to yourself wrap
yourself up in that happy
tranquil feeling using the previous
instructions
for the rest of the sitting radiate
loving and kind thoughts to a spiritual
friend
what is a spiritual friend now we will
select our next object of meditation
the spiritual friend it is very
important that they are a living person
of the same sex and are not a member of
your family
when the spiritual friend is of a
different sex it may lead to lustful
feeling
and this complicates your experience
this is the traditional way of teaching
meta
if this instruction does not fit you
then just make sure the person you
select does not raise lustful feelings
in your mind when you are radiating
loving kindness
remember you will be spending a long
time with this person
your spiritual friend should be someone
who you deeply respect and sincerely
wish well
they are someone who makes you smile
when you think of them
it might be a favorite teacher or
counselor who has your highest goals in
mind
it might be a friend who always has your
back and supports whatever you do
please do not use a member of your
family as your spiritual friend
because family members are too close to
you family members will be brought into
your practice at a later time
but for now they may raise hidden issues
that interfere with the practice
initially we want to keep this easy and
uncomplicated
do not radiate to a person who is dead
the feeling will not arise correctly
as there is no personal connection that
can be made
you make the wish for your spiritual
friend in this way as i feel this
happiness in myself
may you be happy and peaceful wrap them
up in the feeling of loving kindness
place them in the center of your heart
and smile at them as you are doing this
really be sincere about this
really believe it the more you believe
it the stronger the feeling will become
continue wishing them well and see them
in your mind's eye
but don't put too much emphasis on the
actual mental image of them
again some people are very good at
visualizing
and some are not just know who they are
and that you wish them well
the phrases are a way of priming the
pump they evoke the feeling
as you make that wish shift your
attention to the feeling itself
remember that your object of meditation
is the feeling
stay with that feeling and let it grow
as it will
don't force it just give it some gentle
encouragement
sooner or later the feeling will fade
when it does
repeat the phrases again it is not
helpful to repeat phrases rapidly
that makes the phrase feel mechanical
rather
say it sincerely and rest for a few
moments with the feeling it evokes
repeat a phrase again only if it hasn't
brought up the feeling
some people ask are we sending this
feeling outward to the friend
no we are not sending anything we are
just seeing our friend in the center of
our heart
and wishing for him or her to be happy
we are not sending
telegraphing or overnighting any sort of
feeling
when a candle radiates warmth and light
is it actively sending that feeling out
no it radiates out because that is the
nature of warmth and light
in the same way we surround and immerse
our friend with this feeling
wishing it for them and seeing them
smiling and happy
this process is a combination of three
things arising
the radiating feeling in your heart the
mental phrase
and your image of yourself or your
spiritual friend
about 75 of your attention should be on
the radiating of the feeling
20 on feeling the wish and just a little
say 5
on visualizing your spiritual friend
some people think they should make the
visualization a bigger part of their
practice
then they complain about having
tightness in their head
this is because they are pushing the
idea of seeing their spiritual friend
too much
the teacher will tell them to stop
trying so hard because the most
important part of meta is feeling the
radiating
making a sincere wish for their
spiritual friend's happiness and then
feeling that happiness
not visualizing their friend if you are
getting a headache or feeling pressure
you are trying too hard smile again and
back off a little
when you picture your spiritual friend
see them smiling and happy
remember to keep a little smile on your
lips for the entire meditation
session if you find yourself not smiling
then this will be a reminder to smile
once again
bring up another wish and send a kind
feeling to your friend
your face isn't used to smiling so
please be patient
your cheeks might even hurt a little but
you will get used to it
and that uneasiness will pass please
don't criticize yourself for forgetting
to smile
critical thoughts about anything are
unwholesome and lead to more suffering
if you see that you are coming down on
yourself for forgetting to smile
then laugh at yourself for having such a
crazy mind
understand that everyone has a crazy
mind and that it is okay to have this
craziness
laugh with yourself about it this
meditation is supposed to be fun
remember smile and laugh at getting
caught again
then start all over with your object of
meditation
life is a game to play so keep
everything light and have fun all of the
time
it does take practice but this is why
you are doing this practice
play with things and don't take them too
seriously
this is a serious meditation but we do
not want you to be serious
your mind should not be too serious
rather it should be light and uplifted
smile and if that does not work then
laughing a little bit should help you
get back into that happier
alert state of mind you will use the
same spiritual friend the entire time
until the teacher says you can change
this may be a few days or weeks if
practicing on your own
get in touch with us via the website and
let us help you
become part of our yahoo discussion
group the more you can stay in the
present
happy in content feeling happiness with
your spiritual friend
the sooner you will be able to move on
to the next step of the meditation
you can always contact us through our
website for guidance
once you have settled on a good
spiritual friend stay with that person
if you switch from one person to another
the practice won't be able to ripen or
deepen
sometimes meditators want to send meta
to other people or to all beings
this is just a subtle way your mind
distracts you
you want to stay with the same friend in
the beginning so that you can build your
collectedness
we replace the word concentration with
the word collectedness to help clarify
that we are not forcing our minds to
stay on only one object of meditation in
a forceful
fixed way rather we want our mind to
rest lightly on the object
if your mind wanders use the six ares
when there are no distractions there is
no need to exert any effort to keep your
mind on its object
it just stays there by itself that is
really an amazing process to see
again there may be times that some
random thoughts and sensations arise
while you are with your object of
meditation but which are not strong
enough to pull your attention away
completely from it
when this happens ignore those and stay
with your meditation object
these thoughts and distractions will go
away by themselves
there is no need to six are them so
let's review
1. sit for a minimum of 30 minutes
why is explained later 2.
begin by radiating kind and happy
thoughts and wishes to yourself for
about 10 minutes
3. switch to your one chosen spiritual
friend for the remainder of your sitting
at least 20 minutes
and radiate kind and happy thoughts to
them for the rest of the session
stay with just the same friend and do
not switch to anything or anyone else
even if you think they deserve your
attention such desires are just more
distractions
the mind can be very sneaky four
use the six areas to overcome
distractions
when the feeling of meta starts to
become stronger notice it and sink into
it
smile into it and let it develop by
itself
if you find that you are subtly
verbalizing the phrases and the
verbalizing starts to cause some
tightness
let go of the verbalization and just
feel the wish
this will allow the feeling to grow even
stronger
stay with the feeling and just be in the
moment without pushing or leaning into
it
this practice will take time to master
in a sense this is a kind of not doing
you are not controlling or pushing the
feeling
you are just gently directing it if
there is tension in your body from
trying to send it out
then you are putting in too much effort
there should just be the wish for
happiness
in the same way you wish someone good
luck on a journey
you stand and wave as they go you don't
stand and try to push a feeling out to
them
similarly with meta meditation you
simply smile and wish this feeling of
gentle loving kindness
after doing the six areas and getting
the hang of it there will be a hindrance
that arises
finally u6 are the last little bit of
tension from it
and it disappears completely craving is
eliminated for the first time
a small amount of craving is gone never
to arise again
as a result of the hindrance
disappearing joy arises and
for the first time you are experiencing
the first tranquil aware janna
there will be more to go as you progress
along this path
as your practice advances you will find
that the joy is there
it can be goosebumps thrills or just
excitement arising
a pleasant tranquil feeling will follow
it
as you go deeper your confidence gets
stronger and you understand that what
you are doing is right
also you will notice there is a much
deeper state of quiet in your mind than
you have ever experienced before
it is like someone turned off the
refrigerator you never even realized was
on
you might notice that you are not aware
of parts of your body unless you direct
your attention to them
this is a normal development as your
body starts to lose tension and
tightness
and this indicates progress finally
as you get deeper the feeling of loving
kindness may rise into your head
never try to control the feeling if it
wants to move there
then let it move now you have become an
advanced meditator
when this happens you will be ready for
the next step of the meditation practice
contact us through our website
we will not cover that here as this is
now advanced practice and requires more
instructions
you are now on your way through the
tranquil aware genres to the experience
of awakening
forgiveness meditation there may be some
of you who have difficulty bringing up
and sustaining the feeling of loving
kindness
even after following all the
instructions and guidance here
you may bring up a phrase may i be happy
may i be content and this causes
self-aversion or hatred to arise
i don't deserve it i am not a nice
person may arise in your mind
you try the six r's and it doesn't
really work
there is no loving kindness there your
heart just has no feeling and is dry and
may be hard
you may find the practice of forgiveness
meditation will help with this
we find now a not so small percentage of
students benefit tremendously from
switching to forgiveness in which you
radiate forgiveness to yourself and
forgiving everything that comes up and
as people come up
you forgive them until they forgive you
you can find out more about this
practice at the dhamma sukkah website
and in a book called forgiveness
meditation by bonnie vimala ramsay
forgiveness is about letting go of the
past and softening our minds
everyone can benefit from practicing
forgiveness
in fact the forgiveness book is now
included in this book at the back
walking meditation
an important part of the meta practice
is walking meditation
please do not ignore it you need to walk
to keep your energy up
especially after longer sittings you can
use walking meditation to build energy
or uplift your mind
before sitting if you feel sleepy or
have low energy
sometimes when your mind is distracted
walking will make it easier to calm a
restless mind so that you can go back to
sitting
walking meditation on the other hand can
add energy to your sitting by getting
your blood flowing
walking meditation is a powerful
meditation on its own but
in conjunction with meta meditation it
helps you to incorporate meta into your
everyday life and activities
please do remember that this is an all
the time practice
find a place to walk that is at least 30
paces and is straight and level
walk at a normal pace as if you are
taking a stroll in the park on a sunday
afternoon
not slowly like a turtle but at a speed
that is neither too fast nor too slow
your eyes should be directed down in
front of you six to ten feet ahead
do not put your attention on your feet
instead
stay with your spiritual friend please
do not look around
as that will distract you from your
meditation this
is not a nature walk but part of the
actual practice where you are radiating
kind and happy thoughts to your
spiritual friend
as much as possible stay with that
practice the entire time you are walking
it is just like when you are sitting
with the only difference being that you
are walking instead of sitting
you may do this inside or outside as the
weather permits
it is best done outside in the open air
but try to avoid the heat of direct
sunlight
you can also walk inside in a circular
path around a room or down a hallway
some meditators make a lot of progress
while walking it can go quite deep
do not take this instruction lightly as
it is an important part of the practice
it also helps us learn how to practice
meta in our everyday life where we are
more active out in the world
walk for about 15 to 30 minutes and
never more than an hour
as this much walking will tire your body
out however
do walk at a good pace so that by the
end of it you will feel your heart
pumping and you may be slightly out of
breath
then you can sit and be fully alert
walking can bring calmness
clarity or energy depending on what you
need at the time
keep it going 30 minutes of meditation a
day is the minimum to start
from our experience it takes 15 to 20
minutes to get the mind to settle down
then you are giving yourself another 10
productive minutes where you can truly
watch and observe
45 minutes is better just the fact you
are sitting and not moving permits the
mind to calm down
the longer you sit the more your mind
will come on its own
without you doing anything else so
sitting longer and not moving is vital
to progress to deeper states
on retreat you will at first sit at
least 30 minutes
walk 15 minutes then sit again
alternating like this for the whole day
your sittings will naturally get longer
and longer throughout the retreat and
may eventually last as long as two to
three hours
in your daily life sitting twice a day
is very helpful
once you're comfortable try to stay
completely still throughout the sitting
period
if the mind insists on moving six are
the desire to move
the six ares are very helpful in
dissolving tension and finding deeper
ease
if pain arises please watch how it
arises
you can tell if the pain is genuine by
noticing what happens when you get up
from sitting
if the pain goes away very quickly it is
a meditation pain
which is in fact a mental pain and is
not caused by anything harmful
it is just a distraction if it returns
when you sit
try to remain still and 6r if
when you get up the pain lingers and
stays with you
it is best not to sit that way in the
future because this would be actual
physical pain manifesting
if we try to get rid of painful or
unpleasant feelings forcefully
whether mental or physical we just add
more greed and aversion to the mind
this fuels the vicious cycle of samsara
however if we approach an unpleasant
feeling openly and without taking it
personally
we view these unwholesome qualities with
wholesome awareness
this pure clear awareness gradually
melts that disturbing feeling
moreover you might notice the feeling
linger but your attitude toward it has
changed
if you get sleepy sitting inside try
sitting outside but not in the direct
sun
the outdoors tends to wake you up you
can even try doing the walking practice
backward after you walk forward 30 paces
instead of turning around just walk
backward to the starting point
meditation and its benefits increase if
you can continue to cultivate awareness
throughout the day
smile and send meta whenever you think
of it when you notice difficult feelings
coming up
six are them do this with a sense of fun
and humor at just how crazy mind can be
if you get serious and try to control
the mind that is just more craving
you may wear yourself out and become
frustrated
so do this lightly but with as much
continuity as possible
add meta to everything you can bring
loving kindness into everything that you
do
generally you will do your sitting at
home but you can also smile and radiate
well-being and happiness to all beings
when you are out and about
if you are just going out walking or
shopping you do not have to stay with a
spiritual friend
stay with a general feeling of meta
smile more
notice and six are emotional upsets that
arise
when unwholesome states of mind arise
see them as opportunities
let them be and bring up wholesome ones
this is the meaning of right effort in
the buddha's no late fold path
progress in jhana as you make progress
with the meditation
you will see all kinds of new phenomena
joy and other pleasant experiences will
arise
some of them will be really worth the
price of admission
the first time you truly and completely
let go of a hindrance
you will have your first experience of
the janek state and be on your way to
going even deeper
you will start to be friends with fun
stuff like joy contentment
equanimity and more good times are on
the way
brahma viharas and nabana
the buddha talked about four divine
qualities of mind that are particularly
wholesome
they are called the brahma viharas and
consist of loving kindness
meta compassion karuna sympathetic joy
mudita we actually prefer just joy and
equanimity
a pekka this is the practice you are
starting now
you will gradually go through all these
states very naturally as meta becomes
quieter and turns to compassion and so
on through joy to equanimity
you do not need to change the practice
as you go the states themselves will
develop and arise on their own
once you become an advanced meditator
you just have to keep the meditation
going
the brahmavi hair is developed naturally
one by one
without you having to bring up each of
these states as its own separate
meditation object
when the next state arises then you take
that state
whether it be compassion or joy as the
feeling to be the object of meditation
and continue radiating that out now
this is another important difference
from how other practices have you
developed meta
the buddha taught that when the
meditation is properly practiced
all four divine states arise on their
own one after the other
you will learn how to radiate any of
these four states to all of the six
directions and then to all directions at
the same time
as this happens the jhanas will arise
naturally on their own as well
the word jhana is a loaded word it has
been translated in many different
ways but we refer to the genres as
levels of understanding
we do not want to confuse them with
their one-pointed absorption jhana
cousins
they are related but these are ones in
which the meditator keeps awareness of
their body
whereas the others do not the buddha
taught that the key to understanding
craving and distractions is to realize
that mind and body are one process that
cannot be separated
tension and tightness are bodily
processes while thought and images are
mental processes
we not only want to pay attention to the
mind but also be aware of what is
happening in the body and not ignore or
repress this awareness through one
pointed focused concentration
we call the genic states that we
experience with this meditation the
tranquil awareness
there are eight of them four rupo or
material genres
and four arupa or immaterial genres
beyond the highest immaterial jhana lies
the experience of nibana itself
your mind will become so quiet that it
just stops
when the mind comes back from that
cessation experience
it will be incredibly bright and clear
with no disturbance
like a blackboard with nothing on it at
that point
when the next mental process arises you
will see with astonishing clarity every
link and part of this process that we
call life as it arises and passes away
this process is what the buddha called
dependent origination
there are 12 links in each moment of
experience and you will see how all of
these arise and pass away
you will see how all of these
dependently arise one upon the other
when you see very deeply into this
process you will understand
at a profound personal level that all of
the aggregates that make up you or the
eye
are actually impersonal and without any
sort of enduring self or soul
this experience is so profound that
nibana will arise
and you will understand the true nature
of all existence
you will have attained awakening in this
very life
there will be so much relief
experiencing awakening
nibbana happens for many people who
follow these simple directions
it does not take years or decades the
buddha said that this practice is
immediately
effective in the saudi patana suthay off
the midshima nikaya
he says that this experience can take
place in as little as seven years
or even seven days it can truly happen
that fast
we have seen it take place within a
single eight-day retreat
so start now and you too can experience
the initial stages of awakening
just follow the instructions exactly
benefits of loving-kindness
there are many benefits to practicing
loving-kindness meditation
in the suthas it says that when you
practice meta-meditation
you go to sleep easily and sleep soundly
you have no nightmares
when you wake up you awaken easily and
quickly
people really like you animals like you
your face becomes radiant and beautiful
you have good health
these are just a few of the benefits
when you practice loving kindness
your mind also becomes clear and quiet
and your progress in the meditation is
very fast
meta in daily life continue to sit and
practice
listen to talks read our books and study
more
about the concepts surrounding this
practice there are many resources on our
website
when starting any new practice it is
usually best to immerse yourself in that
practice
setting aside other practices you may
have done in the past until you
understand the new practice deeply and
thoroughly
otherwise you may be confused with the
various opinions and practices that are
out there
remember that we are not basing our
teaching on views or opinions
but rather on the study of the suthas
themselves and the direct experience of
the meditation practice
we invite you to follow this path as
well the best way to experience deep
immersion into tranquil wisdom inside
meditation is to come for a retreat or
if you cannot get away
do an online retreat with us check our
website for more information
once you master staying with a spiritual
friend there are more instructions for
breaking down barriers and radiating the
feeling of meta in all directions
the teacher will give you those
directions and advise you when you are
ready
this is where the practice of the brahma
v heras really takes off
more phenomena will arise and a teacher
can guide you based on your progress
there are more steps in the practice but
they are advanced and are for another
book
for now master the ability to stay with
your spiritual friend perfectly and then
contact us
or just come and do a retreat with us
again
when you are outside moving around in
daily life remember to smile and radiate
meta to all beings
use right effort to recondition your
mind bring up the wholesome quality of
loving kindness instead of allowing
whatever ho-hum mind is there
stuck in a long line at the checkout
line radiate meta
it is a tough job being a cashier at a
store so smile at the cashier and be
friendly
traffic bogged down and you just can't
move
rather than getting upset radiate meta
to your fellow drivers
six are your upset mind and replace it
with a wholesome uplifted mind
put a cd in the car player and listen to
a dhamma talk to learn more about the
eightfold path of the buddha
rather than wasting your own time ho
humming your way through life
share what you have learned with other
people and let them benefit from your
practice
pay this practice forward once you
understand it
don't proselytize just talk about what
happened to you and your own words
how is it helping you be happier be the
buddha rather than a buddhist
can't find a sitting group in your area
start your own
as soon as you find one more person you
have a group
meditate for at least 30 minutes listen
to a talk
have some tea and discuss what you have
learned right there
you have just created your own sitting
group little by little
like drops of water filling a cup you
will soon come to supreme awakening
it is possible to do this right now the
buddha showed us the way
just follow the instructions exactly now
let's get into the jhana states and see
ultimately
how nabana arises chapter six
first jhana joy
when your attention stays with the
feeling of loving kindness and your
spiritual friend
for about three to five minutes then joy
will arise
congratulations you have arrived at the
first tranquil aware janna
how does a jhana arise first a
distraction arises
fueled by one or more of the hindrances
whatever it happens to be
greed hatred or restlessness as you let
it go
relax and come back to your object of
meditation
the hindrance begins to weaken when a
hindrance arises
it is not your enemy to fight with
rather
it is a friend for you to invite in
allowing it to show
you where your attachments are every
time you six are the hindrance
it grows weaker why because you have
released the craving which is embedded
in the distraction arising
finally you do one last six hour process
and the hindrance completely disappears
it just has no further energy from this
release and resulting relief
the first genre arises and mind enters
into a pure state
when the hindrance runs out of energy
you have a real sense of relief
you feel joy arising which is an
exciting happy feeling
you will feel light in both your mind
and body
quite nice hindrances are constantly
tightening down on our awareness and
pulling our mood down
they lead to a lot of frowning and
stress now you see the beginning of real
happiness arising
it is like you have been in a coarse
painful state your whole life and
someone just switches it off
you feel joy pity in the head in the
chest
and throughout the body it may feel full
or warm or light
it may be like bubbles popping it may be
subtle or
for some it may be felt as more extreme
joy
there might be some mental and visual
activities or even fireworks going on
behind your closed eyes
this will settle down after a period of
time a few hours or a day
the mental state will be energized and
joyful and it will definitely be a
pleasant feeling
there will be no hindrances at this time
this is a big relief
right after the joy fades away mind will
become very tranquil and comfortable
this is called happiness or sukkah mind
just stays on its object with almost no
effort at all
you have never experienced happiness and
clarity like this before
i will insert some comments from past
students taking a physical or online
retreat with this practice
i was able to generate loving kindness
and radiate the feeling to my spiritual
friend
within a few seconds i felt an
overwhelming wave of joy
it was like my spiritual friend was
radiating meta back to me
i cried out of joy again i returned to
my meditation object
spiritual friend but again i felt the
wave of joy
this time i just felt tremendously
grateful em california what is joy
excitement and a happy feeling are the
nature of joy at this beginning stage
a man in a desert who is dying of thirst
spots in the distance an oasis and a
pool of cool water
he becomes very excited and happy this
is the feeling of joy
the moment he sees it joy arises this is
what happens in the first jhana
the joy in the first jhana is followed
by a feeling of tranquility and
relaxation
you are still in the first jhana but it
is changing
you will feel this you will be smiling
and radiant
the jhana will last for a while until
another hindrance pops up
sometimes the joy is not strong and
meditators are not
sure they have achieved anything so they
don't mention it
on a retreat over the course of the
daily interviews
the teacher will inquire about what is
happening to you
they will ask you is there any joy the
teacher will get a hint when you say you
can stay on your meditation object for a
longer period of time
let's follow this similarly a bit longer
and do a brief explanation of the next
three jhanas so you can see how the
practice develops
as you continue meditating your joy from
the first jhana will deepen
there will arise a feeling of strong
confidence
this is a quieter deeper joy where both
mind and body become very light
almost like floating both mind and body
become very tranquil comfortable
and peaceful this is the second janna
when the man finally arrives at the pool
of cool water and jumps in
the temperature of the water is just
right both his mind and body kind of
give a gentle sigh of relief
this is where he experiences happiness
and contentment
this is the feeling of happiness sukha
and a developing sense of mental balance
that occurs in the third jhana
this happiness will fade away just
leaving a stability of mind that is a
feeling of equanimity
apeka which is the fourth jhana
the suthas explain the janas
the anupata suda one by one as they
occurred number 111
from the medeshima nikaya mn explains
the entire process and all the
characteristics of the janna's up to the
attainment of nibana
i will use this auto explained
throughout the rest of the book that
john is one by one
and the subsequent progress to awakening
the sutham 111 starts
and the states in the first jhana the
thinking and examining thought
the joy the happiness and the
unification of mind
you have let go of a hindrance and joy
arises
there are five different kinds of joy
the first kind of joy is like goosebumps
it is there for just a moment and then
it goes away
the next kind of joy is like a flash of
lightning it's very intense for a very
short period
and then that fades away the third kind
of joy is as if you are standing in the
ocean and you have these waves of joy
washing over you
it's just wave after wave these three
kinds of joy can happen to anyone for
any reason when the conditions are right
the last two types of joy only arise
from mental development
the fourth kind of joy is called
uplifting joy
you feel very light in your mind and
light in your body
you feel very happy and there is
excitement in it
this is the joy of the first and second
janus
the fifth and last kind of joy is called
all pervading joy
it just kind of comes out of everywhere
it bubbles out all over and pervades
your whole mind
this kind of joy is also called the
awakening factor of joy
this is the joy you feel when you attain
nabana
so the fourth type of joy arises and
right after that
when it fades away you feel very
tranquil and comfortable in your mind
and in your body
this feeling is what the buddha calls
sukha which is the pali word for
happiness
your mind does not wander very much in
your meditation
it doesn't get lost there is still the
thinking and examining mind
you still can internally verbalize
thoughts about your experience
you are still thinking but now only
wholesome states are there
though it is still a bit noisy as
compared to the states that come later
you are not carried away by unwholesome
thoughts
there is no craving now thoughts that
occur are thinking and examining
thoughts that have to do with what you
are feeling right now
in the present you feel very peaceful
and collected
in pali the word for this state is
and if you look up the word in the pali
dictionary akaga means tranquility
peacefulness and stillness of mind it
doesn't mean one pointed or absorption
but rather collected and unified the
soothing explains there are five factors
in the first genre
thinking and examining thought joy
happiness
and unification of mind the suda goes on
to explain what else is there
mn the contact feeling perception
volition and mind the five aggregates
body feeling perception formations
volitions and consciousness are also
present in this genre
this means that all the foundations of
mindfulness are there and will be
observed
these comprise who you are and you can
see all the aggregates there without the
veil of craving
you see with little dust in your eyes
then the sutha says
t he enthusiasm decision energy
mindfulness equanimity and attention
these states were defined by him one by
one as they occurred
known to him those states arose known
they were present
known they disappeared what are we
talking about here
we are talking about impermanence you
begin to see impermanence while you are
in the genre
you see these things arise and pass away
one by one as they occur
the factors listed in the sutha don't
necessarily follow the order that
they're given here
they come up whenever they're going to
come up these are the first initial
insights or understandings
deepasana and pali that arise for you
mn he understood thus so indeed
these states not having been come into
being
having been they vanish an obstacle that
sometimes comes here is that some
meditators will try to six are the joy
and happiness that arises
thinking that they might get attached to
it they think they should try to
suppress it and not allow it to be there
you do not need to do this you should
let this happy feeling be there with
full acceptance
but still go back to your spiritual
friend and continue the meditation
this joy is a fruit of the practice and
is wholesome
just let it be it is okay for you to
have joy
it's okay to be happy it's kind of a new
idea to let happiness be there and not
push it away
and to even develop it and keep the
happy state going which is the last part
of right effort
if you have excessive thoughts and start
thinking about what just happened
the joy arising you can six are those
thoughts and let them go
as you've started to take the joy
personally and become attached to it
that is craving and that keeps us on the
wheel of samsara
the wheel of suffering again you should
never push the joy away
just six are it allow it but don't get
involved in it
it is a wholesome state and wholesome
states are what we are striving for
the buddha said it is part of right
effort to notice an unwholesome state
and bring up a wholesome state
he didn't say to replace a wholesome
state with an even more wholesome state
wholesome is wholesome just let it be
it is enough gradually this happy
feeling will subside
or possibly it may come up again and
again over a few days
it will be there as long as it is there
there was a fellow who had tears rolling
down his cheeks
and everyone thought he was upset it was
joy and
finally he was told just to get a towel
and let the tears fall on that
no need to make it stop it will stop on
its own
after some time you will lose this happy
feeling and the hindrances will come
back
you will certainly start to think oh if
i could just get that experience again
this is craving and should be 6 art
often
at this stage if you fail to follow the
teacher's instructions to 6r
you might go around trying to figure out
how to get that state back
and you won't subsequently you might
crash and burn
and the next day you will be frustrated
at not being able to bring back the
experience
some meditators are smarter than others
they just go back to the meditation as
they had practiced it before and
continue following the instructions
some may take an extra day and that's
okay
we all have to learn wanting something
only creates frustration in mind
we need to six are that too
meditation instruction on a retreat
the teacher will now give you further
instructions
for those of you using this book on your
own please pay attention to this next
instruction
after you feel this joyful feeling
arising you can drop the verbalization
for your spiritual friend
may you be happy may you be peaceful etc
just feel the wish for their happiness
without mentally verbalizing
there is no further need for the phrases
as they may cause tension and tightness
in your head
and we certainly don't wish to create
more tightness
this is a sign of progress in your
meditation
your thoughts have quieted down and you
are starting to experience the quieting
presence of the second jhana
more about this jhana in the next
chapter the teacher will not tell you
what jhana you are in until you have
gotten to the fourth jhana
at that stage you will have a firm grip
on the technique and how to six or
distractions
you understand that these are just
levels of understanding and tranquility
that you are going through
as your meditation progresses you start
to develop some equanimity and won't
care so much what state you are in
at that point the teacher will tell you
that you have become an advanced
meditator and congratulate you on your
progress
but there is more to do walking
meditation and the jaundice
walking is an important part of this
meditation as it helps to sustain energy
overcome sloth and torpor and maintain
health generally when you are sitting
for long periods of time
however one of the most important
purposes of walking meditation is to
enable you to practice integrating twin
meditation into your daily life
the purpose of meditation is to bring
change to all parts of your life all the
time
not just while you are sitting walking
meditation will help you to accomplish
this
while you are sitting you are staying
with your spiritual friend and six ring
distractions
now the only difference is that you are
walking just strolling normally
and keeping your mind on radiating kind
thoughts to your spiritual friend
in the same way when you were sitting
see a guide to twim for an in-depth
discussion of how to do walking
meditation
one of the mistakes many people make
when they are talking about jhanas is to
think that a jhana only arises while
you're doing your sitting meditation
however you can take any one of these
jhanas and stay with it while you get up
and do your walking meditation
you can also be in this state when
you're washing the dishes you could even
be taking a bath or standing in the
checkout line at the store
staying with your object of meditation
while you are walking and during all
your activities will help you to
progress further
unlike being in absorption jhana any one
of the tranquil aware genres can arise
during your daily activities
this is one of the reasons that you keep
your meditation going all the time
it doesn't matter what you are doing
it's all part of the practice
everything you do is practice if you
train in this way
then you will make progress be aware of
what your mind is doing all the time
remember to stay with the meditation
practice as much as possible
that's the first part of mindfulness
remembering to practice
remember what observing mind's attention
moving from one thing to another
chapter 7 second jhana noble silence
mn 111 section 5 again
monks with distilling of thinking and
examining thought
sarah put it entered and abided in the
second janna which has self-confidence
and
stillness of mind without thinking and
examining thought
with joy and happiness born of
collectedness the joy that arises in the
second jana is stronger than the first
and deeper
you feel much lighter in your mind much
lighter in your body
sometimes it feels like you are floating
in your chair
there are students that say they felt so
light that they had to open their eyes
because they thought they were going to
hit the ceiling
this is the uplifting type of joy from
attaining a meditative state
the happiness you experience is a
comfortable peacefulness
there is a calm feeling in your mind and
in your body
mind quiets down like when a
refrigerator turns off
you hadn't even noticed it was on and
then the compressor clicks off
it's a level of quiet that you never
thought possible
confidence appears you feel you are
really starting to understand the
meditation
you feel like you have no more doubts
about how to do this practice
you are starting to understand the six
ares when you're in the first jhana
you can still have thoughts and you can
still have thinking and examining mind
which means a wholesome observing mind
that is thinking about the experience
when you enter the second genre this is
where true
noble silence begins this is real noble
silence
it is not writing notes on retreat
instead of talking all the while your
mind is speeding along
it is noble silence because your
internal verbalizing has essentially
stopped
while you are in this state if you try
to make a wish-like
may i be happy this will cause more
tension and more phrases mentally
repeated will cause your head to get
tight
you then are advised to stop making
verbal wishes as it explains below
meditation instruction
again for meditators using this book as
a guide
now let go of internal verbalizing of
the wishes
simply wish loving kindness for your
spiritual friend
bring up the feeling without the phrases
when you are in the second genre and you
repeat phrases you will find it causes
tension in your head and mind and you
can't do it comfortably
that is your signal to let go of
internal verbalization
chapter eight third jhana
happiness m n colon 1 11 section 7.
again monks with the fading away of joy
sarah put a abide in equanimity and
mindful
and fully aware still feeling pleasure
happiness
with the body still feeling happiness
with the body
he entered upon and abided in the third
janna on ac
count of which noble ones announce he
has a pleasant abiding who has
equanimity and
is mindful when you get into the third
genre you start losing body awareness
this is a way to mark your progress
you'll be sitting and all of a sudden
you think
i don't feel my hands or i don't feel my
leg or my shoulder disappeared
unless you consciously put your
attention there and then you feel them
you feel very tranquil and sometimes it
can be a heavy
yet pleasant feeling this is a sign that
you are starting to truly understand the
use of the six ares
this is not a state of absorption where
if someone pokes you
you would not feel it this is a state
where your attention is not on the body
unless there is contact
it can be an outside force demanding
your attention as in the teacher calls
you
or someone taps your shoulder whenever
the attention is drawn somewhere
it is because there is craving there
when a feeling arises
you want to feel it and check it out
there is a little craving in every part
of the mental stream
if a pleasant feeling arises craving
arises
and we launch into liking or disliking
that feeling
then the thoughts and stories come up
about the feeling what the feeling is
about
the perception that comes with the
feeling and the story about the feeling
again we 6r and continue when you get
into the third jana
you let go of a lot of mental tension
when you let go of that mental tension
you start letting go of physical tension
as well
bani said that one meditator came to him
and told him she felt just like her head
was sitting on the floor
there was nobody there just a head
rolling around
at one point i couldn't feel my
extremities not because they were asleep
or anything
they just disappeared i was much less
distracted and was able to focus more
i studied the six r's more and was able
to really use them when needed
cg missouri a loud noise like a
motorcycle might be heard outside
and you know that this happened you have
a balanced mind about it
there is much more equanimity in the
third genre
sounds don't make your mind shake they
don't make your mind flutter
your mind just says okay there was a
sound
never mind relax come back to your
object of meditation
there is this strong balance that occurs
you feel more comfortable than you've
ever felt
very much at ease in your body bodily
tension has all but disappeared
whereas in the first and second john as
you had joy coming up
now it starts to fade away you will ask
where has the joy gone i like that
i want it back you have gone beyond that
coarser level of excitement and arrived
at a deeper
more content state the word used here is
happiness
sukha along with contentment this is not
joy anymore
sometimes the student needs to be
reassured it's okay not to have joy
this is progress your mind is going
deeper
mind becomes very tranquil and very
unified not in a one-pointed way where
the senses are shut out
but it stays on one object it just sits
there
and there is no need for control it is
happy there
everything is okay you are starting to
see with a quieter mind
you can notice when mental movements
first start to arise
you can let them go and relax you'll
start to see that mind begins to flutter
a little bit
and then it flutters faster and faster
and then it gets completely distracted
away
you'll begin to observe how that process
works
when you first notice this fluttering if
you relax right then
your mind stays on your object of
meditation
as you go deeper your wandering mind is
six-hard sooner
metta takes you to the fourth jhana
in the samyatta nikaya there is a
section on loving-kindness meditation
that refers to the factors of awakening
this suta is a real revelation because
it is talking about practicing
loving-kindness in the fourth jhana
the reason that this is a revelation is
that it is widely held that loving
kindness can only take you to the third
jhana
but there it is in the suda talking
about experiencing the feeling of meta
in the fourth jhana
the suthas disagree with the bishop maga
about this
in reading the sutha accompanied by
loving kindness number 46 section 54
4 from the samyata nikaya it says that
on the other hand metta or
loving-kindness
goes to the fourth jhana compassion goes
to the base of infinite space
the first arupa jhana joy goes to the
base of infinite consciousness
the second arupa-jhana and equanimity
goes to the base of nothingness
the third arupa-jana the practice that
is being taught here is not only loving
kindness
it is the complete practice of the
brahmavi eras
there are four abodes or divine abidings
of brahma that make up the brahma v
heras which are loving kindness
meta compassion karuna joy
mudita and equanimity apeka
loving-kindness is the first part of
this larger system that eventually leads
to the experience of nibana
the loving-kindness meditation that we
are talking about here is not just a
side meditation to help us calm down
after a long day at the office
or to prepare for our meditation on the
breath it is a powerful system in its
own right as part of the brahmavihara
meditation path and does
indeed culminate in full awakening
bonnie vimela ramsay talks about some of
his malaysian students who would come
off a difficult vipassana retreat and
request to take a meta retreat with him
he said that they said their minds had
been hardened by those retreats and that
they needed to return to a more balanced
happy state who could think that a
method that buddha taught would cause
hardness
not lead directly to the goal and need
meta to recover from it
were these other retreats being taught
in the way the buddha instructed
if they had added the relaxed step then
this could have been avoided
meta is a very important practice that
the buddha taught which can take you
directly to nibana
that misunderstanding that it will not
take you to the goal needs to be
corrected
meta is just the first part of the
brahma v harris system that you
experience as you go deeper into your
practice
it automatically leads to the other
three viheras but you have to continue
the practice
meta is indeed the doorway to the
unconditioned
after all the definition of right effort
is to one recognize there is an
unwholesome state
two to let go of that unwholesome state
three bring up a wholesome state
four keep it going four parts
and what is more wholesome than meta you
just keep it going and it will lead you
to nibana with no other methods needed
this is what it says right in the text
themselves
chapter nine fourth jhana the beautiful
mn colon 111 section 9. again monks
with the abandoning of pleasure and pain
and with the previous disappearance of
joy and grief
saraputta entered upon and abided in the
fourth jhana which has neither pain nor
pleasure and purity of mindfulness due
to equanimity
in the fourth jhana the loving kindness
energy moves from the chest and heart
area
up to your head it is like the feeling
of meta is starting to radiate from the
top of the head
the spiritual friend smiles back and
there is no more warmth in the chest
area from the loving kindness in no
circumstances should you try to push the
feeling back down to your heart area
again
it should be allowed to go where it
wants to based on the sincerity of your
loving kindness
some meditators make the mistake of
trying to make a feeling arise by
focusing on their heart and chest area
that's not right they should be bringing
up sincere wishes of loving kindness
which they really mean and honestly
believe
then the feeling appears on its own and
it goes where it needs to
in the fourth jhana the contentment
turns into a deeper peaceful feeling
full of equanimity it is a non-reactive
state of balance
it doesn't mean that there cannot be a
painful or a pleasurable feeling arising
it means that it doesn't make your mind
shake you see it for what it is
and you have this beautiful balance
towards it the fourth jhana in some
texts is called the beautiful
ultra strong balance when i finish the
meditation
i was blissed out not intense joy just
very relaxed
a strong feeling of equanimity totally
still and silent
and lots of automatic smiling in the
meditation itself
it was very easy to see the people i
sent loving-kindness to
smile the loving-kindness stayed in the
head and once again i lost perception or
sense of body consciousness
just felt floaty light and expansive
sd california you don't notice
sensations arising inside your body
but you do notice external contact if an
ant walks on you
you know it you have such balance that
nothing bothers you
a mosquito comes around and he bites you
it's okay
so what no big deal mind is in balance
to all feeling
in the fourth jhana pain in your body
will disappear as your mind no longer
reacts with an i don't like it mind
of course when the next hindrance occurs
you can fall out of that state
and the pain will come back also there
are reports of golden light pervading
your mind and this wonderful feeling
pouring out of the top of the head
in the fourth jhana because there is
contact with the ground while you're
walking
you will feel sensation from your feet
this is because of contact with the
ground
bodily sensations will not draw your
attention
your sense of self-awareness will have
moved up to your head area now
you have now given up your beginner
status you're not a novice anymore
you've become an advanced meditator but
interestingly you are balanced and not
over excited with that
it's just more self-discovery and you
don't get a big head about it
whereas at the first jhana you might
have thought you were pretty good
now it is just another step on the path
with no looking back
advancing breaking down the barriers
you are now told that you have developed
the meditation skills to a higher level
you are told this so that you have
confidence in the practice and gain more
enthusiasm
previously you weren't informed of what
was happening because it would just lead
to more mental wanderings
now that you have some more equanimity
and your mind has calmed
you are told where you are day by day
what exact genre you are in
as it happens if you ask about it you
see that sutham 111 is real
and like sarah putta you are just
watching the progress step by step as it
occurs
meditation instruction
now you are to change your spiritual
friend
you have completed the practice to this
point and have now advanced
it's time to move ahead let go of the
friend you have been working with and
change to the people listed below
go through each group one at a time
until you see them smiling and happy
pick three more spiritual friends
any gender living and not a family
member
and one by one radiate loving kindness
to them until they smile back or you
feel there is a connection of loving
kindness with them
living family members either male or
female
gender no longer matters one by one
radiate loving kindness to them until
they smile back
four neutral people either male or
female
one by one radiate loving kindness to
them until they smile back
a neutral person is a casual
acquaintance that you occasionally see
like the bus driver or the cashier at
the store
you don't really know them but you say
hello every now and then
enemies are last send meta to any
troublesome people
whoever arises enemies are those people
we don't like
we may hold a grudge or we know they
don't care for us
it might be public figures or any person
who comes to your mind when you do this
one by one radiate meta to people who
pop into your mind until you can't think
of anyone else
if hatred or even dislike arises while
radiating meta to an enemy
go back to a neutral person until you
can let go of the aversion and come back
to that feeling of loving kindness
then begin again radiate meta to your
enemy and continue until that hostile
energy is dissipated and they smile back
it doesn't have to be that deep just
have a friendly feeling for them
or even a neutral feeling in which they
don't bother you
remember everyone has some good
qualities
you can focus on those you can do the
process above in as little
as 20 to 30 minutes but you should spend
no more than an hour on this
if you cannot get beyond this step then
perhaps some forgiveness meditation will
be suggested by the teacher
information and directions for
forgiveness meditation may be found on
the dhamasuka website and practiced from
the book on this topic by bonnie
vimalaromsi
forgiveness is a very powerful practice
by itself and is highly recommended to
everyone
but especially to those who cannot bring
up a genuine feeling of loving-kindness
for any of these groups of people
this morning i did my first breaking
down the barrier sitting
it went so well i saw everyone smiling
at me pretty quickly
then i got to my enemies there is a
woman i'm quite jealous of
i forgave myself for it i wished her
love
peace and happiness then i saw the smile
the second one is my niece's husband
i've never seen him smile in real life
so i don't even know what that would
look like but
as i was wishing peace for both of us it
felt like a lightning bolt went through
my heart
i knew that i am wrong for the hate i'm
feeling toward him
only love can beat hate cg missouri
radiating to the six directions
meditation instruction
after the process of breaking down the
barriers is complete
you will report back to the teacher or
if you are working on your own then
simply continue below
you will be now instructed to radiate
loving kindness from the head
not from the third eye or forehead but
from the area in the middle of or the
top of your head
you radiate to each of the six
directions forward
backward right left above and below
for five minutes a piece that is 30
minutes total
for the rest of the sitting you then
radiate to all beings in all directions
at once
to the whole universe without
limitations sit and glow with this
feeling of loving kindness and let it
warm the whole cosmos and beyond
like a candle let the feeling radiate to
all beings
don't push or force just let it radiate
and see it just going out by itself
now the fun begins i was completely
immersed
at one point there was no me all i saw
was the light going in all directions
it was like a fountain going up down and
in all directions
i was so absorbed when my timer went off
i jumped
my husband said i looked like i was
radiating full of joy and peace
cg missouri you should sit for more than
one hour if you can
you are encouraged to sit even longer if
you are comfortable
don't stop when you feel good or think
you have made progress
go longer don't stop if you get edgy or
want to quit
try another five minutes just to see if
you can do it many times a few more
minutes will get you through that short
period of restlessness
radiating the four brahmavi harris
successively as they arise
to all directions will now be your
practice into the highest states of the
meditation
please note that i am describing the
technique as it is presented in the
texts
i am only explaining the texts here and
not creating a new sort of meditation
you are now practicing the brahmavihara
practice exactly as it is described and
taught by the buddha in the texts
this practice of meta and the rest of
the brahma v heras are actually
mentioned much more frequently
in 12 suthas in the midshima nikaya
versus the breath or on upon a city
practice which is only found in four
suthas
which one do you think the buddha taught
more often he did appear to favor the
brahma viharas over the breath practice
bonnie vimala ramsay states that metta
is six times quicker than breath and
gets you to the goal much faster
he says it takes six weeks for someone
to experience jhana with breath versus a
week
or less with meta this has been our
experience
and thus we always recommend meta first
he will teach breath to certain
personality types that have a hard time
with the feeling of loving kindness
but he does have the relaxed or
tranquilized step
chapter 10 the base of infinite space
compassion
the buddha taught that there are four
major jhanas but he broke up the fourth
jhana into four more parts
the sooth is called the last four part
spaces or realms
we will primarily use the term bases but
will shift back and forth at times
between base and urupajana just to make
sure you understand the connection
now you have arrived at the arupa or
immaterial jhanas
the first four janas are called rupa are
material genres
rupa means realm of the body and arupa
means realm of mind
more precisely the a and arupa means no
so not of the body
the word realm is also used in addition
to base for these higher parts of the
fourth jhana
this is because the buddha stated that
if one were to attain any of these four
jaunas including the four immaterial
realms
then the power merit of that act would
cause them to be reborn into a realm of
existence that corresponds to the
meditation level attained
there are 31 planes of existence and the
jhana based brahma realms are the
highest
most pleasant and longest lasting the
higher the jhana
the longer the lifetime in that
corresponding realm and the more sublime
the state
mn colon 111 section 11. again
monks with the complete surmounting of
gross
perceptions of form with the
disappearance of gross
perceptions of sensory impact aware that
space is infinite
sorry putta entered upon and abided in
the base of infinite space
this means you have surmounted the
physical and now are entering the subtle
mental realms
you are no longer paying attention to
the five senses and are paying attention
to what's in your mind only
you start feeling a quieter loving
kindness now
you will realize that there is less
warmth less movement of the meta
it is softer like cotton this is karuna
or compassion
you have gone beyond the coarser state
of loving kindness and entered a more
sublime
tranquil state you report back that the
feeling of loving kindness has no limit
but is very big
it is as immense as the sky your head
feels like it gets larger
you feel like things are expanding
outward maybe you feel as if the floor
drops away and you are suspended in
space
you may even feel like you are flying up
into space
this is a very pleasurable kind of
feeling it is pretty awesome
there is a continuous expansion outward
there is no center point to be seen
there may be an exclamation of oh wow
when explaining this delightful state to
the teacher
wow as i progressed through the four
meditation sittings today
each an hour or so long it was like the
spaciousness became larger
larger and larger i did the radiating of
meta for the five minutes in each of the
six directions and then radiated outward
throughout the rest of the meditation
to all six directions at the same time
the sphere of meta grew in size and just
kept growing without stopping
the meta itself also transformed it was
magnetic
as if intensifying and creating a strong
energetic force field
floating feeling intensified never felt
such spaciousness and expansiveness
before
there was insight into how awareness of
feeling and perceptions arose and ceased
infinitely and how i was not in control
sd california
meditation instruction
you will now change from meta to
compassion as your new object of
meditation
you expand this new feeling outward with
no limits to the six directions
as you have been doing with loving
kindness begin each meditation session
radiating compassion for five minutes in
each direction
and then radiate compassion to all
beings in all directions at the same
time for the remainder of the sitting
loving-kindness has now automatically
switched to the state of compassion
bani vimela ramsay tells us that this is
the state that so many teachers refer to
when they talk about the buddha's
infinite compassion
bani's opinion is that when the buddha
refers to compassion
the state that he is talking about is
the base of infinite space or the first
rupijana
it is not just a general state of caring
or nurturing
but actually the genetic state of
compassion bani further explains that
the buddha did this practice every
morning
getting into the jhana of infinite space
with compassion as his object of
meditation
from this state the buddha would then
survey the world for people who needed
his compassion and were ready to
understand his teachings
he would then go to them and instruct
them in the dhamma
he saw people who had little dust in
their eyes and were ready to attain
awakening
mn colon 111 section 12. and the states
in the base of infinite space
the perception of the base of infinite
space and the unification of mind
the contact feeling perception volition
and mind you still experience the five
aggregates
even though you're in an arupa or mental
genre
this says that you're still practicing
the four foundations of mindfulness even
while you are in the erupa-jhana state
you are now in a mental realm and
awareness of your body has faded away
unless there is contact
notice that the soothing quoted above no
longer includes experiencing pleasure in
the body
now you are told you have no body so
please don't pay attention to it anymore
six or any tugs and pulls back into any
awareness of the body
now you know your body is still there
sitting quietly
but your awareness is very much focused
on mind
mn colon 111 section 12 kant
te enthusiasm decision energy
mindfulness equanimity and attention
these states were defined by him one by
one as they occurred
known to him those states arose known
they were present
known they disappeared he understood
thus and with the cultivation of that
attainment
he confirmed that there is still more
meditation instruction
continue sending your compassion to the
six directions to see how it expands
outward
the brahmavihara meditation develops in
sequence through the four divina bitings
automatically these states will arise on
their own when you are ready
don't bring them up they will come up
just keep going and see what happens
next
chapter 11 the base of infinite
consciousness
joy mn colon 1 11 section 13.
again monks by completely surmounting
the base of infinite space
aware that consciousness is infinite
sara putta entered upon and abided in
the base of infinite consciousness
this is a fascinating state for one
thing
the compassionate feeling automatically
changes again to a feeling of altruistic
joy
but that's not as clear a definition as
it could be
it is a feeling that's very different
from the compassion experienced
previously
it is a feeling that bonnie prefers to
call just joy or joyfulness
whereas before joy was an exciting type
of joy
pity now it becomes sublime and tranquil
this is pity versus modita regardless
you now go from a feeling of compassion
to a feeling of joy
meditation instruction
now you start radiating joy in all
directions instead of compassion
joy is now your object of meditation
what happens is
your awareness starts to be so good and
so sharp you begin to see individual
consciousnesses arise and pass away
continually
you see firsthand how truly impermanent
everything is
there's no doubt in your mind anymore
that everything just comes into
existence and then fades away
sometimes your eyes just pop open there
can be so much energy
if you try to close them they just stay
open so you just let them be open
the arising of awareness was automatic
and its ceasing too was automatic
it was all impersonal and uncontrollable
the
sense of i disappeared and reappeared
over and over and over
there were moments where awareness
ceased completely there was nothing in
between the arising and ceasing
the lapse in awareness grew in frequency
and length as well as far as i could
tell but as soon as i saw this
i was back to seeing the arising and
ceasing and then the spaciousness
when i finished the final sitting
meditation my mind was still
clear and sharp mind and emotions never
felt so pristine
calm and pure before nothing i can say
here except excellent
sd california after you sit with this
insight into impermanence and
impersonality for a little while
something interesting happens some
students report
well yes i see all these consciousnesses
the eye
the ear the nose the tongue the body
and mind i see these consciousnesses
arise and pass away
and it's really tiresome what you see
now is not only impermanence but
suffering
and you're seeing there's nobody home
there's no control over this process
it happens all by itself you see anika
impermanence dukkha suffering and anata
non-self up close and personal while
you're in the urupajanas
in buddhism these are the three signs of
existence
anything that exists has this nature and
now you see it
it isn't on a thinking level but in a
direct way
you know it bonnie vimela ramsay tells a
story of a monk who is a famous monk in
burma
he is invited to a person's home for
lunch and is offered the finest of
curries and rice
the entire time the monk eats he says
dukkha
dukkha suffering suffering
he is trying to think his way to see the
signs of existence
and that doesn't work all it does it is
to create an aversion to whatever you
are labeling or noting and that's
developing an unwholesome state
not insight at all this experience
answers a lot of questions that you may
have had brewing
before this everybody was talking about
things happening so fast
but now your awareness is so sharp that
you actually see each part of the
experience
the 12 links of dependent origination
are starting to come into focus
and you are beginning to see separate
links moreover
you are beginning to see that they
follow each other and that each link is
dependent on the link before it
after a while it does appear this
constant arising and passing away of
consciousness does become tiresome
you wonder will it ever end is this all
there is
it doesn't matter whether you're doing
your walking meditation or eating
or going to the toilet you see all these
consciousnesses continually
is there a way out of this as you
instructed
i first radiated joy in all directions
beginning with sending it out to
individual directions five minutes each
then expanding the sublime joy outward
it grew larger and larger without
stopping
there was once again insight into the
impermanence of eye as it arose and
passed away
the gaps in between each arising and
passing away grew larger
and my focus shifted subtly to those
blanks where then the joy radiating in
all directions was shifted to equanimity
there was total disinterest in the
impermanence of i and insight into the
silliness of identifying a non-existent
permanent eye with every feeling
thought and action deeper experiential
realization that feelings and thoughts
were not under my control and that
thoughts or mind objects in general were
like what odors were to the nose
or sounds were to the ears they came and
went without me being involved
i continued to 6r nonetheless sd
california
meditation instruction
small pinpoint lights may arise like
little stars that twinkle and then fade
away
these are the start of craving they are
indications of tanha just starting to
arise
these are thoughts that are just
starting to form you feel a pull from
those lights
a tightness you realize that if you six
are then the moment they arise then
thoughts don't arise
you see the relief in this the six areas
will return you to a state of balance
and tranquility
be sure to six are them as soon as they
arise these lights are sticky as they
are little seeds of craving coming into
existence
you now see the craving that exists in
all thinking
and you see that is why constant
thinking is so tiring and annoying to
your mind
consider the other night when you
couldn't get to sleep because you were
thinking so much
it was suffering being successful with
this meditation practice brings you the
benefit of getting to sleep easily and
having no bad dreams
this is one of the 11 benefits of meta
meditation
you might see illuminations expanding
out like small suns
these are called nimita no we are not
talking about the nemeta or what some
practices call signs that are used as
focus points in concentration
meditation but these are merely forms
and shapes that arise
this is the true meaning of nimita let
go of these and six
are them you do not switch over and
start focusing on them
they are just interesting phenomena that
might distract you
don't get involved with them if you were
to take these lights as your meditation
object
then that would be a concentration
absorption meditation practice
and that is not in the suttas the buddha
had previously tried all these types of
meditation
and he rejected that practice as leading
to true awakening
when you practice concentration with the
breath meditation lights can arise
as well and if you take these lights and
concentrate on them
then again you are not practicing what
is in the suttas
please six are them this is the
influence of the commentaries like the
vishetti maga
the vijudi maga has included many
practices that are not in the suthas
this conflict should cause us to
question which one is right
in the base of infinite consciousness
some people have visions of devas
kuan yin buddha jesus or muhammad
this is based on their belief systems
that all needs to be six are so you can
progress
if you feel very happy and joyful
sometimes there will be tears of joy
allow the tears to come out that is the
sign of the mudita or joyful state in
which you are abiding
you may feel like things are slowing
down like watching a movie in slow
motion
you may see each frame of consciousness
arising and passing away
whether it is at the eye door or your
door you may wobble and feel like you
are woozy
don't get attached to any of this six or
all of it
none of these experiences are to be
taken personally as me or mine
they should just be allowed your
mindfulness is now getting very sharp
sharp enough to see individual
consciousnesses
meditation instruction
you will then be asked to start noticing
the spaces between the consciousnesses
try to become more aware of the silence
and the tranquility that is there
and dwell in this quiet let everything
else go
you will think there is nothing
patiently let this state deepen
this will lead you to the next base and
the last of the brahmaviras
this is upeka or equanimity sometimes
around this level
the meditator may have the thought if i
have no self then i should just die
fear can arise i have no control over
anything
what can i do you just do what you
always have
you never had a self in the first place
so nothing has changed
this is insight it isn't suicidal
thoughts by any means so don't worry
the teacher will remind you that this is
just your mind playing games
have a good laugh and lighten up you
won't die
not even close soon you are moving into
deeper
even more exciting territory i was able
to get more solidly into the realm of
infinite consciousness in which i
observed various things such as swirling
colored geometric
patterns interrupted by strobe lights
sometimes i saw millions of tiny colored
lights flashing randomly
the swirling patterns with strobe lights
were the most common
i remembered you advised me to pay
attention to the stillness between
consciousness as i looked between the
strobes and six art
the colors came to a halt and
disappeared but i found if i looked
closely there were subtle ripples in the
black nothingness
i six are these and found the slowed or
disappeared but never for long
my mind was in an incredibly still state
and yet i was not quite sure i was still
in the meditative state
i reasoned that if i was still
meditating that i should be able to
return to radiating joy
so i brought up joy in the colored
patterns and strobe lights returned
again i sard that and returned to
stillness
rm japan there was once again insight
into the impermanence of i
as it arose and passed away the gaps in
between each arising and passing away
grew larger
and my focus shifted subtly to those
blanks then the joy radiating in all
directions was shifted to equanimity
sd california
12 the base of nothingness equanimity
mn colon 111 section 15.
again monks by completely surmounting
the base of infinite consciousness
aware that there is nothing sara putta
entered upon and abided in the base of
nothingness
previously you saw the world existing as
outside of yourself
now you see things as all in mind only
you still see different movements of
mind
but they're not outside of mind you have
had a concept of yourself being in the
world
which is constantly in the background of
your thinking
we all see ourselves in relationship to
the world as a separate self or entity
taking things personally means we see
ourselves doing things in our mind
we see ourselves having done things in
the past
we see ourselves doing things now and we
see ourselves doing things in the future
we only exist in our minds this idea
or concept of self only exists in our
mind and now we see it
outside of the thinking mind there is
only seeing
hearing touching tasting and smelling
just sensations that are arising and
passing away
yet we identify these as having this
self this existence laid over the top of
it
this me that is doing this planning to
do that thinking about this
being a part of a team to create that
you are an actor in this dream of
existence
it is all in your head you are
constantly creating this illusion of
self
moment to moment they are just images
now you finally start to come out of the
dream and only see what is there
gross thinking stops conceptual
engagement stops
now in the seeing there is only seeing
in the hearing only hearing
etc nothing happens in the past and
nothing happens in the future
it is all happening now and in this
clear present
there is no self there is only awareness
of what happens at the sense doors
moment to moment
it becomes very quiet you have never
experienced this before
this is the awareness and experience of
the base of nothingness
this jhana is like the part in the
matrix movie where keanu reeves wakes up
from his dream existence in this
machine-created mental world and
realizes that he is in a pod just
dreaming his life experience
like him we are waking out of our dream
of self to find nothing but an
impersonal process
a never-ending stream of events now it's
like your consciousness stops paying
attention to general body awareness and
sensations and jumps up into your head
you are no longer paying attention to
the awareness that has anything to do
with the body
you see everything as happening from
mind and physically from the head area
you are only attentive to mind concepts
stop
thoughts are now just observing thoughts
and not being taken personally
they are not defining your world anymore
in fact
most thoughts simply stop since concepts
come from thoughts
and things come from concepts no things
leads us to the realm of nothingness
you are now seeing clearly without the
noise and without creating stories about
everything
some people will say it even feels like
being in the desert all alone
in total desolation there is nothing
around but sand
it is pleasant yet different from
anything you have ever felt
you start to understand the lengths of
dependent origination called nama rupa
or mentality
materiality name and form there is mind
that is dependent upon the body
both are distinct yet work together
one cannot be without the other but now
you see
with direct insight that there is the
body itself separate from mind
for example there is the breath going in
and out and then the mentality or mind
which is made up of feeling
perception and consciousness there is
the physical breath
and there is the knowing the perception
of the breath and knowing what it is
doing and how it feels
this is the mentality slash materiality
link of dependent origination
with the dropping of the concept of
things out there and of your perceived
feeling of your separate existence in
the world
your awareness pulls in the ever-present
worrying dream of you disappears no more
thoughts that carry you away into the
future or the past
no more thoughts are creating this or
that world
you just exist in the present your
awareness is clear and free of your
conceptual self-image
without these concepts there is only the
present the arising and passing away of
feeling and sensations
this is all that you see no past or
future lives now
this is mine's attention without craving
embedded in it without the overlaying of
the idea of self or soul
in this silence of nothingness you start
to see much more subtle phenomena that
were hidden by our noisy minds
very interesting things are here there
is definitely not nothing
mn colon 111 section 16
and the state's in the base of
nothingness before
in the second arupa jhana if infinite
consciousness you are radiating joy in
all six directions
where you were feeling joy before now
you're feeling equanimity that is very
very strong and you have this very fine
balance of mind
now you take this equanimity as your
object and radiate it to all beings in
all directions
this particular level of mind is by far
one of the more fascinating states that
are experienced in meditation
now there is no sadness nor happiness
just balance
when asked how you feel you will always
report that you are fine
everything is fine i have nothing to say
just fine from an online retreat report
sitting number one one hour joy for 19
minutes
i saw patterns and glowing balls i six
rdd these
then went into equanimity i saw golden
stupas
buddha statues and a celestial being
emitting a brilliant light
i six are these as they came up next 30
minutes was with
sending equanimity in all directions
with golden light emitting from my crown
i six art whatever came up 15 minutes
was the best with keeping my mind on the
object of my meditation
cb sri lanka from an online retreat
report
after about 10 minutes i could feel
myself going deeper before the descent
stopped
after five minutes or so at that level i
started to descend again to the next
level
my notes record got deeper and plateau
like steps and that was what it was like
i must have gone down in three or four
steps spending five minutes or so before
moving down to the next plateau
at one plateau i recall seeing a vista
like a black clear night sky with
thousands of tiny pin pricks of light
twinkling away
on the next level down i saw what i can
only describe as a really big area
covered with rows and rows of
ball-shaped translucent shapes
the skirts of which were gently rippling
i described them as jellyfish because of
their translucent nature
the oddball slash jellyfish would
occasionally speed off away from this
vista
but mainly the visual field was still
and quiet
after the jellyfish the next descent was
longer at the bottom of which the
blackness was unmoving
absolutely still i can remember
wondering whether i was dead
whether i was or wasn't was of no
interest the possibility certainly
didn't upset me
around this point at the deepest level i
didn't move down from this level
what i describe as tingles move
throughout the body and waves
after a couple of passes this stopped
and the absolute still quiet remained
at this point of the sit the quiet was
quite solid
not the quiet when you turn off a radio
and think that's quiet
but rather a quiet where there's
absolutely no point from which any noise
could originate
an absence of anything that could
disturb a quiet slash stillness that is
not capable of being broken
lm australia others feel the tranquility
coming from you
there seems to be a glow in your face a
radiance
any stress lines have all but
disappeared if you do not put quite
enough energy into watching that
equanimity
your mind gets dull you don't have
sleepiness
but a dullness can occur if you put in a
little bit too much energy
your mind gets restless now you must
steady your energy
this is where you are balancing the
seven factors of awakening
we will go through these later if
restlessness arises because you put in
too much energy
you are no longer in the you're caught
by a hindrance
and because of the way the hindrances
work they don't just come one at a time
for example when you have restlessness
it's not just
restlessness it's the restlessness as
well as the dislike of the restlessness
so you have two hindrances that you get
to work with
hindrances pile up on top of hindrances
it's quite easy to let restlessness go
and balance your energy by this time if
you are patient
it's like walking the finest tightrope
you've ever seen like walking on a
spider web
it's that fine being in that kind of
balance
it just takes a little tweak a little
twerp and whoop
you could be knocked off balance and
then you should work with it again
bring in a little more energy some more
mindfulness
if this is too much back off again
this is where working with the energy is
incredibly interesting and subtle
the most important thing here is using
your mindfulness to observe what is
there in mind and to balance it by
backing off or adding energy to your
practice
by observing these states you will
affect them naturally
therefore mindfulness is the most
important factor of awakening
the investigation factor arises when
mind's movement is clearly seen
investigation balances both energy and
lack of energy automatically by seeing
what is out of balance and changing it
in quantum physics it is positive that
you can change a process by observing it
this is what mindfulness does mind
observes itself
and change takes place sometimes you may
not make progress because something is
nagging at the back of your mind
it is a subtle desire that you are
identifying with you are looking for
something to happen
perhaps wanting nabana to come and
looking for it by thinking about it
it should be six art it can be a pesky
desire
but eventually you will get tired of it
nibano will never happen if there is
this craving there
nabana will happen when mind loses all
its craving and movement
again you may have fear arise and think
that you don't exist
as before you should just six or that
fear and continue
it will disappear soon enough that is
just more craving
mn colon 111 section 16.
and the states in the base of
nothingness the perception of the base
of nothingness and the unification of
mind
the contact feeling perception volition
and mind equanimity gets very deep here
and this should be your object of
meditation now
you should imagine yourself surrounded
and enveloped by the feeling of
equanimity
you should radiate this feeling outward
from your whole mind
keep a small smile going as this will
warn you of unwholesome states coming in
like a candle emits heat and light you
simply sit and let the equanimity
radiate out by itself
you almost see it go out if there is
stress from sending out the feeling
then you are pushing too hard you should
just let it seep out like a fog but
point it to the direction in which you
intended to go
if there is tension then just six are it
do not push the feeling of equanimity
out pushing it will create more tension
that is trying to control feeling with
your thoughts
it doesn't work a lighthouse emits light
in all directions
it doesn't push anything the light just
shines outward
all you do is switch on the light if you
are distracted by a sound or a touch
then six are in and come back to
radiating the feeling but only six are
if it draws your attention away from the
feeling if you see small movements
or there are wispy thoughts in the
background yet you are still aware of
and collected on your meditation object
radiating equanimity in the six
directions ignore those small
distractions
that is just noise don't 6r unless your
attention is drawn away
meditation instruction
now you are starting your sitting using
the feeling equanimity as your object
you radiate the feeling of equanimity
each of the six directions for five
minutes each and then to all directions
at the same time for the rest of the
sitting
when you do the walking meditation you
radiate equanimity to all directions at
the same time and six are any
distractions
sit longer now one hour one and a half
hours
two hours three hours if you feel like
you want to get up
then sit another five minutes and see if
that urge goes away
mental activity gets quieter and quieter
just observe what is there at the moment
mind will feel bright and energetic with
little movement
you will start to see the link of
consciousness arising and passing away
this is a potential you will see this
start of the movement
and then it blossoms into your awareness
as something be it seeing
hearing or a tangible feeling it is like
you know that you are going to see
something
and then you do gradually you will see
all the processes and the links of
dependent origination that occur before
contact
you perceive that everything you
experience takes place within your mind
only
what makes up the real you is mind and
mind objects coming and going
do you really have a body or do you just
see this image and call it a body
are you hearing a sound or is it only
sound consciousness arising and a
perception of you hearing it
what is consciousness you see now that
consciousness knows itself
you stop identifying with it as you it
reflects the form that is in front of it
like seeing a red rose in a mirror biku
natananda
the author of concept and reality calls
it a hall of mirrors in which the mirror
itself is self-aware at that moment with
whatever side or sound form is cognized
there is nobody in the room itself but
it is the mirrors themselves that are
aware of being aware
the mind overlays a concept of self but
there are only the mirrors and the
reflections
the consciousness arises and then it is
gone
there was nothing before it and nothing
after it
there was never anyone in the hall
except the mirrors
you just thought there was you now see
what is there directly without concepts
you see that consciousness only
experiences itself with no experiencer
the concept of self is not there anymore
there are thousands of moments that make
up each event of hearing or seeing
you exist for that moment only then
there is another moment
and you hear again there is a space
between these moments where there is
nothing
now you are perceiving the silence and
the arising and passing away of objects
in that silence
if the sound had not arisen then you
would not have arisen
you would not have been born into
conscious awareness had there been no
sound as a condition
that is rebirth moment to moment right
there and since there is nothing between
the consciousnesses
how can there be an idea of an
all-pervading soul or self
you live for a moment and then die
physical death is just one moment from
this body to another
you really die every moment your body
dying has nothing to do with you dying
meditation instruction
when things get quiet you might try to
add something
adjust something or try to watch
something
since nothing is arising you might get a
little bored
in this case notice the craving mind
wanting to make something happen
wanting to control six are that mind
right there and let it go
then just be there with no movement six
are the concept of a controller
just be in the feeling of equanimity as
it radiates
do not move in mind at all like the
beatles song
let it be let it be
distractions that arise how to adjust
too much energy you become restless you
need to reduce your energy
take tranquility as your object of
meditation
this will bring in calm six are your
desire to control the process
add added to the feeling of equanimity
not enough energy
you become sleepy or dull you need to
add more effort and increase your
curiosity about what is happening
take more interest you can also get up
and walk to arouse energy
do some fast walking find some stairs to
go up and down
the longer you sit the more you should
walk
many meditators avoid the walking but
then wonder why they doze off or zone
out when they sit for long periods you
need to keep your blood moving and your
energy up
the buddha and his monks walked
everywhere they went and thus kept their
bodies very healthy
alms rounds could be very long and
strenuous but it would pay off in energy
for the meditation
six are any boredom a subtle aversion
reaction
and get through it at times very little
happens
and you must be very gentle and patient
then you will go deeper
you silenda one of bondi's teachers
would always tell him
patience leads to nibana there are seven
awakening factors at work
these factors need to be adjusted don't
worry too much about doing the balancing
at this point
just let the mindfulness do its job some
meditators will control too much and try
to make their mind calm with whatever
factor they think they need
but too much of this will lead to
restlessness you must balance the desire
to balance by backing off and letting
things get into balance by themselves
venerable bonnie vimalaromsi often
reminds his advanced students to
remember that their job as a meditator
is to simply observe how mind's
attention moves from one thing to
another
mindfulness is not about controlling any
movements
one of the most difficult things to do
is to just observe without trying to
control anything
seven factors of awakening one
sati mindfulness two de mavicaya
investigation of experience three
varia energy four
pity joy five
pacity tranquility relaxed in mind
6. samadhi collectedness of mind
seven apeca equanimity
some people may complain about
distractions happening in their body
they can feel pain somewhere in their
body this is not real pain but a really
subtle hindrance coming up in their mind
do not pay any attention to your body
anymore
most pain will now be what is known as
meditation pain
this is different from a real pain an
actual pain comes because you are
sitting too long or sitting twisted in a
weird way and you are hurting your body
this meditation pain is the pain of the
hindrances coming up it mostly is the
pain of restlessness
restlessness is a painful feeling but it
is in your mind
and you must determine to not be moved
by it but soften into it
let it be and relax the tension and
tightness that is there
you are only concerned with mine now you
should sit for long periods of time
sit one hour two hours and even three
and four hours
the longer you sit the more time mind
has to calm down
so far the record for bonnie's students
is two days in one sitting completed by
a man in indonesia and recently a man in
the usa
and that really paid off the results
were phenomenal
and he just got up and walked away with
no pain or stiffness
he felt just fine eventually
mind will become very calm and
equanimity will become very profound
we then come to the next arupa janna
where we leave all the brahmaviras
behind
chapter 13 the base of neither
perception nor non-perception
mn colon 111 section 17
again because by completely surmounting
the base of nothingness
sarapota entered upon and abided in the
base of neither perception nor
non-perception
now you will not be able to radiate the
feeling of equanimity anymore
it will just naturally stop it just
isn't there anymore
and if you try to radiate it then that
will cause some tension to arise
if you notice this happening then just
sit in the silence and observe
if you are unsure then try radiating
equanimity again
and if it comes up then continue it once
again until it finally fades on its own
if you bring up the feeling and now it
causes a slight tension
in your head even radiating that feeling
then you can stop and just be in this
quiet mind
meditation instruction
you should now take clear quiet mind as
your object of meditation
notice the stillness and the tranquil
feeling that is there
let yourself sink into that now the
instructions will change a little
six are any movements or vibrations as
soon as they start to arise
and then go back to a clear quiet state
of mind
you take this empty silence as the
object of meditation and watch for any
movements arising
six are as soon as they arise and relax
the tension out of any of the movements
and come back to just this quiet and
peaceful state
you might see a flicker or a light or
some movement there
six are that as soon as they arise soon
the this exquisite stillness becomes
your object
before in earlier sittings mine was
expanding
now it becomes so still and subtle that
it is hard to tell whether anything
arises or not
your mindfulness now has come to a level
where there is nothing that escapes your
6r tool
you have a sense of power over the
arising phenomena that you have never
felt before
by allowing things to arise and relax
into them you actually
in a way have achieved control over them
no more feeling you now have come to the
end of the meditation of the brahma v
heras which has the four divine abodes
as its objects
you started with the meditation object
of meta or loving kindness
progressed automatically to karuna or
compassion
and then to mudita or joy and this
finally transformed into a pekka or deep
equanimity
now even that is gone you begin the next
phase of the meditation
just observation of movements within
mind as the feeling of equanimity which
brought you to this point fades away
you are now going to be mindful of mind
and mind objects
you will start to observe what is there
and subsequently
see very small movements arise as soon
as you see any movement or vibration
you need to relax your mind will become
very
very still for long periods of time this
deep quietness of mind and lack of any
distractions at all can last for 20
minutes or 30 minutes
and even for an hour this exquisite
silence is where mind is absolutely pure
the longer you can sit with this still
mind the better
from an online retreater sitting number
three
i went straight into equanimity i saw
some images initially
six are these as they came up i radiated
equanimity from my crown
i six hard whatever came up it felt like
things were coming up fast
i felt a little restless because of this
eventually
the equanimity stopped radiating what i
noticed was golden energy from the base
of my spine rose up to my crown
golden light all around eventually it
dissipated
after some time i was in quietness for
around 20 minutes
the time felt like 8 p.m as it was very
quiet even from my noisy surroundings
we live in colombo near a noisy main
road
lots of horns etc but it felt like 8 p.m
when there is little traffic and noise
cb sri lanka gradually the nothingness
jhana gives way to the realm of neither
perception nor non-perception
the fourth arupa jhana mind is so subtle
at this point that the only way you know
that you've experienced that state is
that when you come out
you can reflect on what you saw there
some feeling was still there
although it's subtle and perception is
kind of there and kind of not now your
instructions are to simply observe mind
objects that are arising and passing
away in this bright clear mind
you don't want to start this observation
before the time is right
you begin your sitting by radiating the
feeling of equanimity to each direction
however you may not be able to if you
try to generate any feeling at all
it may cause tension in your mind never
create tension where there was none
before
if you have doubt then you can try
generating a feeling of stillness to see
if stillness comes up and will flow out
on its own
this stillness can be likened to looking
up into the night sky
so tranquil and still if you feel like
you are forcing it
then just stop this means now that it is
time just to observe
if on the other hand you can radiate
then just continue doing that until it
stops again
as you watch mind and six or any
movements or vibrations that start to
arise
all activity will slow down mind's
activity will almost flatten out to
nothing at all
there are things in mind but they are no
longer pulling at your conscious
awareness
an obstacle here can be a tendency to
get involved in everything that arises
and analyze where it came from
why did it arise where did it come from
these questions are not valid here that
is just more thinking
a sort of restlessness to do something
let all the analyzing go the analyzing
is for the therapists and psychologists
and is not a part of the buddha's path
there is no end to it anyway there is an
endless amount of stuff coming and going
and you can never analyze it all one of
venerable bonnie vimela ramsay's
teachers
the most venerable sayadaw yupundita
told him that analyzing things is a
western disease
one meditator reported that past lives
would arise as little bubbles
he would go off and investigate them to
see what was there
in the end this was harmful to his
practice and he was letting craving get
the better of him
it took many years for him to get tired
of this and finally six are these memory
bubbles dispassionately
psychologists will want to look at where
these thoughts come from
but we don't we are just observing the
process and how it arises
if you look at it this way when you
start meditating your mind has big jerky
kinds of movements
as you get deeper into your meditation
the movements become less and less
when you get into the arupa-janas the
movements start turning into just
vibrations
as you go higher into the arupa-janas
the vibrations become faster and finer
when you get to the state of neither
perception nor non-perception
there are only slight movements that are
very subtle it is hard to tell if they
are there or not
your awareness will start to go inward
or some say mind appears to grow smaller
mind is there but it is hard to perceive
it is like a jigsaw puzzle that is now
starting to lose pieces
gradually there is only just a
glimmering of what was there
so few objects are arising now that it
appears there is less and less of you
there at all
this is the time when you want to make
sure that you have developed that habit
of relaxing continually
all the time that way when you get into
this state
you're doing this as an automatic habit
meditation instruction
the only way you know that you've
experienced this very subtle state is by
reflecting afterward what happened while
you were in that state
when you come out take a few minutes for
reflection and six are anything that
arises
don't get into stories about it just
reflect and let go
since you haven't experienced this
before your mind will naturally think
about what happened
just six are those thoughts don't stop
them
just let them be and fade away relax
into them
what is this relaxing doing when you
relax
the movement of mind becomes less and
less until you finally get to a state in
which you cannot see any gross movement
but there is still a little bit of
vibration
the more you relax the more the
vibration slows down
because it is the craving that is
creating the movement
relaxing removes the craving and mind
settles further
you still have those small movements
even when you get into neither
perception nor non-perception
if you are working with a teacher you
will likely be asked
were you in a state that is like you
were asleep but you were awake
movement of mind slows to smaller and
smaller activities
you start having gaps in your awareness
there is no longer a fully consistent
conscious awareness
mind slows like ice freezing there are
levels of neither perception
at first mind may slow down like you are
in a dream
there might be a story going on yet like
a dream
when you come out of that state it makes
no sense though it did make sense when
you were experiencing it
for example it might have made sense if
a bird was talking and you were
completely fine with that in the dream
but when you come out of this state you
wonder why you thought birds could talk
in this state there can be images that
arise colors
shapes patterns you should six or all of
those if you are aware enough at that
moment
but at times your awareness just isn't
strong enough to notice them
it's like telling someone to be mindful
in a dream
later in or after you're sitting if you
start to reflect on what happened you
can six are at that time
still your mindfulness gets
progressively sharper as you go in and
out of this deeper level and
eventually all of the dreamy images or
patterns just disappear
there is barely anything left at all
there might even just be what appears to
be a blank screen
just blackness but you knew you were
there when you came out
nothing actually stopped since you were
aware of time passing during that state
be aware that during your sitting
generally you may go into a dreamy state
and
since you have heard that the base of
neither perception nor non-perception is
a dreamlike space
you may wonder whether you are
experiencing this jhana
actually this may only be sloth and
torpor which needs to be 6-ard
here you have confused the state of
dullness with the deeper state of the
arupa-jana
this vague torpor-like state can be
completely blank
this is very definitely a low-energy low
mindfulness state
when you wake up out of this state it's
more like waking up out of sleep
there will be some energy but it is weak
and doesn't last
were you just maybe drowsy you might
think this low energy state is special
but it's just an absence of awareness
the difference between these states is
that when you go into the neither
perception state
it will be from a bright and energetic
clear space
you will be very mindful and alert it
might be confusing to you later but
going from a low energy
dull state into a far away torpor state
is not the way to go deeper
be watchful and question yourself about
this
you may be overestimating your level of
awareness when it is just a torpor state
if so then you need to build up your
mindfulness and use your six aries more
when you go into the fourth aruppajana
your energy will be very high
but the tranquility and stillness will
be even stronger
you can be guaranteed that coming out of
this deeper state you will not be sleepy
you will have more energy than ever
before if you do feel low energy
then it is time to get up and do some
brisk walking to get the body energy
restored
as you sit more and for longer you may
go into neither perception
several times in a sitting and each time
you will go deeper than before
when you come out of this state please
don't get up from your session
just continue in six or any disturbances
that show up
keep sitting six are whatever you
remember that happened in that state
your mind will be more active and full
of energy coming out
but you should just let it settle back
each time you go into the jhana
it will be deeper than the last mn colon
111 section 18.
he emerged mindful from that attainment
having done so
he contemplated the states that had
passed ceased and
changed thus when you sit for long
periods in deeper meditation you will
get into this neither perception nor
non-perception state
you will feel very silent in mind and
energized
there won't be much movement of mind
here at all
when you are at this level in your
meditation and you have your noonday
meal
lunch you will not get drowsy just a
slight heaviness that passes or even
nothing at all
so strong now mind has become you may
sleep less and wake up often at night
if you do wake up then you can try doing
a sitting for as long as you can
and then go back to sleep when you get
tired this works for some people but not
for others
it interrupts the sleep cycle and the
rest of the next day is sleepy and dull
be attentive and see what works for you
around this time some meditators on
retreat may want to get up earlier
like 2 to 3 a.m and sit longer in the
morning
the teacher will encourage you to sit
longer you can ask the teacher to allow
you to sit through the lunch
period food can be put aside for you to
have later
thus it is called the noonday meal it is
a meal around noon
meaning it can be pushed out to 1pm or
perhaps 2pm or further
but it still is your only substantial
meal of the day
monks must eat starting at 11 a.m and
finish by 12 p.m
but it's okay for lay people to bend
this rule
you are now at a point in your
meditation practice where backing away
from any movement in mind is what your
meditation has become
seeing states arising impersonally is
important
reacting now to states with more
dispassion and just observing
without any real interest loosens your
attachment to them
it is all just stuff nothing to be
followed or investigated
let's review here our preliminary
methods and goal for our practice
we are using samada meditation as the
means to tranquilize and calm the mind
like spreading oil on water this is by
using a variety of different feelings
the meta the compassion joy and
equanimity that arise one by one when we
start with meta
this is the branbihara practice we are
observing states arising in the genres
as they arise one by one
either wholesome or unwholesome and
seeing their impermanent soulless nature
the summit a part of this process calms
down the noise so that we can observe
much closer the arising phenomena
this is the inside part or vipassana so
this is samada vipassana
both working together so now what
happens is that gradually movement slows
down to the point where we are no longer
drowning in thoughts and distractions
and can now let go of the brahma viharas
as our meditation object
in fact they just fade away now we are
observing movements against our clear
quiet mind as our meditation object we
are clear and balanced enough not to be
swayed by the now small distractions and
vibrations
gradually even these small movements
will stop and all mental activity will
stop
the pond of our mind will not have one
single ripple there
all of a sudden awareness and
consciousness will stop for a moment
there will be super clarity right after
this is now see deeper than we have ever
seen before
we see the deepest aspect of the mental
process
so this is where we are headed let's
keep going
there is this small wrapper of craving
around each state that arises
it is what you think of as you it will
take the feeling that is arising as my
feeling
and there are a tiny story and
perception about what that is
when anything arises your mind instantly
perceives that object is being observed
by a you
there is the object and the
self-perceiving the object
this is craving it is this sense you
have a view
actually there is no you there at all
there is the object there is the sense
base
and there is consciousness that is the
visual object
the eye organ itself and the eye
consciousness
mind interprets these processes arising
and passing away as part of a permanent
you
but what is really happening is that
feeling arises and there is this sense
of a you feeling it
there is consciousness but there is
mistakenly the perception that this
little you is a self that is feeling it
some people even see this little image
of themselves and the deluded mind
identifies that as the real you
but it is only a picture you aren't
there at all
self is only a concept think about this
for a moment
at night you have dreams and you
definitely feel like you exist
in these dream fantasies you are doing
this and that and are reacting with
horror or pleasure
depending on the situation isn't this
just like your life
you know you don't really exist in the
dream but when you are awake you think
you exist and react just like when you
are dreaming
isn't this the same in fact the buddha
realized that the concept of self was
false and this is why we say the buddha
awakened
out of this dream of self also by
personalizing each arising feeling
by making each object arising yours you
could tend to think that you made the
experience happen
this is very important to notice this is
the delusion of a self-controlling every
arising state
you will feel that i made this come into
being or i control this or that state
that has arisen
the fact is that you do not control
anything the deep insight of dependent
origination is that everything arises
from a cause without there being any
self doing it or making it happen or
controlling it
you have nothing to say about it with a
deep understanding of this
you will feel relief because you no
longer have this self-imposed burden of
thinking you control every mental state
what a relief to not feel responsible
for every thought
you didn't think them they alone are
responsible for their existence
when something in mind arises whether it
is an image
light or thought just back away very
very gently
see the state rise into existence from
nowhere
it does not matter why it came up it
just did
and you didn't make it happen it arose
based on conditions
no king is commanding this to arise and
that to arise
there is no controller nobody in charge
you might be watching with too much
energy and bear down on objects coming
and going
lighten up and come to a quiet still
point where your awareness
is very still there are simply
vibrations that arise and pass away
don't think you are controlling anything
if you were controlling things
you could determine when you would be
happy or sad and you know you can't do
that
in fact try to use your investigation to
peer very closely into that force
that urge that wants to control it is
constantly there in the background with
each arising of feeling
a subtle you arises that likes the
feeling or doesn't
that is the craving or sense of a
controller the false belief in a
personal self
so the moment that feeling or even a
little image of you arises relax and
sticks are it
don't lean into it release and back away
let the feeling fade leaving only
stillness and where there is nothing
except observation
the soothing talks about the factor of
decision
did you know that when you make a
decision it is yet another constituent
of mind that just arises that has no
controller behind
it when you see this factor arise in
your meditation try sixering it and you
are left just sitting there
no action occurs since you let go of the
decision
if you somehow think you will go to sit
and then you continue to think about
which pillow to use
you might see the precise deciding
moment from where you decide which
pillow to use
there is a moment in which your decision
arises
if you back away and gently just allow
everything to arise but very carefully
watch it with your investigation factor
you will see the decision factor arise
entirely on its own
and it also then passes away there
appears a call to action that arises
from the craving embedded in it
this craving is the push you feel to go
into action
you are now unperturbed in content just
to let go of anything arising
it's not yours it's just stuff
you see this with a mind that is
purified from craving not taking things
personally
this is seeing things with the eye of
wisdom seeing things as they really are
and it feels very good finally you come
to an unparalleled level of balance
called disenchantment
followed by an even deeper state of
dispassion which will open the door to
the unconditioned
the more time you spend in neither
perception nor non-perception
the more mind is purified bonnie says
that much merit is made in this state
merit is like a store of wholesome
action leading to very good future
results
this is like your karmic bank account
developing a purer and purer mind will
help you advance toward the attainment
as you continue to sit in this state
movements of mind's attention
have virtually stopped as craving
recedes this is now the time to be
patient and persevere
continue to observe and six are relaxing
into any movement or flickering of mind
if a sound arises and your attention
starts to move there
immediately back away from it relax and
come back to a bright clear mind
if there is any interest in the sound
you need to six are the desire to see
what it is
any desire to do anything at all is to
be sick's art
you will get to the point where you feel
like your awareness has stopped
you are just sitting quietly not caught
up in the mindstream which is constantly
rushing forward
the buddha talks about it as stopping in
a river with the water now seen going by
you yet you now have become an immovable
rock
the sense of you isn't moving anymore it
has become detached from the stream of
events
and there is a sublime relief in this
any movement you now observe as a
disturbance to your stillness
you notice that movement is suffering
dukkha
there might be a desire to push away any
slight movements but six are that
aversion and let it be
you can't push away anything remember
you have no control over anything all
you can do is observe and six
are any desire to analyze what is
happening or what is arising should not
be followed
we are only interested in the process
the arising and passing away
questions about why things come up can
never be fully resolved
the reason may not even come from this
lifetime so you can never really know
what might be the cause of a hindrance
you don't need to understand where
things come from we leave that to the
psychologist
we just six are it and let it go
hindrances are karmically produced by
unwholesome actions
that is the previous breaking of
precepts whether in this life or others
all we can do is stop breaking precepts
now and six are any disturbance that
arises from when we broke them in the
past
when you see a sight based on that
contact a feeling arises
pleasant unpleasant or neither pleasant
nor unpleasant
neutral immediately upon the feeling
arising
there is craving wanting to enjoy what
it is or to push it away
you understand as soon as you see
something that very seeing process has
craving in it
six are and relax into that seeing
process as soon as it catches your
awareness
notice there is a very subtle tension as
soon as your eye locks onto the site
that is what pulls your attention to see
it the moment your mind turns to
observing anything at all
you should be relaxing into it right
there do not let the craving gain a
foothold on your attention
let it go in most circumstances craving
is not that strong but
as bonnie vimela ramsay says it is
definitely persistent
actually there is no such thing as mind
pulling your attention
the sound arises and the craving arises
it seems like some sort of you is being
pulled to the sound
but that's not what is happening sound
and craving arise together
giving the illusion that somebody is
being pulled to it
that is the delusion of the personal you
in fact
the sight or taste or whatever arises
has the craving embedded in it and the
you that arises is right there in that
sensation
you don't exist anywhere else at that
moment other than in hearing the sound
why do you arise at that moment you
arise because you wanted to hear it
you your so-called permanent self is
actually being born into existence at
that moment of identification
before that there was just the fading of
the last consciousness arising
then the new sound vibration arose which
triggered the craving to arise
and the personal u was created once more
this is the process of dependent
origination
causes and conditions are constantly
arising and passing away
perhaps we can say you were reborn again
and again
and again the nature of consciousness
the five aggregates all arise in each
moment but they are affected by craving
and clinging
this is due to their being taken
personally in fact
the aggregates all arise at the same
time creating your world at that moment
then they pass away you only exist in
each arising moment
and then you are gone completely until
the next contact and feeling arise
and this all happens thousands of times
in the blink of an eye
which is why we appear to feel like a
continuous entity with no breaks
you had already seen this phenomenon
occur when you were in the secondary
pajama
the realm of infinite consciousness then
based on some outside cause you are born
yet again to hear
see or touch if not for that vibration
or contact at the sense door
you would simply not come into existence
at all
you don't exist outside of that sense
contact which sparks you into existence
this is quite an insight when it arises
there is no underlying self that
experiences the sense bases
the senses only experience themselves
you do not die when your body dies
you are actually dying every moment and
then coming back into existence only to
disappear again
consciousness is like the bubbles
generated from a quickly flowing stream
the water hits the rocks like the sense
objects hit the scents doors
the mist that arises as the water
splashes over the rocks as like i forms
sights colliding with the isense organ
creating the drops or mist of
consciousness
this is your awareness arising and
passing away dependent on the six-fold
sense base
which is your body this awareness seems
real and feels like a permanent self at
that moment
but then in the next moment the bubble
of awareness pops and disappears
birth death birth death millions of
times in a single second
from a scientific viewpoint these are
just neurons firing in the brain and can
be explained but we see for ourselves
through meditation
through direct knowledge how this
happens in mind
then we can know the truly impersonal
nature of the process
the truly scientific view of
impersonality
science already says there is no self
there are only bodily and mental
elements and nothing else
but other scientists still argue that
there must be a deeper self or soul that
does exist
it is just beyond what they can measure
real insight into the psychophysical
process is defined by actually believing
the data you observe
in other words researchers say there are
only neurons firing inside a mass of
gray matter
and thus there can be no real soul there
yet
these scientists don't even believe
their own data and still think there is
an underlying soul present
habitual opinions run deep we will see
that the actual fuel behind the mental
movement is craving
there is a bodily process going on in a
mental one
the bodily parts of this process are the
chemicals in the brain reacting together
this is the body the result of the
chemical reaction is consciousness which
is mind body
and mind arising from where
we don't know why we are observing it
but the buddha does explain this
it's about karma and its results the
residue of past unwholesome or wholesome
actions which was caused by the breaking
or keeping the precepts
the mental process just arises from
conditions that are there
this is seen by direct knowledge through
an experiential understanding of these
insights
mind itself is changed understanding is
the reason
craving ceases some neurons don't fire
and you craving doesn't come into being
you hear that your favorite uncle has
died previously you would have been
distraught
but now because you see the true nature
of things
you start to understand that everything
does die and that's okay
it isn't unexpected it is part of life
neuroscientists can observe how the
brain works but only understanding
attained by direct experience can
fundamentally change the conditioned
reaction in the brain
it is doubtful that observing electrical
readouts on a free monitor
functional mri dash measures blood and
oxygen levels in the brain
will ever lead to awakening why
because only direct experience can give
us deep insight into how things really
work
the buddha said all mental phenomena
have mind as their forerunner
thus we must look at mind first and see
this clearly
then we will understand the interplay
between mind and body
when we see this properly we see the
impersonal aspect of the process at that
time
delusion is eliminated because we
understand that there was never anyone
there in the first place to experience
the i like it or i don't like it mind
this is what delusion means we know that
self is only a concept
and it is the supreme concept
listing of the jhanas and the meditation
object
first john a loving kindness met a
second john a loving kindness
met a third john a loving kindness meta
fourth john a loving kindness
met a base of infinite space compassion
karuna base of infinite consciousness
joy
mudita base of nothingness equanimity a
pekka base of neither perception nor
non-perception clear
quiet mind
chapter 14 the door to nibana
as you continue sitting there will be
the experience of strong stillness and
balance happening
and you will be able to sit for long
periods of time without many
distractions arising
the mental activity is very quiet notice
especially the movement of attention in
your head
remember your brain is the seat of the
mind and tension and tightness are
arising right there release and relax in
one gentle motion
just a touch of the six ares is enough
back away quickly from any movement of
mind
it can even be the slightest sensation
that draws your attention
relax right then at this stage mind will
be serene and bright
there is a brightness of mind with clear
energetic mindfulness
you are progressing well you easily see
anything arising
you relax into any distractions and six
are automatically
your mind simply has no thoughts and
your attention never wanders
the subtlest links of dependent
origination will start to appear in your
awareness
first there are the consciousnesses
arising from the deep inner mind
then even deeper are the formations
which are the cause of those
consciousnesses
you are not this phenomenon arising
don't identify with it
it is craving now just peace of mind
without these vibrations and movements
of mind is what you are now finding more
desirable
there is less suffering in this quiet
tranquil mind
less is better what are formations
they are defined as bodily verbal and
mental formations
they are very small movements they are
the potentials of actions to arise and
not the full-fledged results
these are the little seeds out of which
consciousness arises
these in turn lead to mentality
materiality
and then to the arising of the sense
basis then
with contact they explode into conscious
awareness
we won't mention here how they appear
because we want you to tell the teacher
what you think you are seeing
the teacher will decide if you are right
we don't want to put any expectation
here
it is important for you to see deeply on
your own without preconceptions
if there is no teacher available it
still doesn't matter as to whatever
arises
the instruction is to always 6r and go
back to your meditation object
you still must let go of everything when
you see what you think are the
formations or some deeper links
six are them as you would any other
phenomena by six ring any length that
arises
this will uncover the next link deeper
in the chain
we are removing tension and tightness
from the craving in the links as they
arise
and when we do this reveals the next
deeper part
how do you six our ignorance you don't
it is an understanding of the four noble
truths
in sutha mn 128 imperfections the buddha
states that the meditator may have the
brightness and light fall away
what would be the reason for the loss of
brightness
but of course it would be those pesky
hindrances arising
they are dark clouds gathering over this
bright clear mind
sometimes mind is so clear that it can
be described as luminous
many times sitting in this state
restlessness might come up since there
is not much to observe
you may want something to watch and
might want to start to control things
boredom can arise along with a
corresponding lessening of mindfulness
because of this the light recedes
balancing the factors of energy
tranquility mindfulness and the other
awakening factors
once again will bring that radiant mind
back continue to use a clear mind as
your object of meditation
if your mindfulness is strong there will
mostly be the quiet
now and then some slight activity will
arise
mind will start to vibrate and there
will be a pulling away from the quiet
mind
this balance still point where your
awareness resides
six are right then and come back to the
quiet your goal is a completely unmoving
mind
just know and understand what is
happening and relax
know you are right here in the quiet
present understand this at every moment
lightly
your object of meditation continues to
be that quiet mind itself
be on the lookout for any activity that
arises
if you feel you are losing the quiet you
can bring up that feeling of stillness
and notice this
when your mind quiets down again then
you can let go of that feeling and go
back to just observing and relaxing into
mind subtle movements
the neutral zone gradually
even the smallest bits of mental
activity will subside
it will be as if there is nothing to six
or at all
you may get restless and want to get up
it is like you feel there is nothing
left to do
do not do that six are that restlessness
and keep sitting
now is the time for patience and
persistence
very little happens you have to be okay
with that
mind will settle down more and more if
you just continue
you might not even realize progress is
being made but it is
if restlessness or any hindrance starts
to get the upper hand just observe with
the intention
i don't care what happens next my job is
just to observe what is there
you will see the subtlest aspects of
mind in it are the seeds
or potentials that ultimately lead to
birth old age
and death the teacher will ask questions
to find out what you are seeing
you will be advised to be very watchful
as to how the movements arise and how
they appear
and you should not take them personally
they are not your movements arising
they just are phenomena coming from mind
we don't know why
and we don't care our only job is to
allow and relax into them as they fade
away
it is important for mindfulness and
tranquility to continue to develop so
that these very slight phenomena can be
seen and understood
eventually you will see all of the links
except ignorance
which is just something that you will
come to understand and
as well you will see all the four noble
truths
you are working your way backward
letting go of each link by going deeper
and deeper
you will see the link mentality
materiality and continue backward to
consciousness
and then the formations you will be
advised to six or these objects when
they appear
uncovering the next link there is the
separate and big craving link itself
after feeling and before clinging in the
12 links
but there is also a small amount of
craving in each individual link
keeping the wheel of samsara turning you
will be able to see all of that
you will see the entire process of mind
as you six are deeper and deeper
you will be advised to keep backing away
from each object that arises
every time there is a sound the chain of
dependent origination fires off
and you will want a six or all of that
look at the links arising closer and
closer to see how each tiny part of it
arises
there is craving there to let go you
need to let everything that arises come
by itself
don't look for it in this way you can
see how there might be a craving to go
look for more experience
your mind constantly wants to go forward
and like pac-man
engage in more and more senses to see
what is there to live more
to experience more this happens because
whatever is experienced passes
away so mind is constantly looking for
more to replace the phenomena that have
just passed
see if you can see this jumping from
object to object by taking a mental
standpoint of a full stop
just mentally standing still and letting
all experience pass through your
imperturbable state of mind which
doesn't react
not even to the slightest puff of
vibration we are exiting this round
about existence
samsara we do this by letting go
by seeing clearly each link as it arises
and by seeing it as impersonal
impermanent and unsatisfactory mn
111 section 18 kant
so indeed these states not having been
come into being having been they vanish
regarding those states he abided
unattracted
unrepelled independent detached free
dissociated with a mind rid of barriers
he understood there is an escape beyond
and with the cultivation of that
attainment
he confirmed that there is
disenchantment
while in this quiet and clear state of
mind there comes first the knowledge of
disenchantment
up to now you have continued to observe
phenomena arising and passing away with
some interest
you notice you are getting deeper so you
keep going
there is less and less to 6r as you go
along
mind becomes quieter and quieter as you
continue
you notice this constant arising and
passing away of objects
you notice the silent space between the
objects that arise and pass away
you think to yourself what if i could
get rid of these objects coming and
going
then there would be just the peace you
think that then there would be only
silence and not all these annoying
objects and vibrations
you see the lack of ease as suffering
this trying to control has an aspect of
longing in it
wanting to have something happen is the
very thing that will stop it
the teacher will remind the student that
their job is simply to observe
you realize that now you are beginning
to develop a whole new perspective on
the world
you had never thought that the lack of
mental activity would be good
but now you do you see that any mental
activity and movement is unsatisfactory
silence is better now you see any
vibration
and even any consciousness as
unsatisfactory
you even try to stop things from arising
and you can't
you were never in control at all it just
keeps coming
your mind starts to go towards silence
but there is a problem
the mental stream doesn't stop and just
keeps on rolling
a subtle sort of observation arises i am
really tired of these sensations
disturbing my peace of mind
dissatisfaction arises along with the
realization that it would be best to see
all these arising phenomena just stop
let me please have some peace you are
starting to become disenchanted
you look for a reason why these constant
sensations and mental objects arise
but there seems to be none if you could
find the reason
then you might be able to understand why
it comes or a way to turn it off
you want to analyze and solve the
problem but you don't see a solution
finally you just give up looking
interest in watching this constant
stream starts to wane
you realize there really is no end to it
this is an arising state of knowledge
about your mind and the life process
it will never end there is no peace here
there was total disinterest in the
impermanence of i and insight into the
silliness of identifying a non-existent
permanent eye with every feeling
thought and action deeper experiential
realization that feelings and thoughts
were not under my control
that thoughts or mind objects in general
were like what odors were to the nose
or sounds were to the ears they came and
went without me being involved
i continued to sixer nonetheless sd
california
you are energetic continually watching
every little vibration
thought form etc and you can be very
determined to relax and let go of
everything that arises
by doing that you think you will get to
the end of the process
but it doesn't work you now understand
all that arises to be a disturbance
it upsets the quiet state of mind that
you are starting to enjoy
enjoy not in a craving sort of way but
with appreciation
you are starting to relish the quiet you
understand that balance is better than
chasing more objects
this realization will lead to
contentment contentment will arise
without the cascade of vibrations and
movements constantly assaulting you
you may have some desire for nibana to
arise and might think you are close
then you might put too much energy in
and start to lean into the future
hoping for the attainment to arise you
need to six are this desire
this is the arising of more craving this
is longing
you may think that you need to have the
desire to reach the goal
no you have already pointed your mind
there
let the meditation do the rest you make
a determination about getting somewhere
and then you just go you don't think
about the destination
the whole time you are on the way there
you just continue
trusting that it will happen as planned
because you are on the right path
this is determination is the desire for
nibana something that we should not have
in these final sessions of sitting
before attaining awakening
we need to let go of even the desire for
nibbana
when we first start however we won't
even begin the meditation without some
intentional desire to get us on the path
so it is a positive desire a wholesome
desire
because after all it is a desire for no
desire
it is not like a desire for chocolate
ice cream or a new car
it is a desire to stop and be still in
no peace
this kind of wholesome desire is called
chanda and pali
as was stated above you don't know how
to stop this stuff from coming and
coming
you want it to stop there is nothing but
vibration at all different levels
now you see peace as a more desirable
goal
now you wish to be void of these
sensations
finally there comes the point where you
just stop caring about all these arising
phenomena
you can't command this stream to stop
you start to give up and see that by
paying heed to the phenomena
you are feeding them they will never
stop if you are interested in what is
there
you realize that all this movement and
vibration is disturbing your
collectedness and peace
mind now becomes disinterested in what
arises and there is a deeper feeling of
disenchantment
there are endless arisings this is
suffering
this is dukkha which is poly for
suffering or disease
the buddha said the first noble truth of
existence is suffering
now you see it you see how you pay
attention to and like and dislike
everything that arises
thereby keeping it going through craving
the second noble truth
now you see the goal the cessation of
craving is the cessation of suffering
the third noble truth dispassion
this leads to an even deeper letting go
dispassion arises
disenchantment made you more and more
aware of how your interest in these
things just leads to more suffering
now you just don't care anymore it
doesn't matter what comes or goes
your mind draws back it doesn't look
outward anymore everything that arises
is okay
it doesn't matter it no longer pulls
your attention
you know you can't stop it you don't
even care about nabana anymore
this is a state where there are no more
hindrances
your mind has just stopped throwing up
obstacles
it has no more interest in any arising
experience now
you no longer try to control anything
you are now close to the unconditioned
why because you don't care
through disenchantment with all
conditioned existence a wholly balanced
mind arises
it neither likes nor dislikes there are
only consciousnesses and mental objects
arising and passing away
there is no interest in any of it it is
just there
there is now the tendency toward deep
peace of mind
your mind now has barely any movement at
all
you are very aware and very energetic
but again it's like nothing is
happening and the thought comes up where
you wonder if you should do anything
the answer is definitely no just observe
see that very question arising in your
mind is impersonal and six are it
it is just a matter of time watching and
observing carefully for any movement
like flickers
lights or just vibrations the six areas
are on automatic
and you aren't putting in much effort it
just rolls off in front of you
you will observe this lack of hindrances
but it won't make you excited
it is just part of what is happening it
is nonetheless amazing
to have no unwholesome states at all to
be free of craving completely
this realization has all come through
your own deep insights into watching
yourself coming into and out of
existence
when dispassion arises you will be very
close
you think there is nothing left to do
because there is nothing to 6r
so you want to get up and do something
else there are no more barriers to the
meditation
why continue you think everything has
been completed
but just continue and be patient with
this sublimely quiet mind
continue to observe without even caring
about what comes up anymore
you have realized now there is nothing
that you can do about it
patience leads to nirvana this path is
not just one step after another until
you reach the goal
you will have doubts you will get out of
balance with your observational power
then you will figure it out two steps
forward and one step back
if you are not progressing further and
you seem to hit a wall
you should ask yourself your intuition
what is stopping my meditation from
going deeper
the answer may come the next hour or the
next day
sometimes there are blockages that are
hidden and simply not discoverable by
the teacher if you are working with one
or by you hopefully an answer will come
back
you may be applying too much energy you
may need to back away further from
everything
or you may not be observant enough in
seeing how the links arise
how you take things personally and
identify with them
you may be leaning into the process too
much
bonnie vimela ramsay speaks about one
student who asked himself this question
he just posed it to himself later the
answer came back that he was waiting
waiting for what waiting for nibana
the waiting was the problem there was
craving there
and that had to be released whatever is
stopping you will eventually yield as
your knowledge deepens
sometimes this blockage can go on for a
long time
gradually even if it takes years of
retreats you mature your technique and
knowledge of how to do the practice
some people will understand easily
follow the instructions
and apply them in only a matter of days
or weeks
they break through to awakening they
fall into the stream of the noble ones
patience and following the instructions
precisely
does lead to nibana at a certain point
mind was very still and there was
drifting into a deep lucid sleep
mind was fully aware and alert however
then towards the end i blanked out
completely
like i lost consciousness and there was
no feeling or perception
i only seem to be aware that i blanked
out after coming out from it
but the blanking out was only for a
little time before i came back to this
lucid deep sleep state
emerging from this meditation mind was
totally still
alert and automatically radiating
equanimity
everything i did after the meditation
had a very calm smooth
and mindful quality people noticed i
took time with my words and responses to
them and seemed very relaxed
indeed i felt very relaxed mind was
totally balanced
very strong equanimity throughout the
day sd california
let's go to the majima nikaya to see
even more clearly how the buddha
described this process in sutha 148
the six sets of six in the first eighty
percent of the text
the buddha describes the impersonality
of each sense base as it arises and
passes away
nothing is you consciousness is not you
your body
is not you and so on toward the end
he tells the students that as they
observe they will come to understand
certain insights as well as why they
arise
liberation from sufa mn 148
mn colon 148 section 40 seeing thus
monks a well-taught disciple becomes
disenchanted with the eye
disenchanted with forms disenchanted
with eye consciousness
disenchanted with eye contact
disenchanted with i feeling
disenchanted with i craving it says that
now the student starts to pull away
starts to understand there is nothing in
this arising and passing show in which
to delight
what does the student really see here
the su that tells us
mn 148 section 39
students dependent on mind and mind
objects
mind consciousness arises the meeting of
the three is mind contact
with mind contact is conditioned there
arises a mind feeling felt as pleasant
or painful or neither pleasant nor
painful
when one is touched by a pleasant mind
feeling if one does not delight in it
welcome it and remain holding to it then
the underlying tendency to lust does not
lie
within one when one is touched by a
painful mind feeling
if one does not sorrow grieve and lament
does not weep beating one's breast and
become distraught then the underlying
tendency to aversion does not lie within
one
when one is touched by a neither
pleasant nor painful mind feeling
if one understands it as it is the
origination
the disappearance the gratification the
danger
and the escape in regard to that mind
feeling then the underlying tendency to
ignorance does not lie within one
as you watch mind and mind objects
coming and going you are interested in
this process
you are delighting in this observation
in seeing how it all works
the feeling of delight is so subtle you
may not understand it as such
but you do like watching it and trying
to figure out why the process arises and
what this all means
at times mind is kind of fun to watch
through this gratification
which is defined as source of pleasure
you watch and try to get to the goal but
you can't
there is the tendency to lust after
these arising and disappearing objects
or you push them away is interfering
with your calm or you have indifference
and don't care about them
it is the craving mind that takes this
indifference personally
it is your indifference it is not a
clear
pure mind in other words you see the
arising and passing of many objects
and you are attracted then only if you
see that these
objects are sources of pleasure or
aversion will you see the danger to your
mind by chasing and lusting after them
as this leads to suffering old age and
death
when disenchantment arises the buddha
goes on to say
mn colon 148 sections 35-39
monks that one shall hear and now make
an end of suffering by abandoning the
underlying tendency to lust for pleasant
mind feeling
by abolishing the underlying tendency to
aversion for painful mind feeling
by extirpating uprooting the underlying
tendency to ignorance in regard to
neither pleasant nor painful mind
feeling
by abandoning ignorance and arousing
true knowledge this is possible
by giving up your tendency toward
delighting in this or that and your
tendency to lust after these delights
by seeing the danger in it and so on you
come to the end of desire
you no longer want to keep chasing these
feelings as they only lead to suffering
and it's not because you are forcing
restraint on yourself it is because you
are no longer delighted by this passing
show
you no longer care thus dispassion to
all phenomena arises through the
knowledge of craving
the four noble truths and how craving
leads to suffering
freedom from the wheel of samsara is
experienced
all that had to be done is done the door
to nibana is opening
entering the stream
now we arrive at the attainments and how
nabana is experienced
first i will describe the four levels of
noble attainments to be experienced
you must go through all four to be fully
awakened and free of craving
craving drops away in stages in total
there are four stages of sainthood sota
panna
sakanagami anagami and arahant
each of the four stages has two
components
the path knowledge maga and the fruition
knowledge
paula path knowledge is the first
glimpse of nibana but still may be lost
if precepts are not followed
once the fruit knowledge is gained the
attainment is locked in and cannot be
lost
there are eight attainments in all to
final awakening two for each of the
major stages of sainthood
path and fruit at the last one the last
fetter of all ten fetters of craving is
destroyed
three are eliminated at sotapanna two
more are loosened at sukadagami
and finally all of the first five
fetters are let go at anagami
the balance of the tan is eliminated at
arahant
what are the fetters with awakening the
hindrances are abandoned once and for
all
but there remain subtler innate
unwholesome tendencies in all of us that
are born from craving
the word fetter is defined as something
that restrains us
these are the final chains that bind us
to this endless round of existences
the fetters are the last potentials of
unwholesome states
i will list them as we go through the
noble paths and note where they are
eliminated
chapter 15 first stage of awakening
sodapan na mn colon 111 section 19.
again monks by completely surmounting
the base of neither perception nor
non-perception
sarapota entered upon and abided in the
cessation of perception and feeling
attaining nibana path knowledge maga
finally after staying with this quiet
energetic
imperturbable mind of the base of
neither perception nor non-perception
and six ring every tiny movement until
mind is barely moving at all
you let go of the last condition the
last link of ignorance
and all activity ceases everything stops
and an unconditioned state arises
there is the cessation of perception
feeling
and consciousness for a few moments or
minutes
you don't know you're in that state
until after you come out
some will say they experienced a blank
spot or a gap in consciousness
this is nothing like any of your
previous jhana experiences
it isn't a gap with a sense of time
because there is nothing missing
time doesn't exist when nothing is
happening there is just the stopping of
the stream of consciousness
a halting you only know it after you
come out of it
the world stops you are no longer in
samsara
and it will last as long as it's going
to last
does life still exist vitality and your
life continuum still go on
your autonomic functions like your heart
beating and blood pumping continue but
your mental process has stopped
completely
when i finished radiating equanimity to
each of the points something extremely
new happened
a feeling i had felt in a meditation a
couple of days ago but it was now much
clearer and more defined
in a second it was as if a membrane
around me totally broke and released me
one second from there a huge space
opened up before me
the feeling that there was so much room
there were no barriers
at the same moment my face begins to
fade as if something was literally
erasing it
and left me without skin or muscles
there was happiness
but without excitement tranquility and a
very
very refined attention barcelona
spain before there just existed slight
movements of mind
but now with this temporary cessation of
all mental activity there arises right
after that a powerful clarity of mind
you have just had the deepest rest of
your life
when you come back you are now seeing
the subtlest movements
deeper than you have ever experienced
mind appears like a totally erased
blackboard
nothing is on it then when mind turns
back on
the first mental process is clearly seen
against this inky black background
coming out of cessation mind is radiant
and observant
you have arrived at full stop the effect
of the cessation is so powerful that
whereas before the pond of your mind had
tiny little ripples on it
now it is so still and placid that you
can see anything there
you can see to any depth what is below
there is no craving at all
there is no dust to obscure vision mind
is so pure that you see the smallest
detail of anything that starts to arise
in crystal clarity
what you are about to see is the first
arising of consciousness
the first moment of mental activity as
your mental processes begin again from
this still point
the next thing that happens is that you
see the links of dependent origination
arise and pass away very quickly
these are sometimes in the form of
vibrations or little lights
flashes or electrical currents you will
see this in your mind and sometimes even
see it in the air in front of you
you won't know what it is very likely
and will not expect it
this is the first conditioned mental
process in which your mind starts to
vibrate again and come back online
when this happens the eye of wisdom mind
without craving
sees the total impersonality of the
process there is no self there
your deep observation understands that
there is nobody home
that what you are is just a process of
moments arising and passing away
as a result of this profound insight the
super-mundane unconditioned nibana
arises
this experience will be followed by a
momentary sense of relief like a burden
was lifted off
you have just experienced nibana you
have become a sodapana
in meditation things began to slow down
the vibrations slowed to a ripple that
ended in bright light
i went deeper and things seemed slower
there seemed to be something breaking up
in the light
i went even deeper until the
distractions abruptly stopped
like the plug had been pulled out mind
activity abruptly stopped
what was left was like a blackout the
center seemed darker than the edges
for a moment it felt like something was
missing i didn't feel joy
more like a calm relief cb sri lanka
nibana will not come when you want it it
will come when you are ready
when the seven factors of awakening all
line up in perfect balance
like passing through the keyhole of the
door you didn't think it could be
possible
yet it happened you see that in this
seemingly permanent and eternal
psychophysical process
when mind stops there really is nothing
between each thought moment that
persists
that knowledge leads you to understand
that an impersonal underlies everything
there is nothing that is continuous
between each moment nothing that
survives
not even god nothing
everything is absolutely void of self or
soul
mn colon 111 section 19 kant
and his taints were destroyed by his
seeing with wisdom
the word here is wisdom so what is
wisdom
after the cessation of perception
feeling and consciousness
and it's going to last as long as it
will last when feeling
perception and consciousness start up
again you have the opportunity of seeing
exactly
clearly with very sharp mindfulness
every one of the links of dependent
origination
you will see how when this doesn't arise
that doesn't arise
that each link is dependent on the
previous link you will see that
everything has a cause for arising
you have uncovered the last link of
ignorance you will also see that if it
arises
it will come to an end you will see
impermanence clearly
all that arises will pass away whether
it be pleasure or pain
this is wisdom it is the knowledge that
you gain by directly seeing the links of
dependent origination arise and pass
away and by seeing that there is no
enduring self
this wisdom is not some sort of
conceptual philosophy
some religious tenet or dogma it is the
result of seeing directly
when you see the word wisdom in the
suthas you should understand that this
always means seeing the links of
dependent origination directly and
seeing everything that arises as
impersonal
it isn't learning a philosophy it is
directly observing reality
with the next mental process that arises
you will see the whole arising and
passing away of all of the links of
dependent origination for the duration
of one instant
then there is the final letting go of
ignorance and seeing the four noble
truths
that is when nibana occurs it is just a
momentary event and just one group of
links firing
the links are seen with wisdom's eye
this takes place at a deeper level than
normal awareness
people will say they don't know what
they saw but they will know
their mind to a greater or lesser degree
will be having insights arise into how
there is a cause that creates a result
this constant arising and passing a way
of conditioned existence is the content
of who we are
and that's all there is they will now
understand at an intuitive level how
dependent origination works
each link is conditioned by the previous
link each process is conditioned by the
passing away of another process
like a candle flame that lights another
candle one candle burns down
but the next candle lights up being
ignited by the previous candle
bit by bit you arise and pass away you
are changing little by little over time
like a great city that arises from an
empty piece of land
each building arises one at a time each
shovel of dirt carried off and dumped
one at a time
with the constant arising and passing
away of causes
this great city is built the next
shovelful of dirt taken away changes it
once again
no one person has built it just many
shovels and people shoveling
it's a process with no real beginning
and no real end
we give cities names but these are just
concepts to label these groups of
buildings
the perception aggregate of the five
aggregates is partially memory and part
labeling
perception is what puts a name on this
group of buildings
it labels it either new york or san
francisco depending on what
for example visual forms arise
in our own case we are given a name like
john
and then we personally identify with
that name as if some underlying
entity were controlling everything but
it isn't
it is just a concept the city itself is
not one solid thing
it is the result of all these causes
that make it what it is
but in this instant only in the next
moment
it has changed to something else in the
same way
you are a completely impersonal process
there is no one or soul behind it
it is automatically happening and will
continue forever into the future until
you become fully awake and exit the
wheel of samsara
this is so profound that after these
links pass away
nibana arises just for an instant in the
sooth as it says
and his taints were destroyed with
wisdom meaning that nibana arises right
after you see the links of dependent
origination
and it destroys a certain measured
amount of craving
it destroys the first three what are
called fetters
step-by-step attainment of nibana
the cessation of feeling perception and
consciousness occurs
this means that everything we consider a
person stops
there is a blank state a blackout or
voidness
all mental activity stops on an eag one
would guess the indicator flat lines for
just a moment
following the cessation because of the
incredible clarity created by the
experience of cessation
the first mental activity a set of 12
links arises and passes away
they might be seen like bubbles or
little flashing lights
wisdoms i observes utter and total
impersonality in this first mental
process as the links arise and pass away
with no craving to cloud mind the links
are seen as
just an impersonal process with no
inherent self
just a group of neurons firing that is
all you are
after the last link of ignorance passes
away nibona arises
there is a feeling of relief for a
moment a unique feeling in the mind that
there has been a great burden thrown off
joy starts to arise all pervading joy
that can last for up to several days
it may continue longer but sometimes you
just get used to the state
and don't notice it anymore note that
the relief and the joy that follows are
different feelings
you should notice this difference there
was definitely joy
but i think what followed was the mind
jumping for a brief moment
oh wow what just happened because it was
not like the nothingness between the
flickering of consciousness
and yet pervading joy persisted after
the blanking out and continued even
after the meditation
this kind of joy i couldn't compare to
drunkenness although i can see how
people might do so because if i caught
myself in the mirror
my eyes were just so relaxed and i had a
wide smile on my face
it's of a different quality i think
bonnie once called it relief
and i could definitely apply that to it
mind was totally equanimous and relaxed
and balanced and only focused on what
the body was doing
no matter how mundane for example
when i went to put pizza in the oven
there were no reflections or thoughts
or anything in the mind my focus was on
unboxing the pizza
slowly almost like an automaton without
any involvement yet i was totally
present and aware of each action
happening
s d california the first time nibana
occurs
many people will not recognize or see
the 12 links but they will have the
experience of nabana regardless
at the next level called fruition it is
likely they will witness more clearly
the links arising and passing away
fruition knowledge is much deeper it
happens in this way
for many people when they experience the
first path
the sodapana path knowledge can have the
cessation with the relief
but the links themselves just are not
clear they may report more often a
blackout where they just disappeared and
then came back
the fruition will be attained later
after they have practiced some more
this will cement in the attainment in a
deeper way
again when wisdom arises the first three
of the ten fetters are eliminated in the
first path attainment
all of the fetters are fully abandoned
after the attainment of full awakening
which is our handship what is nibana
nibana is described in the pali texts as
a datu or element
earth air fire water space and
consciousness are elements as taught by
the buddha
the nibana dhatu is also an element and
its other qualities are described by
biku bodhi here
the buddha also refers to nibana as a
ayatana
this means realm plane or sphere
it is a sphere where there is nothing at
all that corresponds to our mundane
experience
and therefore it has to be described by
way of negations as the negation of all
the limited and determinate qualities of
conditioned things
the buddha also refers to nibana as a
dhatu an element
the deathless element he compares the
element of nibana to an ocean
he says that just as the great ocean
remains at the same level no matter how
much water pours into it from the rivers
without increase or decrease so the
nibana element remains the same
no matter whether many or few people
attain nibana he also speaks of nibana
as something that can be experienced by
the body
an experience that is so vivid so
powerful
that it can be described as touching the
deathless element with one's own body
the buddha also refers to nibana as a
state hada
as amitapada the deathless state or a
kutapata
the imperishable state another word used
by the buddha to refer to nibana is saka
which means truth an existing reality
this refers to nibana as the truth a
reality that the noble ones have known
through direct experience
so all these terms considered as a whole
clearly established that nabana is an
actual reality and not the mere
destruction of defilements or the
cessation of existence
nibbana is unconditioned without any
origination and is timeless
when the nibana element touches craving
it is like the water of the great ocean
putting the fire out
psss no more fire
knee means no and bana means fire
no fire nabana venerable buddhadasa big
coup in an article entitled
nibana for everyone a truth message from
swan mock
adapted and translated by santa clara
baku also defines nibana as an element
it is the coolness when the defilements
are ended nibana was a whole other
matter than death
instead it's a kind of life that knows
no death
nibana is the thing which sustains life
thus preventing death
it itself can never die although the
body must die eventually
the cessation and the experience of
nibana are two different things
some say when mind stops that is nabana
no it is what happens afterward which is
seeing the links arise that causes the
profound insight into existence to arise
that is nibana we can't describe the
experiences of nibana that happens in
each path of sainthood with conditioned
words
as it is beyond our conceptual mind to
perceive
but it is what comes after the
experience that gives you a clue as to
what has just happened
as described before some explain feeling
a moment of relief after it happens
some experience a deep understanding of
dependent origination
some say they just went away into a
black hole or disappeared
then slowly a mild to strong euphoria
arises
i am careful not to use the word joy
here it is beyond that
some describe it like steam that ascends
slowly in mind or perhaps a minty
feeling
this is what we call all-pervading joy
it seeps out from every pore of your
body
you may not notice it at first but soon
you feel very uplifted and elevated
it is a feeling of happiness but
grounded in very strong equanimity
you realize in a flash that there is no
controller
there is no ego there is no self
everything is impersonal it is said no
self
no problem what a relief
there is nothing to worry about or
control it is all impersonal
arising and passing away on its own all
of these mental states are arising from
causes
they are just conditioned by previous
actions
in fact the meaning of comma pali
or karma sanskrit is action
there is the action and then the result
from that action bipaca
there is no self that you need to
psychoanalyze to get to the real problem
of this depression or neurosis
once the concept of self is gone there
is nobody left to be depressed
or more clearly nobody left to take a
painful feeling personally
it is only a feeling and it isn't your
feeling
you may notice that everything looks a
little different now
your senses appear to be heightened more
than normal meditation might make them
colors are brighter where you just find
yourself looking at the trees with awe
and wonder
you notice the mind is sublimely quiet
you will be asked if you notice a change
in your personality
do you feel different do you have a
change in perspective
for some it is a dramatic change and for
others
it is subtler in terms of perception
yes i can see a noticeable shift
everything that's happening around me no
longer has my emotional involvement
good bad or indifferent there's a
visible and experiential impersonal
nature to the events around me
and my mind is no longer reacting to
things
i'm taking my time with things not in a
rush there's nowhere to
go what's the hurry and there's a
pleasantness pervading my ac tions
calm collected and happy sd california
you will say your mind feels very
relieved and happy
you talk about how you understand now
how everything arises due to causes and
conditions
you are starting to understand deeply
what the links are and how they are
dependent on each other
instead of understanding them
intellectually you now understand them
directly
you may use the simile of the cloth as
the buddha did how everything
with its causes and conditions weaves
together to make a cloth
it is all impersonal sutha means thread
and poly
all the sooth is weaved together to make
the cloth
the cloth represents your wise
understanding of the whole process of
the buddha's teaching
prior to it the experience i felt
gradual changes after each sitting like
anger reducing and catching some
thoughts halfway
after the blackout anger worries stress
etc seemed to be massively reduced
peace of mind occasionally negative
things would arise
and i could feel a slight tension that i
would relax but didn't require too much
manual intervention
also unlike earlier where i was catching
them halfway through i was aware of them
much earlier
my senses seem more acute smells are
stronger
colors seem brighter and i'm seeing
details i didn't before
cb sri lanka you may or may not remember
seeing very much of this
but you will know it this is wisdom's
eye the profound knowledge from directly
seeing
the deep mind sees what happened and it
has understood what it means
this is wisdom seeing the links of
dependent origination
this is the path knowledge you are now
on the path to the full experience of
the first stage of awakening
decisions arise in your mind and you
commit an action that has a result
like a painful or pleasant feeling
arising in the future
breaking precepts results in painful
consequences
following precepts result in wholesome
pleasant results
what results do you want now you know
what is wholesome and what leads to
wholesome
most people will experience the first
path knowledge in a sitting meditation
but some have reported that it happened
after washing dishes or even turning
over and going back to sleep
nibbana happens when your knowledge is
mature and you are ready
at the meditation center in missouri we
see people get the path attainment every
now and then
and one of the principal ways you can
tell is that their face changes
it is like all the tension from a
lifetime just disappears
it looks as though the face drops the
wrinkled forehead flattens out
you can just see the equanimity bubbling
there is a glowing and a radiance that
is there
their speech is more controlled and less
emotional
many times bondi after he comes from the
interviews
will point out a meditator to me and say
look at their face
when i look if i look close enough i see
an emotionless but peaceful
angelic expression or just a big smile
with a glowing radiance that wasn't
there before
after a few days the most dramatic of
these effects disappears as the
hindrances make their way back
just not as strong as before started off
radiating equanimity
which was strong right after walking
with radiating equanimity
immediately went into neither perception
nor non-perception
no desire no craving for anything just
allowing mind to relax deeper and deeper
and deeper while staying on quiet mind
a cessation blank occurred and
immediately after emergence
stayed in 8th jana for a while then came
out and continued to 6r
the joy and equanimity that followed was
refreshing
the view of the world around has changed
drastically
there is non-attachment and non-aversion
as i'm just staying with quiet mind
smiling without effort and radiating
compassion to others
i've noticed i'm unable to break the
precepts in that i'm automatically
following them without a second thought
and without effort
sense of me has just vanished the world
is seriously different in the way it is
experienced since i began this retreat
sensual pleasures are nothing compared
to the meditation and being unhappy
seems like an
impossibility there is tremendous
silence in the mind and interactions
with others are joyful and happy with
lots of laughing and delightful words
all the while radiating loving kindness
to them
attachment or aversion make no sense at
all when there's no one being attached
or feeling aversion and no thoughts in
the mind
sense of ownership too has faded there's
nothing to own or keep
what comes comes in what goes goes
if it comes okay if it goes
okay too i'm in automatic happiness mode
everything that happens around me can be
good or bad or nothing at all
and i can just smile laugh and be happy
for no reason
there's no sense of tiredness or
lethargy who is being tired
moreover coming out of the meditation
seems to generate a lot of energy for
the day
it's better than any energy drink or
coffee
craving has become minuscule it just
doesn't register as something the mind
can do anymore sd california
soda panna fruition paula
the first path knowledge which is
experienced one time
is followed by the first fruition
knowledge the path knowledge gets you
through the door
the fruition knowledge closes the door
and locks in your understanding
this all happens when you have another
cessation moment arise in your
meditation
and you experience nibana again after
you experience
the soda panopath attainment as outlined
above then if you sit and continue to
meditate exactly as you did before
you will experience that process of a
blank spot and flashes again
with another feeling of relief this is
the soda pan of fruition
this is the first stage of four stages
of sainthood
you have entered the temple now but
there are three more levels of
attainment following sodapana which we
will get into following this chapter
however you might be too restless to sit
right after your path attainment
this is due to the strong all-pervading
joy you will be experiencing
over the next few days as your energy
wanes you will be encouraged to go back
to your chair or cushion and gain the
fruition of soda panna
you may be told that your mind is very
strong now
do not waste any time use this time to
make even more progress
you are understandably happy about your
path experience
but now that your mind is bright and
very clear it is helpful to continue to
the fruit of the first stage of
awakening
your mind is open and ready so just
continue with your practice
gaining the fruit is what changes the
personality in a major way
gaining the first path is a preliminary
step to gaining the full attainment and
fruition of soda panna
the meditator with only the path
experience can actually slide back due
to bad behavior and breaking precepts
you can lose your attainment this is why
it is called the path knowledge
you have become a kala soda panda little
stream enterer
you are still on the path not done yet
you must keep the precepts fully
meditate and attain cessation once again
once the fruition is attained the path
has been fully traveled
and you are now a noble one who will
never break the precepts
you have reached the first level of
sainthood bonnie vimalaromsi likes to
say you have given up an ocean of
suffering
a soda panna purifies and eliminates
from his mind the first three fetters of
being
there are ten in all one
sakaya ditty personality belief
you now know without any doubt that
there is no permanent
self or soul 2. the sikicha
skeptical doubt about the dhamma you
will have no doubt about the path
you will know how you achieved what you
did and how to continue the practice
you have total confidence in the
buddha's method you have full confidence
in the buddha
dhamma and sangha 3.
salabata paramasa clinging to rights and
rituals
thinking that they will by themselves
lead to awakening
you will understand that bowing chanting
or worshiping the bud dha will not get
you to the experience of nabana
no matter how much you do this you must
do the work of meditation and study to
attain nabana
with the second step of fruition being
attained you will not be able to break
precepts anymore
you might try to do it just as a test
but you won't be able to go through with
it
with only the path knowledge you could
potentially break them and this is the
danger of not attaining the fruit
with only the first path knowledge it is
still possible that if you did continue
to break precepts and behave badly
you could lose your attainment you would
have to go through the process
having the experience of seeing
dependent origination
again sutha mn105 sun akata sute
addresses this possibility with the
simile of the wound and healing
if one does not take care of the wound
it is liable to become infected
however with proper care the wound will
heal completely without any possibility
of becoming infected
in the same way with the proper taking
care of path knowledge
your attainment will not be lost with
the fruition
your attainment is locked in there is no
going back to the state of the worldling
pathujana as a sota pana you are
destined to have no more than seven
lifetimes before you get off the wheel
become a full arahant with all ten
fetters destroyed and attain final par
nabana
also when you are reborn at worst you
will not fall below the human realm
you are also assured that your next life
will be pleasant where you can continue
to do your work to get off the wheel
there are 31 planes of existences you
will not fall into the painful
hellish realms now you won't come back
as an animal or ghost
you may return to the human realm or to
one of the six devo or celestial heaven
realms where there is only enjoyment and
pleasures
if you attained jhana and you certainly
did practicing twim
you would be destined for at least one
of the brahma realms with incredibly
long life spans
where beings feed on joy to sustain
themselves
or you may go even higher into one of
the four arupa realms where there is
only mind
no tasting or touching they're
exclusively mental realms with no
physical body
in these realms it is said that
lifespans are measured with a one
followed by miles of zeros
so they are very long if for some reason
you have only attained the path
knowledge and haven't broken precepts
but you did not continue your meditation
in this lifetime
the soothes say you will attain the
fruition on or before your death
most of the time it will come a lot
sooner on a retreat
fruition could come in only a few days
or even hours
if you continue to practice without a
break recently
a man in chicago experienced the path at
lunchtime
and the fruition arose for him at 1 20
a.m that night
he didn't see the links the first time
but with the fruition he did report them
all the higher paths are attained by
just continuing the practice in the same
way
there will be deeper and subtler fetters
to see and abandon
your meditation will be easier but still
the balance of the fetters will continue
to arise
now your confidence will be very strong
and you will be without doubt
the sooth is also describe another way
of becoming a sota panna
simply hearing a passage of text can
bring about the sota panna or sakatagami
paths
in one translation soda means ear and
pana means wisdom
wisdom through hearing this is rare but
it did happen for many of the buddha's
disciples
like saraputta and magulana but for this
to happen
the teacher must say exactly the right
thing and the student must be ready
again this is a very rare occurrence
and it tends to take a buddha to
accomplish it now you have had the first
two experiences of nibbana and have
become a sota pana with fruition
this is the goal of the eight jhanas and
the path i have been describing
you have become a noble one one who is
now broken out of the samsaric wheel of
existences
but there is still more to do there are
the four levels of noble ones and three
more i will describe below that you
still must go through to fully eliminate
all craving in your mind if you want to
accomplish all of this in one lifetime
chapter 16 second stage sakatagami
meditation instruction now that you have
attained the
first path and fruition of sodapana how
do you continue
that is easy just keep doing what you
are doing
each stage of awakening is just one more
step on the ladder to eliminating
craving
now the meditator spends two minutes in
each direction radiating equanimity and
then all around us before
and again when the feeling fades away
you observe the quiet clear mind and six
are any phenomena that arise
that's it just keep going and this is
the process
all the way to the highest attainment
the second stage of awakening is a
continued deepening of the meditation
practice
you become a sakatagami when you see the
links of dependent origination arising
and passing away twice versus only one
time for the sota panna
there is a cessation and you quickly see
the 12 links of dependent origination
one time
and then they arise and pass away a
second time right after the first
in total 24 links arise and pass away
all at once
like train cars one after the other this
seeing of the links is followed by a
moment of relief
this is not just based on the soothing
text but has been observed in students
experiences
after you attain sakatagami path maga
the sakatagami fruition paula comes when
you once again experience cessation and
the links of dependent origination
arising and passing away twice
sometimes in the path experience the
student does not actually see the
bubbles
which are the links but they will see
them at the fruition
as before it is at fruition where the
personality changes permanently
path knowledge means really you are just
on the path to the fruit or completion
of the sakatagami stage
at this stage you weaken but don't fully
eliminate
the fetters of 1.
kama raga sensuous craving or lust
2. vayapada ill will
hatred anger aversion and fear
these have been loosened at times these
unwholesome states will still arise if
the circumstance presents itself
you will tend to avoid anger and lust
seeing them as core states
if they arise you will notice six of
them you will be surprised if they hang
around very long
you will be motivated to continue your
meditation to fully eliminate these
disturbing states of mind
but they will still be present just not
as strong
it is at the fruition there is a strong
release and letting go of sensual
desires
this doesn't necessarily mean sexual
desire but the course desires for
sensual pleasures like entertainment
eating out and bodily pleasure sexual
desire is deeper and is let go later
a note here is that if the fruition of
any path is not experienced in this
lifetime
it will happen upon your death as a
saccotagami you will have no more than
just one time that you have to return to
the human or higher realms before you
attain
final parabana and release from samsara
as a sodapana it was seven the quality
of the sitting was much different from
the first session today
this one being the final meditation of
today
i began with quiet mind as object after
having done the walking meditation with
equanimity as the object
no preconceptions of what was to come in
the meditation
automatic six ring which has become an
impersonal and automatic process
a blank occurred and there was strong
balance but more so quality of mind
itself is transformed
it's as if and the best way i can
describe it is
to use a metaphor like the mind of an
infant wouldn't know exactly how an
infant's mind works
and what i mean by that his mind is
empty empty of concepts
empty of thoughts empty of identity
empty of sorrow
empty even of bliss certainly bliss
arose after the blank
but the mind is following this
meditation totally free
there is no craving there is no wanting
desire
or striving to be or not be mind
functions according to the needs of a
given
moment but otherwise is utterly and
profoundly quiet
even the concept of being in the moment
is utterly gone who is there to be in
the moment
total freedom from all ideas notions
beliefs
thoughts a fresh and clean slate
sd california
three ways to nibana
as outlined in this book the first and
easiest
way to reach nibana is through the jhana
path what i am describing in this book
there are however two other ways to
attain nibana
the second way is the way the buddha's
own awakening process unfolded
he went to the fourth jhana and then one
he remembered his past
lives two he visited other realms and
saw how and why beings were reborn there
and finally three he saw how kama works
how causes create more causes in a
never-ending wheel that leads to old age
and death
disenchantment and dispassion arose
through this knowledge
and nibbana was attained this way is
called the threefold knowledge or tbj
that is 1 knowledge of past lives
2. knowledge of beings in other realms
and
3 knowledge of the destruction of the
taints nabana
the third way is through attaining all
the psychic powers or idis and then
attaining nibana
this practice is most suited to people
who are sensitive to feeling or
emotionally driven
being sensitive to feeling means you are
a feeling type person who is governed by
your heart
the other type of person is an
intellectual person ruled by logic and
pragmatic decisions
they are best suited to go through the
jaunas people who are mixed may take the
buddhist path of the threefold knowledge
or go through the jaundice
you can be taught to remember your past
lives but we will not go into this
practice here
you can ask the teacher if it would be
helpful and they can decide whether they
will teach it to you based on your
progress and your personality type
the psychic power route is a difficult
path and can take many years
it brings with it the danger of becoming
attached to these powers and not wanting
to proceed
it can bring up a lot of conceit and
arrogance about having such unique
abilities
in the opinion of the bonnie vimela
ramsay it is the most difficult of the
ways
he says you can learn this but it will
take you 10 years
and you will have to stay with him for
that whole time
chapter 17 third stage anagami
the buddha considered the first and
second stage of attainments to be
learner states
the fruit of the meditation starts to
develop at the next stage of anagami
where hatred and sensual desire are
eliminated together with the previous
three taints that were eliminated at
sotapanna
these are the five lower fetters this is
truly a worthy and elevated state of
being
arahant which is the fourth and final
stage then eliminates the rest of the
ten fetters
completely to attain the higher paths of
anagami and arahant
one must practice meditation whereas
before one might have become awakened to
the first two paths just by listening to
a phrase
it will now require intense meditation
practice with full passage through the
jhanas
deep meditation is needed to see even
more clearly the nature of the links of
dependent origination and how mind is
working
taking everything personally after more
meditation and devotion to the practice
you will experience cessation again then
you will see the links of dependent
origination arise and pass away three
times after a cessation moment in quick
succession
this is the anagami mago or path
knowledge of the third stage of
awakening
after you experience anagami maga if you
experience the same thing again
then anagami paula or fruition knowledge
will arise three times
an anagami has very strong equanimity
nothing disturbs you except sometimes
some restlessness that arises
whereas before you might have reacted
with some sensual desire
lust hatred or aversion this is no
longer the case
in addition there isn't the slightest
fear now because of the elimination of
hatred
fear is part of hatred you will have
destroyed the first five fetters
completely
1. sakaya did he personality belief in
an eye or personal self or soul
2. the sikicha skeptical doubt that the
dhamma is the true way
3. masa clinging to rights and rituals
four kamaraga sensual craving
lust five vayapada
ill will hatred anger aversion
and fear now you are very balanced in
mind
this is not some super conscious state
but simply the removal of most of the
craving
tanha from your mind you are still you
and you still have your personality but
the influences of the craving
neurotic fearful self are not there now
you can continue working at your job and
be in the world
work that is involved in honest ethical
pursuits will appeal to you
you will be completely truthful and fair
in your dealings with your customers and
fellow employees
you will treat your fellow employees
with kindness and not be shaken by any
outbursts from the boss
you will notice that you are no longer
bothered by the petty fears and hang-ups
that most people experience
you will become a better employee and a
better boss
you will have no fear of anything and
never be intimidated
you will follow directions perfectly but
have no problem with pushing back
against unwise orders given to you and
will not fear to talk to the boss in an
even
unemotional way you won't complain or
gossip with other employees about what
is wrong
and you might even be promoted up the
ranks truly
worldly success will come as you achieve
deep spiritual success romantic interest
is removed in a major way at the path
knowledge and eliminated entirely at the
fruition knowledge for anagami
you will no longer desire marriage or a
family
however if you currently are married or
have a family
your romantic lust will be replaced with
strong pure loving kindness
you will live with your mate as best
friends or brother and sister
you won't have any more children because
your desire for sex will be lost
you will be the most wonderful parent
conceivable
you won't ever get mad and you will
always love
and make plenty of time for your child
your two-year-old won't get on your
nerves anymore because you know that's
the nature of a two-year-old
it's okay you will acquire what you need
and not what you want
you won't have big desires to do things
other than being happy with what you
have and what you are doing right now
you will want to share what you have
learned in your meditation by teaching
but you won't be attached to promoting
anything if it happens
it happens your happiness with what you
have achieved will be something you
naturally want to share with others
if you are working gradually you will
move away from just doing a job to make
money
to looking for ways to help people
directly by starting a meditation group
or teaching meditation full-time
people will ask you what depression is
or what suffering is
and you will be able to tell them with
no doubts
you will know how your mind works and
will be able to explain it to others
and best of all going to the dentist
won't bother you
you will never be born again in the
sensuous realms if you don't attain
arahant in this lifetime
you will be reborn in one of the five
high brahma realms called the pure
abodes where there are only other
anagamis and arahants
from this realm you are destined to
attain darahana thiep and get off the
wheel
but there is still more to do there are
10 fetters
and you have removed five there are yet
five
more these are the final obstacles to
full awakening and freedom from even a
wisp of craving
chapter 18 fourth stage
arahant when you become an arahant
there is nothing more that can disturb
your mind
you will experience arahata maga and
arahatapala
path and fruition with each path in each
fruition experience
you will witness the arising and passing
away of the links of dependent
origination four times very quickly
you will now have completely let go of
all ten fetters of being
there is no further mental suffering for
you of any kind
1. sakaya did he personality belief in
an eye or personal self or soul
the realization of the total
impersonality of all existence
2. the sikicha skeptical doubt that the
correct practice of right effort is the
true way to awakening
3. salabata paramasa realizing that
rights and rituals by themselves do not
lead to awakening
4. kama raga craving for sensual
pleasures
5. vayapada ill will
hatred and fear 6.
rupa raga and rupa raga the desire for
material and immaterial existence
the desire to be reborn in any realm of
existence
this fetter listing has these two
desires for existence combined into one
which is different from the way they are
normally listed
seven mana conceit comparing with
somebody else
thinking in your mind i am better than
you or i am less than you comparing
yourself to others
8. tina mitta sloth and torpor
although sloth and torpor are frequently
not classically included as part of the
fetters
sloth and torpor are considered as one
of the hindrances which is why bonnie
vimela ramsay adds it here
the suthas list this as a hindrance
quite clearly
9. udaca restlessness and worry
10. avisia ignorance of the four noble
truths and the workings of dependent
origination
you will be sought out for your wisdom
as there is no craving left in your mind
and your mind is completely transparent
you see how your mind works and can
easily explain it to others
the buddha was an arahant and passed
through all of the jaundice and went
through all the stages of awakening
it is said you could ask the buddha a
question and he would give you the
perfect answer
he always said exactly what was called
for at the time
you may not have that depth of his
understanding or ability to speak
but it will be close you will have
experienced nibana the same number of
times
but your understanding of what you saw
or your ability to explain it may be
less
the difference between a buddha and an
arahant is that the buddha has gone
through countless lifetimes of
purification and can be compared to a
bottle that is completely empty
clear and sparkling there will be no
taint or smell of what was there before
in an arahant there may be just a whiff
of the personality that was there before
like a milk bottle that is emptied and
cleaned out but with some faint remnant
of what was there
nonetheless both a buddha and an arahant
are both empty of craving and ego
both have the same attainments another
difference here is that a buddha comes
to wisdom solely through their own
efforts
while an arahant reaches awakening by
hearing the teachings of a buddha
when somebody asks you if you have any
attachments to relatives or family you
will say no
there is nothing that makes your mind
lose its balance
yet arahants are not automatons
the buddha was hardly an automaton he
not only responded to people who needed
his help but went from place to place
finding beings with little dust in their
eyes who he felt could understand his
teachings he initiated conversations
seeking out beings that he could help
awaken he invited other teachers to come
and argue their views with him in order
to teach more students and convince more
people he knew the true
way it was said that he taught the devas
and beings in other realms while
everyone else was asleep at night
you will compassionately take care of
any problem that you find
you will always help others to overcome
problems but will never push your help
on them
you will be equally compassionate to all
beings and not just members of your
family
your loving kindness now knows no bounds
or limits
you will treat the lowly ant as well as
you treat your closest friend you will
not proselytize about buddhism
you will answer questions and bring up
dhamma at the right time
it is unlikely anyone would ever know
about your attainment as there is no
longer concede or desire to say you are
better than anyone
and as far as you are concerned your
mind is simply clear
and that is all there may arise in you
some psychic powers
like reading minds or something else but
it just depends on your past karmic
actions
sara putta have little in the way of
powers yet he was an intellectual giant
and called the general of the dhamma
magalana had every power that was
possible and then some
but his intellect was not as sharp as he
had more of a feeling or emotional type
of personality
feeling personalities have a strong
tendency to be able to develop psychic
powers
your intuition about things will be
exquisite your meditation practice will
be very deep
with no distractions you can decide to
go into a jhana
or even cessation neurota itself at will
you will be able to resolve to sit in
the cessation of perception
feeling and consciousness for up to
seven days if you go any longer than
that your body will lose its heat and
vitality and die
you must be careful going into a state
of extended cessation is of great
benefit because
when you come out of this state your
mind will be extremely energetic and
awake
you will need much less sleep the buddha
was said to have slept only an hour per
night
people with the fruition of anagami also
have a limited ability to go into
cessation
and there are now students that can make
this determination and sit in cessation
for as long as they wish
theoretically based on the suthas you
can sit for seven full days
and get up as if you had just recently
sat down with no pain
full of energy this cessation state is
different than what is mentioned in the
suthas as he attained to the cessation
of perception
feeling and consciousness and his taints
were destroyed by seeing with wisdom
when this state is attained you do not
see the links arise and attain nibana
it is simply a stilling and stopping of
mind why one doesn't see the links again
and attain nibana again
i cannot say all we can say is that
there is a cessation and there is a
cessation
different in some way there is also a
difference between the cessation state
of an anagami versus an arahant
cessation or in poly narota is a
stopping of the mental stream
just like when you turn the water off
from the faucet and it drips a little
bit and then stops
there is no more water nerota is the
stopping of all mental activity
it is when mind becomes so tranquil that
it just stops
however the arahant's mind is so pure
that when he determines to go into this
cessation experience
it is a state closer to nibbana an
unconditioned state
it is not just a stopping but something
else instead of the conditioned mind
stopping
mind now moves toward the unconditioned
biku nanda in his series the mind
stilled in sermon 16
goes into this subject and calls this
state by its pali name are hatafa
somebody he explains it here
but the awakening in nibada is not of
such a temporary character
why because all the influxes that lead
one into the samsaric slumber with its
dreams of recurrent births are made
extinct in the light of that perfect
knowledge of realization
that is why the term asavakaya
extinction of influxes
is used in the discourses as an epithet
of nabana
the arahants accomplished this feat in
the concentration on the fruit of
arahant hood
arahata falasamity bani vimalaramsi has
traveled the world and talked to and
studied under many of the recognized
meditation masters of our time
he is inevitably asked if he has met any
arahants
what about fill in the blank he says
no so far he has not met anyone that he
felt was an arahant
he says you need to spend time
evaluating someone to be sure they have
no more
fetters but he is hopeful that we will
have one soon
you are at the end of the eightfold path
you have eliminated ignorance and
craving through thoroughly understanding
the four noble truths
you have traveled the eightfold path to
the end of suffering
you will live out your current life but
will not be born again to the maelstrom
of samsara and will not be subject to
its disease
you have found freedom you have become
another noble one in the buddha's
dispensation
mn 21 monks
rightly speaking word to be said of
anyone he has attained mastery and
perfection and noble virtue
attained mastery and perfection and
noble collectedness attained mastery and
perfection and noble wisdom
attained mastery and perfection and
noble deliverance it is of sara putta
indeed that rightly speaking this should
be said
22. monks rightly speaking
word to be said of anyone he is the son
of the blessed one
born of his breast born of his mouth
born of the dhamma
created by the dhamma an air in the
dhamma not in air and material things
it is of saraputta indeed that rightly
speaking this should be said
23. monks the matchless wheel of the
dhamma set rolling by the tatagata is
kept rolling rightly by sarapuda
that is what the blessed one said the
monks were satisfied and delighted in
the blessed one's words
in a big coup whose taints are destroyed
these
lust hatred delusion are abandoned
cut off at the root made like a palm
stump done away with so that they are no
longer subject to future arising
chapter 19 dash the power of jhana
experiencing the state of jhana in this
lifetime is a very powerful and
far-reaching event that you can achieve
pretty quickly in this lifetime in fact
it is only second to attaining nibana
itself
why is it so important it is important
because that when you attain even one
moment of jana
the suthas say that if you keep your
precepts and continue to lead a
relatively moral life until your death
you will be destined at a minimum to be
reborn into a realm called a brahmaloka
this is a very high heavenly realm that
corresponds to the last and highest most
jhana you have attained in your practice
for example if the last and highest jana
you experienced during your lifetime was
the third jhana
then you would be reborn into the third
genre realm or brahmaloka
at the highest state slash degree in
this realm it is called the davis of
refulgent glory
subaka nadeva because of the great merit
or wholesome energy of the jhana
you will never return to a human or the
lower heaven realms
much less hell ghosts or animal realms
now if that isn't good news then there
is an even more interesting fact that
the suthas describe and is found in the
anguttara nikaya
you will attain nabana there in that
realm without any return to a lower
realm
not only are you reborn into a
brahmaloka but you never take rebirth in
any lower realm
even if you have not attained nabana and
all it took was to experience jhana just
once
this should motivate you to go sit it is
widely written in most books on buddhism
that should you attain sotapanna
or higher attainment that you will
return at most
seven times to any realm before
attaining final nibana or arahantship
but it can actually only be as little as
one time if you attain nabana through
the jhana practice
note this is the tranquil aware jhana
estate we are talking
about you will be only reborn one time
in the highest genre realm that you
experienced and attain
final awakening there there are sooth
references to support this coming up
but first we must address a common
misconception that you must actually be
in the state
of jhana while you are dying to be
reborn into that higher realm
attaining jhana just one time
the suthas do say that if you attain a
jhana then you are automatically reborn
into the corresponding brahmaloka realm
and never return back to a lower realm
however most people think that when you
die you have to be in the state of jhana
the thought is that if you attain the
first jhana then rebirth is in the first
genre realm
rebirth is very pleasant and is one eon
long there
if you attain the second jana then this
realm is higher still
and so on up to the eighth level of the
europa base of neither perception nor
non-perception
i'll use the below sutha it is a
suttacentral.net translation
but i am going to change some of the
text to be kubota's version
this becomes clearer with a zan gutter
and nikaya translation
printed by wisdom publications in 2012
on page 507 this is a soothing entitled
goodwill
loving kindness the book of force sutha
1 25.
this is to address the skeptics that
think that to be reborn in a brahmaloka
requires that you be in that jhana
meditation state at the moment of your
death
anguttara nikaya 125 5
book of fours loving kindness
monks there are these four types of
individuals to be found existing in the
world
which four there is the case where an
individual keeps pervading the first
direction
as well as the second direction the
third and the fourth
with an awareness imbued with
loving-kindness or meta
thus he keeps pervading above below
and all around everywhere and in every
respect the all-encompassing cosmos with
an awareness imbued with goodwill
loving kindness abundant expansive
immeasurable free from hostility free
from ill will
he savors that longs for that finds
satisfaction through that
staying there fixed on that dwelling
there often
not falling away from that dj easily
able to return to that janna then when
he dies
he reappears in conjunction with the
devas of brahma's retinue
first jhana realm the davis of brahma's
retinue
monks have a lifespan of an eon
if we look at the suta this idea of
having to be in the jhana state at death
appears not to be the case
luckily you only need to be able to
experience in the time period that is
near your death
through a normal sitting the ability to
get back into that jhana again
with this condition you have fulfilled
the criteria
the only exception would be if you had
committed any of the five heinous crimes
killing an arahant killing your mother
or father causing a schism in the songha
or wounding a buddha all of which are
either impossible or extremely unlikely
as long you meet these criteria you will
be reborn into
for example that very pleasant first
genre realm
and if you are able to attain the first
jhana in the time period around your
death then you will be assured of being
reborn into that realm
it doesn't say you have to be in the
janna at the moment of death
who could actually accomplish that
anyway you are dying
you may be sick and weak it would take a
buddha
but then he is already fully enlightened
and it would not apply to him
anyway most meditator twim students
would likely be able to get into a jhana
easily enough later on in life if they
have kept their practice up
or at least led a moral life and kept
precepts
it's like getting on a bike the next
part is now subject to more
interpretation
and i will do my best to help with this
the soothing says that whatever john
around that you were reborn into
having arrived in that realm by your
jhana practice you will attain nabana in
that realm
never to return to any lower realm or
for that matter any realm at all
but it starts off with saying that
someone other than the buddha's
disciples
will go to the lower realms immediately
after having enjoyed that high rebirth
continued anguttara nikaya 125
5 book of fours loving kindness
a run-of-the-mill worldling person
having stayed there
having used up all the lifespan of those
davis goes to hell
to the animal womb to the state of the
hungry shades
ghosts but a disciple of the blessed one
below it says noble disciple so this
means following the buddha's training in
the aware jannas
not concentration janus having stayed
there having used up all the lifespan of
those devas
is unbound attains final nibana right in
that state of being
this monks is the difference this the
distinction
this the distinguishing factor between
an educated disciple of the noble ones
those having practiced the jhana path
that the buddha found
and an uneducated run-of-the-mill person
a disciple of another system of
meditation
like absorption concentration the buddha
tried them all before finding the aware
jhana path
when there is future destination and
rebirth
the soothing implies that if you attain
jhana and you have learned true
meditation practice from the buddha
then you will be reborn into the genre
realm and attain final nibbana in that
realm and get off the wheel right there
with no further births however there is
this quite ominous warning
and believe me most people will not like
this at all
about your subsequent rebirth after
having been reborn into a genre realm if
you did not learn your meditation from
the buddha
if you attain jhana using concentration
methods taught by other teachers
the buddha he rejected concentration
methods early on in his search
you will indeed be reborn to this
brahmaloka and live out your life there
but
shockingly you will not gracefully fall
down from that brahmaloka to a deva
or heavenly realm and then gently are
reborn into a human birth
as your good comma and merit is used up
but
rather fall directly into the lower
planes of existence like the animal or
hell realms
this does not agree with the abhide hama
which most monks would consult for this
type of inquiry
in fact there is disagreement about
whether the abhidhamma was spoken by the
buddha at all
it is generally theorized by many
scholars that it was added to the basket
of texts at the third council of monks
some 200 years after the buddha died so
how could he have said this so if we go
by the suthas only
then we need to change our views after
explaining this sudha to one of our more
advanced students in the usa
he said he did recall one of his past
lives in a brahmaloka heaven realm
and he remembered actually dying from
that realm
he was shocked to find he had fallen all
the way down to become an animal in his
next rebirth
from a god to a dog a sri lankan student
at dhamasuka for a retreat agreed with
this idea and quoted a sooth reference
i don't recall now where the buddha is
asked about a stream of ants walking on
the ground
he said that these beings had fallen
from a brahmaloka and had not gotten off
the wheel and attained nabana
the buddha pointed this out as an
admonishment to sarah putta
who had just gotten someone on their
deathbed
into a wholesome enough state for
rebirth after death
into a heavily deva realm the
admonishment was for only getting them
into a heavenly realm and not giving
them enough wisdom for them to attain
the knowledge of nibana right there and
get off the wheel either this or only
one more lifetime
if you attain a few absorption
concentration john is then
eventually that karma runs out and it
really runs out
you might become an ant after your stay
in a heavenly palace
i'll note here that i believe the above
example may be a student that only
attained the brahmaloka through an act
of good merit
not attaining any jhanas but only was
listening to sarapuda and through their
giving year
their mind became elevated enough to get
into a brahmaloka through the hearing of
a suda
because it was not through jhana
practice there would be no protection
from falling from that realm
there are stories of people acquiring
enough merit at the time of the buddha
to be reborn
even as high as the brahmalokas but due
to not having any jhana practice to
protect them
either concentration or tranquil aware
jhana they fell directly to the lower
realms
as that was the only good merit keeping
them in the higher realm
i don't know all this is speculation
but let's go to the suda page 347
imperturbil 116 4n gutter and nikaya bb
2012.
monks there are three types of persons
found in this world
one here monks with the attainment of
the base of infinite space
this person relishes it and finds
satisfaction in it
if he is firm in and has not lost it
when he dies
he is reborn in companionship with the
davis of the infinite space
the lifespan is 20 000 eons
this worldling remains there all his
life and when he has completed the
entire lifespan of those devas
he goes down to hell to the animal realm
or to the sphere of afflicted spirits
but the blessed one's disciple remains
there all his life
and when he has completed his entire
lifespan of those devas
he attains nibana in that very same
state of existence
this is the difference between the
instructed noble one's disciple and the
whirlwing
the suthe goes on to repeat for the base
of infinite consciousness and
nothingness
so this is saying that if you are able
to enter into a jhana
in this specific case an arupa jhana at
death
and you have not arrived at this realm
through wrong concentration or because
of a large amount of worldly merit
then you are liable to fall sharply from
that realm
directly into a lower realm without
gradually falling first into a deva
realm
and then again further down to a human
realm
this doesn't say a noble disciple it
says the blessed one's disciple
just a disciple is all this means they
are someone following the jhana practice
path laid out by the buddha
they don't have any attainments as if
they did they would be referred to as a
noble disciple
in summary i leave you with some quotes
from the suthas to suggest
it is up to the reader to decide that if
you keep up your meditation practice and
are able to get into a john and near and
around the time of your death
then you will not only be reborn into
the corresponding brahmaloka but attain
nibana there
without ever returning to a lower
rebirth pretty good
again this is commonly thought as only
the domain of the stream enterer or a
higher noble disciple
it was thought that you had to have the
third stage nibana experience to never
return to this world or lower
in fact all you need to do is just
attain a jhana
this is a wonderful discovery and if
true we are very lucky
even for those whose practice is only a
little bit advanced
with just the first jhana attained that
said
the buddha always admonished followers
not ever to stop and to continue the
practice until final awakening was
achieved
here and now he had high expectations
and demanded the highest achievement
either you were an arahant or you were
still a rookie
j h a n a n a g a m i or j h a n a n a g
a m i t a reading through the n gutter
and nikaya is quite interesting as there
are some nuggets in these texts that
don't appear elsewhere in the other
nikayas
what i found specifically is a different
understanding
or definition of the sota panna and
sukadagami noble disciples
first and second level attainments it is
thought that only in anagami attainment
third stage of awakening will give you
enough merit
for your rebirth in your next lifetime
to be reborn in a brahmaloka
and in the case of the anagami a very
special brahmaloka called the pure
abodes where only anagamis are reborn
because they have eliminated the first
five fetters of craving
from there they attain our handship in
that realm and are never take birth
again
it is an incredible accomplishment for
this to be your last lifetime in the
lower realms
even the human endeavor realms and this
is what the anagami achieves
however i found some good news for the
first two lower noble levels
in the end gutter and nikaya for the
first two noble disciples
if you attain sota panna or sakatagami
and you did this through the jhana
meditation practice
then you will be reborn into the
brahmalokas never to return
like the anagami the first and second
paths can be attained through hearing a
suda
however when you attain them with jhana
practice your advantage is that you are
reborn into the highest realm available
to a meditator
you will not return to any lower realm
you will attain nibana in that realm and
get off the wheel right there
no more lifetimes like seven lives for a
sota panna
and one for a sakatagami which is the
case described in so many commentaries
those noble disciples that have the
attainment of sotapanna or sakatagami
that was attained through the jhana
practice are given the unique title of j
h a n a n a g a m i or j h a n a n a g a
m i t
a per biku bodhi's notes from a
commentary he does note
in his translation of the anguttara
nikaya notes number 539 and number 2193
which i reproduce later
let's go to the suthas here is a partial
soother quote regarding the never
returner status of sotapanna or
sakatagami
page 1541 the deed born body 219 ninan
this noble disciple understands when the
liberation of mind by loving-kindness
has been developed in this way
who has attained the jaundice through
the brahma-viharas it leads to
non-returning for a wise b coup here who
does not penetrate to a further
liberation
a similar subtitle is found on page 327
autumn 94
iii and because just as
in the autumn when the sky is clear and
cloudless the sun
ascending in the sky dispels all
darkness from space as it shines and
beams and radiates
so too when the dust free stainless
dammay arises in the noble disciple
together with the arising of vision the
noble disciple abandons three fetters
person-existence view doubt and wrong
grasp of behavior and observances
afterward when he departs from two
states longing
and ill-will then secluded from sensual
pleasures
secluded from unwholesome states he
enters and dwells in the first jhana
which consists of rapture and pleasure
born of seclusion
accompanied by thought and examination
if beakis
the noble disciple should pass away on
that occasion there is no fetter bound
by which he might return to this world
the above person clearly becomes free of
three fetters and has become a sota
panna
b kuboti explains in a note number 539
page 1663 relating to the above passage
he calls this type of individual a j h a
n a n a g ami or as in the duplicate
note number 2193
a j h a n a n a g a m ita
here is the note number 2193
page 1859 by bhikkhu bodhi
this phrase normally denotes the
attainment of non-returning
mp commentaries however identifies this
disciple as a jhana non-returner
j-h-a-n-a-n-a-g-a-m-i-t-a that is a
stream enterer or once returner who also
attains jhana
though such a practitioner has not yet
eliminated the two fetters of sensual
desire and ill will
by attaining jhana he or she is bound to
be reborn in the form realm and attain
nibana there
without taking another rebirth in the
sense fear
i will note here myself that i don't
know what the differences are between
the two
types of jananagamis it is not explained
by beku bodhi
so now we have a new type of noble one
one that has attained sotapanna and
sakatagami
attained by following the jhana
meditation system not attained through
listening to a phrase or other method
he has earned the achievement of not
having to be born again in the lower
deva or human realms and will be reborn
in a brahmaloka and attain final nibbana
there
it says the form realm and i would
theorize that this is the pure abodes
as this is the highest form realm
otherwise
logically if you do attain to the europa
genus
which you would do practicing by using
the jhana path then you would be reborn
in the higher arupa or mental
brahmalokas where there is only
mind e the base of nothingness etc this
would not be a birth in a form realm
but rather a formless realm this seems
fairly logical as it would make no sense
for someone who attained sotapanna to be
reborn again as a human being with the
same people they grew up with
the same high school dance party that
they went to the same people who never
knew or followed precepts
no i don't think that makes sense a sota
panna is a very high being called a
saint in many places
and it would be very doubtful that he or
she would be reborn into the company of
worldlings
even reborn as a regular monk among
monks who themselves
are still worldlings many monks these
days are study monks or serve lay people
performing rights and rituals and have
not meditated
i will leave all these ideas in the last
chapter to contemplate
but i found it rather interesting and
hopeful it may be quite confusing
but i seem to have become a true
buddhist geek as i am interested in the
finer
perhaps really really finer points of
attainments
this research of course is solely based
on what the suthas say
which i would hope to be true and
correct the interpretation
of course is just my own
chapter 20 after the retreat
people ask after a retreat or what they
think is a major attainment
now what do i do how do i practice each
day
first one of the misunderstandings is
that you will be able to dial up the
last journey you attained
or for that matter any jhana at will
no you won't be able to do that your
practice will take a dip and the mind
will sink back into a coarser state
daily life brings stresses both physical
and emotional
these will wear you out and will affect
your meditation
all of the news social media and
relationships you have
will make your mind more restless and
agitated
so your meditation will be restless one
day and groggy the next
sometimes you will just be frazzled it
doesn't matter
you just continue your practice each day
as long as you can
bonnie vimela ramsay suggests if you
want true progress each day you will sit
and walk two hours or more most people
will not have that time to spend but can
sit 30 minutes or an hour each day
so do that get up a little earlier to
sit
progress will continue albeit slower
every day the more pure mind states you
bring up the more mental merit and
purity you obtain
it is suggested that you get up in the
morning and go through your morning
things like a bath and having breakfast
and then sit
sitting right away when you get up may
lead to sleepiness
if you are working with a spiritual
friend as your object of meditation
then continue that process when your
feeling of meta
rises up into your head and ceases being
in your heart or chest area
then go to the breaking down the
barriers section in this book and
practice that for a day or two
when your mind is okay with the four
groups of beings and you don't have any
gross ill will
then continue on to radiating in the six
directions practice and start with
radiating loving kindness for the
instructions in that section
see the fourth jhana chapter in this
book for all of the above instructions
if you have advanced and were practicing
at the formless journal levels of either
meta
karuna mudita or apeka then on a retreat
you would just return and work with the
jhana slash feeling you were working
with
however in daily life you would be
advised to start each meditation session
with meadow or loving kindness
this is the gateway to all of the other
ghanas
many students will get into equanimity
on a retreat and experience all of the
higher janas and
perhaps get an attainment they think
that they simply can return to radiating
equanimity during daily life
this might not be possible if you start
radiating equanimity
you may actually just be radiating a
kind of calm which is really not
equanimity at all
and your practice won't get anywhere
this might leave you frustrated and
wondering why nothing is happening
off retreat your mind is agitated and
restless
and no longer in a high state so it is
best to restart with meta
this loving kindness that is radiated
outward softens the mind and brings
tranquility and energy
joy to your sitting in a very short time
your mind will return to the last level
you attained
remember the brahmavihara practice is
something that happens automatically
no need to figure this out just start
with meta and you will go up the chain
of viharas
if you are doing directions you can do
five minutes to each direction
as you did previously if you have had an
attainment you are suggested to radiate
only two minutes in each direction and
then all around
then the rest of the day use your six
areas to release and relax into
disturbing mental states that might be
triggered
try radiating loving kindness while you
are driving or shopping
develop wholesome states the longer you
stay in the wholesome
the deeper your practice will go
eventually
keep your precepts this is very
important for your practice to go
further
avoid intoxicants especially as that
might be the tougher precept to keep
than the others
peer pressure can come into play here
but just wave it off
this will have significant payoffs for
you in the future
develop your dana or generosity give
more to your local sangha
give more in general this softens the
mind further and makes merit that will
affect your practice positively
and of course continue to sit
chapter 21 review of meditation
instructions and stages of progress
you may be new to tranquil wisdom
insight meditation
taught by bonnie vimalaramsi and need a
refresher on the practice
and all of the signposts along the way
you may have forgotten some of the
instructions on how to begin
and what to do when the meditation
changes this chapter will give you a
summary of all of the instructions and
many of the signs of progress
after reading the previous chapters this
will summarize much of what you just
read and you can come back here and
refer to this
if you have forgotten some steps the
jhanas are not identified
as it is what you experience that is
most important not what jhana you are in
for that you can check the previous
chapters this is the bare bones of the
entire process
all the way to nibana beginning
instructions
for more information go back to the
detailed chapters at the beginning of
the book
sit for at least 30 minutes either on a
cushion or a chair
later a chair will be a better choice
do not move for any reason do not ate or
twitch
bring up a smile on your lips in your
heart and in your mind
keep the smile going for the entire
setting a little buddha smile
bring up a happy memory and feel that
memory
see yourself holding a baby what do you
feel look into his slash her eyes
how about playing with a dog or a bunch
of puppies what do you feel
loving kindness smile into that feeling
now wish yourself this feeling of loving
kindness and stay with that
stay with that feeling and let it seep
into your being for the first 10 minutes
of your sitting
to help you bring up the feeling of
loving kindness you may use phrases like
may i be happy may i be peaceful or
others
don't use this as a mantra but only now
and then to nudge along that subtle warm
glowing feeling of loving kindness if
your mind wanders or is distracted from
the feeling then practice the six-hour
process as defined in more detail
elsewhere in the book
this is very important six ares
one recognize you are distracted
two release your attention to the
distraction
three relax any tension and tightness
continuing to pull you to the
distraction
4. re-smile and bring up the feeling
again with a smile
5. return to your object of meditation
6. slash continue and keep it going
the next 20 minutes of the sitting or
balance of the sitting
pick a spiritual friend explained
elsewhere
and radiate to and surround your friend
with this warm feeling of loving
kindness that you now experience for
yourself
during your sitting develop a content
peaceful state of mind
do not try too hard just hang out with
your friend and just feel happy to be
meditating
if you notice a knot of tension in your
head then you are trying too hard
back off and relax and smile more
notice the tension but accept it is
there and let it be
six are return to your spiritual friend
gradually the tension will go away
because you aren't feeding it with your
attention anymore
all you need to do is relax and smile
and feel that smile
beginner's progress signs
gradually as you patiently stay with
yourself or your spiritual friend
the mind will start to calm the first 20
minutes of your sitting will generally
be active
and if you can sit through that and
don't move and smile
most of that will soon pass there will
come a point where all of a sudden joy
pity arises it will be something that
you have never experienced
it may be extreme or moderate but you
will feel it
then a feeling of tranquility will
follow after you experience this joy you
should now let go of the verbal phrases
that you have been using
those phrases may actually create
tension in your mind slash head
verbal phrases you have been using like
may i be happy can be let go
you only need to remember the feeling of
loving kindness and bring that back when
it weakens
don't get caught in nor suppress the joy
just acknowledge it is there and return
to your object of meditation
your spiritual friend as you continue
the joy will change and the happy noise
and the mind will take a step down
kind of like when you are sitting in the
refrigerator stops you suddenly notice
how quiet it has become
you will tend to have more confidence in
the twin method now
you have a feeling you have found the
right path this confidence just arises
on its own
keep smiling and patiently stay with
your spiritual friend
you six are any itches or distractions
the feeling of loving kindness will be
in your heart area and lower body
now you notice that parts of your body
just seem to not be there anymore
the mind has calmed a lot more you know
your hands are there
but you don't feel them however if there
is contact or someone touches you
you will feel it you are still aware of
the outside world
now the feeling will change from a more
coarse joy to a more subtle feeling of
happiness
or peaceful contentment sukha equanimity
starts to arise more now
a strong feeling of balance arises in
the mind
you should be sitting at least 45
minutes to one hour at this stage
as you sit in this peaceful feeling
gradually this feeling of loving
kindness moves up into the head
your awareness seems to change you were
feeling the body but now you are coming
into more of a mental realm
you have now become an advanced
meditator now
with your sitting practice you alternate
with 20 to 30 minutes of walking
meditation
you take your spiritual friend for a
walk stroll at a normal pace
not slow walking but enough to get your
heart going
keep your spiritual friend in mind see
him slash her smiling and happy while
sending them your wish of loving
kindness
much progress can be attained through
the walking meditation
you can walk into the jaundice
advanced instructions and progress
your meditation instructions now next
breaking down the barriers once the
feeling of meditation moves up into your
head
we ask you to do the breaking down the
barriers exercise
this should not take any more than just
one sitting
see chapter 4 for instructions next
radiating to the six directions now that
you have finished your breaking down the
barriers exercise
you will start to radiate your strong
feeling of loving kindness outward
like a candle or like a lighthouse
radiating warmth and heat into the six
directions
instructions first
radiate your loving kindness feeling for
five minutes to beings in front of you
you can pick the order that works for
you then all beings behind you for five
minutes
then to the left to the right down below
and all beings above you
five minutes in each direction a total
of 30 minutes in six directions
then for the rest of the sitting which
should be in the area of one to one
five hours now you radiate to all beings
in all directions at the same time
you become a bubble of meta with this
feeling of pure loving kindiness
you see this feeling seep or flow
outward as you wish beings happiness
keep your little buddha smile with you
advanced progress signposts
as you radiate to the directions you
feel loving kindness
meta going outward it can be subtle or
like a strong radiance or even a golden
light
continue no need to do more no need to
make it stronger
if it is weak just whatever is there
carefully six are when your mind's
attention wanders
as you feel more settled this feeling of
loving kindness will change
it gets quieter now this feeling is
turning into karuna or compassion your
mind feels like it is expanding in all
directions
it can be strong for some or just feels
big and expansive for others
next this expansion pulls back in and
the feeling in the mind changes to
mudita or a feeling of sublime joy
you may see a flickering at one of the
sense doors
it can be just that or you may see
consciousness arising and passing away
like frames in a movie film
frame by frame you may also start to
experience strong insights into a nada
or impersonality
as well as anika or impermanence next
you take what's not happening between
the frames as your new object of
meditation
there is a strong equanimity or balance
a pekka
that now arises the feeling of joy has
changed to balance and quiet
there isn't much activity or mind
objects to notice
there is very strong stability you
should notice the balanced feeling and
stay with that feeling
now radiate that to the directions this
feeling of balance or equanimity is now
your object of meditation
you will also have this perception that
there is nothing
thoughts have stopped the mind is quite
still now
awareness has moved fully up into the
head you don't notice your body at all
you are truly in a mental realm now you
no longer have a body is one way to look
at it
feeling and sensation are perceived by
mind even the feelings from the body are
just in mind
right there can be lights that arise
just six are them and come back to
observing and wishing equanimity
always come back to the feeling your
mind will become bright and clear
you can sit longer now up to two hours
if the sitting is going well then just
keep sitting
if you get up now when it is going well
you inevitably will need to build up
your mindfulness once more
in the next sitting to get back to where
you just were
take advantage of your progress and go
deeper now not later
get in some fast walking in between
sittings to get your heart pumping
sitting can slow down your energy as you
walk you should radiate equanimity to
all directions at the same time
become a bubble moving forward radiating
equanimity
after some time in this state where
there is nothing your mind will fall
initially into what seems like a dream
it is dreamlike yet you feel that you
are awake
your awareness is just barely there you
will come out of this state in a short
time
the mind will now be more still than
ever before
now we instruct you to sit with this
quiet mind for up to two to three hours
don't push or try too hard gently the
distractions are now only just
vibrations
and perhaps lights and patterns as soon
as your attention goes there
back away and relax just release slash
relax quickly is all that's needed
you may sit with nothing happening at
all for 5 minutes or even 15 minutes
your mind is completely unmoving like a
rock it won't shake
if it does then six are be very mindful
and six are right then
at this stage the feeling of equanimity
has stopped
now quiet mind is your object of
meditation you
understand that there is no movement you
observe and just
contentedly and dispassionately be with
that
there is now some relief from the noise
of the worldly mind
always come back to just being with
understanding and knowing that you are
observing quiet mind if your attention
wanders at all
from this present moment of peace and
non-activity then six are quickly but
softly and come back
enjoy the peace of no activity and relax
keep alert and mindful for vibrations
and attention shifts and back away and
release and relax right then
it may take 15 minutes or 30 minutes or
an hour but the mind will take a step
down to a new level of quiet
patience leads to nirvana just continue
you may say nothing is happening time to
stop
no keep going you are making huge
progress
staying in this special state at any
moment the mind could take yet another
step down
finally after some time the mind all of
a sudden
just stops there can be a space or
blackout
or not even that but you feel as though
you are coming back from somewhere
it is like the lights were turned off
but all you know now is that they are
coming back on
if you are aware enough you will
experience a quick feeling of relief
like a burden thrown off that may only
just be a moment or two
then an upsurge of joy arising and all
pervading joy in the whole body
you feel very happy you have just
experienced nabana for the first time
for more details see chapter 14.
congratulations
after nibana then what
now just return to your sitting practice
and continue in the same way
usually you can start with radiating two
minutes of equanimity to each direction
and then all around you follow the same
process over
and over all the way to our handship
through the four stages of sainthood
there is nothing special that you need
to do other than just keep going through
the stages of practice
over and over until you experience
another cessation and subsequently
another moment of nibbana
and attain the next step in awakening
after the retreat
you may not be able to bring up
equanimity that's okay
just start with loving kindness again it
will always take you automatically all
the way through the jhanas
to the goal metta is the gateway to
nibana
for more information dhamasuka
meditation center
www.damasuka.org
www.thepathdonibana.com
email david damasuka.org
meditate ananda do not delay or else you
will regret it later
this is our instruction to you that is
what the blessed one said
the venerable anando was satisfied and
delighted in the blessed one's words
the book you are about to hear is called
the path to nibana
how mindfulness of loving-kindness
progresses through the tranquil
awareness to awakening
by david c johnson copyright 2017-20
david c johnson all rights reserved
the holy life friend vasaka is grounded
upon nibana
culminates in nibana ends in nibana
midshima nikaya 44 kulavadala suda
acknowledgements
i want to acknowledge venerable bonnie
vimela ramsay mahatera
from whom i have learned this practice
he is the founder of tranquil wisdom
insight meditation
twim without his skillful guidance
this project would not be possible
descriptions for many of the jannas have
come from evening talks on the anupata
sutha
number 111 by venerable vimela ramsay
it was his struggle through years of
intense meditation practice
and his discussions with many of the
world's most venerable monks
that led him in an entirely different
direction he went back to the earliest
buddhist teachings
the suthas in the pali canon to practice
what the buddha himself had taught his
own disciples
from this he discovered twim and has
given us this gift of true dhamma
i wish to thank the venerable for
reviewing this work and correcting
misunderstandings which may have
occurred
i also acknowledge bhikkhu bodhi for his
work the middle-length discourses of the
buddha
a translation of the mejiman nikaya
wisdom publications
somerville massachusetts 1995
by biku bodhi and bikunyana mali this
book
with some exceptions is the basis for
twin meditation practice
thanks also to brenda e mcrae who wrote
down a one-page summary
based on student interviews of what
meditators experienced as they
progressed through the meditation
process
seeing the need to document the levels
of practice i expanded her summary to
the book you now are reading
also thanks to terry poll paul johnson
mark and antra burger doug kraft and jay
delmer who helped with editing and for
their many useful suggestions
thanks to s jordan who rendered the
beautiful cover art from his own unique
design
introduction the purpose of this book is
to help the earnest seeker and advanced
meditator understand the experiences and
signposts on the buddha's path
which has as its goal the destruction of
craving and the elimination of ignorance
i want to document these experiences for
the meditation community so they may be
studied and preserved as a guide to
future meditators
this book was also written so that
meditators without access to local
teachers could have all the instructions
to continue down this path on their own
every instruction on how to meditate at
every level is here
there are no secret techniques held back
just the words from the southeastern
commentary by venerable bonnie vimela
ramsay
i have added to the addition you are now
reading a review of all the instructions
and all the progress steps and signed
posts in the last chapter of the book
so if you forget some of the steps go
there for a refresher
and perhaps a higher level overview of
all the meditation instructions in the
book in this book are integrated all the
instructions for the beginning meditator
if you are familiar with the starting
instructions you can skip ahead to the
section on the advanced chapters on jon
estates
but it's probably best to read the whole
book as you never know what you might
pick up
if when you are starting you bog down
and you just can't feel this loving
kindness for yourself
take a look at the pamphlet provided at
the end of this book
by bonnie vimela ramsey entitled a guide
to forgiveness meditation
try this meditation and see if it
doesn't loosen possible emotional blocks
from past traumas
bosses or other scary memories
forgiveness can be a perfect
prerequisite to experiencing warm
flowing loving kindness at some places
in the book
i will put meditation instruction to
highlight for students
who are using this book as an
instruction guide progressive directions
on how to proceed with the practice
twim is a fancy name for basically the
brahmavihara practice
starting with meta or loving kindness as
the object breath may be used but tends
to have slower progress
these instructions are taken directly
from the meditation methods described in
the suthas
the earliest buddhist teachings twim is
the practice that will lead us to nibana
as it is outlined in the texts
we will see that when the instructions
are followed there are immediate results
precisely as the buddha laid out
the path to nibana elaborates on both
the goal and the practice of meditation
as explained by the buddha
its purpose is to follow the progress of
the practice as it is explained in the
suthas themselves
for that the clearest map is the
midshima nikaya
mn number 111 the anupada suda
one by one as they occurred this suda
shows how progress occurs step by step
all the way to nibana
this is the map we will use as we go
through the levels of insight in this
book
the suthas of the pali canon are
traceable back 2550 years to the buddha
himself
they are considered by scholars to be
the words of the buddha as he originally
spoke them
to put a finer point on this it is
thought that the buddha spoke maggoty
that was his native language pali is a
form of that language
and later all of the suthas were
documented in pali
first by reciting and then writing them
down by members of the buddhist order in
sri lanka
they were written on palm leaves about
80 bc as they were written down
monks who had memorized the suthas
checked the written texts for any added
or wrong words
the suthas were inscribed on stone
tablets in mandalay
burma and are today still being
memorized and recited by buddhist monks
and burmese monasteries
this has continued since the first
council of 500 senior monks or arahants
convened three months after the buddha
died
i visited this interesting site in burma
in 2003 and saw the white marble stones
with these very inscriptions
groups of monks memorize the sutha texts
together
one monk will recite and the rest of the
group will check and correct him as he
goes
this method has been about as foolproof
as any other to retain original texts
for long periods
writing the suthas down can be subject
to the translator's misinterpretation of
what words to use
to describe the practice precisely but
even with this method there could have
been errors that crept in
even as perfect as this system was we
can't really know because we weren't
there and it was over 25 centuries ago
thus we used these suthas as the closest
direct guide to what the buddha really
taught
there are many buddhist sects and many
different beliefs and practices
all we can do is find what meditation
practice matches the buddha's words
the practice of twim is new in the sense
it has been rediscovered in the suthas
it is not practiced very widely yet
which seems rather surprising
in fact venerable bonnie vimela ramsay
and his approved teachers
are the only ones who teach directly
from the suthas in this way
others reference the suthas but don't
follow them precisely
twim is the actual and correct
application of right effort
this is the reason for its resulting
success
i will discuss more about this later
changes have been made in other
practices to allegedly improve upon the
buddha's meditation instructions
but hold on he was the buddha
is it not just a little bit presumptuous
to think that the instructions of a
buddha can be improved upon
after all he was indeed the supremely
awakened tatagata
perfecting his wisdom over countless
lifetimes let's try to put aside all the
other techniques for now and just focus
on how to practice
as described in the early teachings as
close to the actual words of the buddha
as we can get
most scholars agree that the pali canon
and its suthas are the actual teachings
of the buddha
so let's go to them and only them to
find the way to practice
the anupada suta minnesota 111 explains
the progress of the meditation through
the jhanas and the four
foundations of mindfulness at the same
time it will be shown here that these
jhanas when practiced as taught in the
suthas
will lead us to awakening the jhanas
described in the anupada suthay are not
to be confused with the concentration
states commonly taught elsewhere
these are the tranquil aware genres that
are being taught in the suthas
in which you maintain awareness of both
mind and body
their foundation is collectedness not
concentration which we will cover later
it is this rediscovered aware jhana that
is the key to a new understanding of the
buddha's teachings
the twim technique referenced in this
book uses for its primary suthay guide
the middle-length discourses of the
buddha a translation of the medeshima
nikaya
by biku bodhi and bikunyanamali bonnie
vimalaramsi feels this is the closest
translation available
though sometimes he prefers different
wordings than are used there
for example he uses the word habitual
tendency instead of becoming
more on this later we will combine here
the explanation of the sutha's meaning
with the actual experiences of the many
meditators who have practiced and have
been successful
also we will attempt to explain some of
the reasons why certain experiences and
subtle phenomena occur
though only the buddha knows for sure
please forgive me for errors and
omissions
some phenomena like the subtlest links
of dependent origination that are deep
down in the mental processes have had
their descriptions left out
they are for the student to discover on
their own and it won't change the pace
of a student's progress by not
describing them here
explaining certain phenomena before the
student is ready to see them can create
false
expectations and wrong ideas many
students
later are grateful that bonnie does not
explain to them where they are in the
genres
they just want to progress and not be
thinking and analyzing as they practice
they may develop some sense of pride
because of thoughts about i am in this
genre or that jhana
they might have some familiarity with
meditation practice and may have some
consider rise and get stuck thinking
about how far advanced they are
when they are only beginners in this
practice it is better off not knowing
where you are if you are on an intensive
retreat and just follow the instructions
if you are seeking an even deeper
understanding of how the practice works
than what is described here in this book
more descriptions of insights and levels
of understanding that arise
and the sooth references that support
this meditation you may also want to
read one of the following books
meditation is life life is meditation
which provides information in depth and
detail
breath of love and moving dharma volume
volume 1 also offers skillful guidance
as one goes deeper into the practice
these are all written by venerable
bonnie vimela ramsay
my purpose here is to put down on paper
the steps to awakening
the progress through the levels of
insight to awakening
it is my hope that this knowledge can be
handed down studied in the future
and not lost this book is based on
venerable bonnie vimela ramsay's
suda-based methods and results
using texts from his various talks as
well drawing on my own personal
experiences involving this practice
today's practices include brahmanic
influences new age methods
and even a new take on buddhism in which
the buddha himself starts to disappear
from the pages
this is called secular buddhism or just
mindfulness with no mention of the
buddha
the heartwood of the buddha's teachings
has been mixed up with western
psychology
and even the word mindfulness is no
longer being used in the way the buddha
intended
an important goal of this book is to
show how buddhism as it is generally
taught today
has veered away from the ideas presented
in the suthas
it has deviated from what the historical
buddha taught
we are going to explore among other
things
what the buddha taught us in his own
words from the suthas
awakening both mind and body
dependent origination the definition of
mindfulness
what is tranquil wisdom insight
meditation twim
what are the six rupees two types of
jhanas
absorption jhanas and aware jhanas
the progress through the jaundice to
nibana
the four stages of sainthood
chapter one what is buddhism
around 2600 years ago when the young
prince siddhartha gotamo went outside
his palace into the village
he realized suffering was experienced
universally by all beings
he found that there was sickness old age
and death and it so shocked him that he
left behind his wife and newborn son
his kingdom and all his worldly goods to
go in search of a way to end this
suffering
after years of searching he finally
discovered the path to the end of
suffering
nibbana a path which he described as not
only achieving release from suffering
but that it was also immediately
effective or not taking that long if
practiced correctly
he then spent the next 45 years teaching
that path to others
during that time many people were
awakened the mahavakagata suda
number 73 and the medeshima nikaya mn
confirms and gives us more details about
just how many thousands of people were
awakened
in the suda when the buddha is asked if
there were any beings who had been
successful
he clearly described the numbers and
attainments of those he had taught
what is suffering the buddha stated the
cause through his four noble truths
there are suffering and dissatisfaction
in the world and in our lives
the cause and origin of that suffering
is craving
the cessation of craving is the
cessation of suffering
the eightfold path leads us to the end
of that suffering
this is buddhism in brief suffering the
cause of suffering
the end of suffering and the path
leading to the end of suffering
this is the heart of buddhism it is not
about rights and rituals
prayers and incense it is not a religion
but a scientific investigation into
overcoming sorrow at all levels of mind
and body
in modern times it seems that few people
actually reach awakening
some teachers explain that people in the
buddha's time were more spiritually
developed and some say it was because of
the buddha himself
others attribute the lack of success to
the so-called darker times in which we
now live
but the buddha made it clear that if you
follow the directions awakening can be
achieved in a single lifetime
even in as little as a few days this is
as true today as it was at the time of
the buddha
this book just might be the proof people
are different culturally
but our minds and bodies all function in
the same way
this means that if we follow the true
path of the buddha we too can experience
awakening in a short period of time
the experiences of our students who have
followed the instructions from the
earliest sutheas precisely
without adding or subtracting anything
are proof of that
they have experienced the states i will
talk about and so can you
a super mundane science dr
albert einstein is attributed to have
said that if he were ever interested in
getting involved with religion
he would become a buddhist buddhism he
said
is the religion that is the closest to
science
he talked about a cosmic religion which
he felt buddhism was closer to
certainly most people think of buddhism
as a religion
but what is a religion religion is
defined in the merriam-webster
dictionary as follows
belief in a god or a group of gods
an organized system of beliefs
ceremonies and rules used to worship a
god or a group of gods
so is buddhism a religion many sects of
buddhism seem to treat it as such
and certainly most people consider it
one
but the buddha left out the whole
concept of god and what the buddha
taught is certainly beyond any religious
belief system
then is it science perhaps but it may
even be beyond science
at least the existing level of today's
knowledge
because the buddha's concern was with
the cause and the cessation of suffering
much of what he taught focused on the
development of mind through deep
meditative practices
there is a growing tendency currently in
the scientific community to explain
everything about mind in terms of
neuroscience and the study of the brain
in fact much of neuroscience sees mind
as just a product of the functioning
brain
but this is a limited understanding of
mind
so in one corner you have practitioners
of meditation wanting to find happiness
with religious leaders teachings and
meditation
and in the other corner you have western
scientists wanting to find happiness
through the study of the physical brain
there seems to be the goal maybe hope is
a better word
that by understanding the brain we can
somehow develop a therapy or pill to
attain happiness
studying the neural system will give us
an idea of how neurons work and what
they look like on an mri and other
medical measurement equipment
it may also show us what parts of the
brain are used for certain mental
functions
but it will never explain the insights
that are experienced by mind
for our purposes it does not give
insights into the true nature of
suffering and how
through seeing these insights nibana can
be attained
there is no way at least that we know of
now to duplicate the process of
awakening in the lab by any physical
process
drugs machines etc to achieve awakening
we must understand at a very deep level
how body and mind working together is an
impersonal process without any self or
soul
the brain is not mind and mind is not
the brain the brain is just part of the
body like an arm or a finger
mind brain is something that sits
independence upon the physical body
however mind is something we cannot
directly measure and can only indirectly
understand
why because we are dependent on the
reported experience of the individual
for this information
when studying another person to find out
their actual cognition of something
we only have what they tell us we cannot
measure
for example their understanding of
reality
so since science is defined by
merriam-webster's dictionary a
systematized knowledge derived from
observation
study and experimentation carried on in
order to determine the nature or
principles of what is being studied
then saying that buddhism leans more
toward science than belief is close
but still not quite right the buddha did
leave us a clear set of methods and
instructions that have come down to us
from the suthas which allow us to go
deeply into our mind and observe things
firsthand
whenever the buddha taught the way to
the cessation of suffering
he always told his followers that they
did not have to believe what he said
but that they should come and see for
themselves as he suggested in the
kalamazoo
do not take up his teachings with only
faith try it first
and then dismiss it if it has no
measurable benefit no belief or faith
was asked for by the buddha
these instructions still apply try the
practice as the buddha taught it
you decide for yourself if the results
you are having are the same as those
that are described and if they are
beneficial to you
when you see that they work and produce
repeatable results this develops
confidence and encourages you to
continue on the path
if we only study the brain we cannot
purport to be studying mind
as mind is only truly noble by the
individual being studied
the researcher must ask the subject what
happened
they can never know how understanding
and wisdom have internally affected the
subject's mind
this is something beyond simple science
when we say that the buddha's teachings
go beyond science
i.e that it is super mundane we are
talking about both the actual methods
that the buddha taught and the results
insights achieved with the practice
while both the methods and the results
are repeatable and measurable
they are also subjective experiences
they are transformative and profound but
not easily measured by outside
researchers
the buddha was not just trying to
understand the nature and principles of
what is being studied
he was searching for a way to finally
end personal suffering
not just obtain understanding of it
buddhism is beyond any scientific study
because only by observing mind directly
with one's own consciousness can we
understand mind
once the understanding is achieved then
that mind being observed is transformed
in india it is called a subjective
science
i call it super mundane science this is
why we needed a buddha to show us the
path
the answer was not a simple this or that
it was a subtle recipe
a complex training to which he gave the
name the middle path
between all extremes awakening both mind
and body
traditionally indian masters believed
that enlightenment could be achieved by
controlling desire
as desire was believed to be the cause
of all kinds of suffering
practicing initially within this
tradition the buddha mastered the
mind-based practices of yogic
one pointed absorption concentration
following that
he spent some long years mastering the
body-based austere
ascetic practices of the yogic sadhus
both efforts were intended to bring
desire under control and thereby bring
about awakening
on the one hand the brahmanic meditation
masters believed that they could control
desire by controlling mind
by forcing the attention to stay on an
object for longer and longer periods of
time
it was thought that craving or desire
could be controlled
but it wasn't that craving would be
overcome it was that there would arise
this all-powerful controller of that
craving which
by improving self-discipline and
self-control would be able to exert
mastery over desire
holding it down and keep it from coming
up pushing it down versus eliminating it
but then we'd have to ask the question
who is our real self here
the controlling one the mind that wished
to control desire
or the one with the desire or neither
for there even to be a self
there must be something that is
considered not the self or at least not
our real self
in the brahmajala suda number one of the
deegan nikaya
the buddha describes there are 62 views
of self
there is self-watching self not
self-observing self
the self-observing and not self and on
and on
there is only one you but which one is
it if an alcoholic says
they will give up drinking by exercising
their willpower then who is the real
self
is it the one who wants to keep drinking
or the one who wants to stop drinking
which one is the real you on the other
hand
if controlling desires with mental
self-control and discipline didn't work
then ascetics thought that they could
control desire by controlling the body
yogis would stand on one leg for
extended periods or eat a very
restricted diet
believing that by controlling the body
in this way enlightenment would surely
come
mind would experience a breakthrough
when the control of the body was
mastered
again self-discipline would enable
someone to take charge and bring desire
under control
this someone was conceived as the higher
self or the eye who would finally have
total control such that one would no
longer be subject to desire and its
suffering
this was the perceived goal of the
meditation practice
it wasn't about eliminating desire but
actually controlling desire
after practicing both approaches
extensively the future buddha or
bodhisattva had not achieved awakening
when he entered deep states of
absorption concentration he found that
these states suppressed his sense bases
so that he no longer felt
heard or experienced anything from the
body
the mental states he achieved were
blissful and sublime
however he soon realized that tightly
controlling mind did suppress desire
but only while he was practicing this
was temporary
it did not eradicate the craving mind
entirely
as soon as he stopped practicing desire
returned in full force
similarly after six years of ascetic
practices
when he was about to die from hunger
near bodega he understood that excessive
controlling of the body through
deprivation would only lead to death
through starvation
it would not however lead to the
elimination of desire
the cessation of suffering would never
be achieved with these practices
when he had all but given up practicing
concentration meditation and ascetic
techniques to their absolute limit
he realized that control was not the
answer it was a futile practice
that didn't lead to awakening using
craving to control craving
at that point he sat down under the
bodhi tree and determined that he would
sit there until he found the answer
on a full moon day in may he became the
tatagata
the buddha the awakened one in the third
watch of the night
between 3 and 7 am he had found the
middle way he had come to understand the
need to employ a meditation method that
used a totally different approach
a method that would include both mind
and body and eliminated the controller
the buddha had previously developed the
seeing and understanding of how his mind
worked by careful observation
he began to see that the mental
processes are a dependent chain of
events arising and passing away
we now know this as seeing the links of
dependent origination
the buddhi used the term patika samupata
which is poly for dependent origination
on the morning of his awakening he
realized that seeing clearly
the deepest phenomena in mind is without
a doubt
the way to nibana by seeing how his own
mind worked and closely observing the
mental processes
he grew to understand that we all cause
our own suffering
he saw how desire works how it leads to
suffering
and how the cessation of suffering can
be achieved
the buddha realized that desires arise
because we feed them and continually
chase after them
we see them as ours and personally
identify with them
in other words if you are sitting
quietly and your mind goes to thinking
about how nice it would be to be
somewhere else
can you stop it can you just say that's
okay mind
i'd like to sit quietly and enjoy some
peace this afternoon
no here come the desires for this and
that unasked
uncalled for in that sense it is not our
desire
because we personally identify with
these desires that we experience
thinking of them as mine and then become
attached to them
this craving inevitably leads to
suffering
we have no control over how or when they
arise or how or when they pass away
craving and suffering occur because we
identify with and personalize these
desires and then cling to them
dependent origination is the
understanding that all things in both
body and mind are conditioned
they are conditioned or caused by what
came before and they inevitably lead to
what happens next
by seeing this chain of events clearly
we see that everything is impersonal
so where are we in this process where
am i an important part of understanding
dependent origination is that this thing
we call self or ego is actually not a
self or ego at all
but an impersonal process that happens
completely beyond our control
in fact there is no possibility of
control because there is no continuous
or permanent self capable of being the
controller
the buddha saw that there are only
processes arising and passing away with
no permanent self involved
who controls anything who makes the
decisions
even decision itself is another
conditioned mental process which arises
based on previous actions
decisions aren't made by some permanent
self who is control of what's happening
they are the impersonal you at that
moment our only possible input is to
recognize the reality of this situation
and not to take it personally
not to be attached to the outcome of any
given situation
this is the practice of right effort we
call it the six aries and we'll discuss
this later
this was a unique and profound truth
that the buddha discovered and presented
to the thinkers of his time
once the buddha fully and deeply
realized what he had discovered
he found that craving and suffering
ceased and today researchers have found
that there are
indeed measurable changes in both the
mind and bodies of meditators as various
types of meditation techniques are
practiced
there are measurable positive results
the buddha realized that he could not
break through to awakening by
controlling either mind or body
independently
you can't turn off input from the body
by suppressing the sense bases in some
sort of deep concentration
on the other hand you can't torture the
body and expect this to lead to some
sort of control of mind
by controlling pain the buddha
understood that mind and body worked
together
but first he tried controlling each one
separately
as far as he could muster his energy and
determination
it didn't work the result was that he
gave up
trying to control mind and body to look
for another way to solve this dilemma
hundreds of years later there came
commentaries and opinions about the
buddhist teachings
like the vijay maga which started to
split up practices
fundamentally discriminating insight and
concentration vipassana and samada
into different techniques whereas the
original suthis had called for them to
be yoked together
the vijudi maga was written in 430 c
e over 900 years after the buddha lived
it is a large volume written by
buddhigosa that attempts to lay out
mostly the chief meditative practices
that the buddha taught
it is especially considered a very
important document for the theravada
buddhist sect
since it is not the words of the buddha
it is considered a commentary on his
practices
in the visuadi maga there are many
methods involved in developing
concentration
some use casanas or colored disks many
use the breath to create
a nimita or sign on which to concentrate
we will describe the origins of the book
later and how it fits with meditation
practice
then came dry insight practice which
avoided deep concentration entirely
those teachers even told their
practitioners to stay away from
concentrated absorption practices
because they might get attached
this dry insight method developed only
enough concentration to start
investigating the mental process
without the benefit of the stronger type
of concentration
teachers of such an approach said it was
faster and more direct
the question here is did the buddha
teach this
here is the critical understanding of
what the buddha taught in the suthas
he says that concentration samada is
yoked together with insight
vipassana samada and vipassana
therefore must be practiced together
this is what is actually taught in the
suthas and this is what bonnie vimela
ramsay rediscovered hiding there in
plain
sight he has named this tranquil wisdom
insight meditation or aware jhana
practice
before we get into meditation practice
let us look at how mind works by
examining what the buddha considered the
most important concept to learn
dependent origination leaving control
behind
after years of practice in the brahmanic
tradition on the night of his awakening
the buddha realized why he had not found
relief
the fundamental premise of those
practices was incorrect
that idea assumed that one could
actually control desire and thereby
control suffering
on the night of his awakening the buddha
directly realized what he had already
reasoned out about his own mental
processes
he understood that everything has
craving in it and arises because of
actions that took place in the past
because those actions have already
happened no one has any control over
what will emerge or how they will react
to it
in other words you cannot in fact
control what desire arises but can only
observe the impersonal rising of it
what is dependent origination and how
does it work
when one sits in quiets mind all become
still
the next thing that might happen is a
sound arising
a bird may chirp the sound form
the chirp hits the ear base the organ
physical ear and ear consciousness
arises
these three things sound the earbase
and ear consciousness are the contact
link in the 12 links of dependent
origination
contact fafsa is all three elements
coming together so that hearing happens
in the same way lighting a match you
have the match head
the flammable chemicals and the flint of
the matchbox
when they are struck together this is
called contact
heat and light arise resulting in a
flame
if either one of these three things are
missing hearing doesn't happen
once hearing happens there are rises of
feeling
vedana associated with that sound then
perception arises that it is pleasant
unpleasant or neither pleasant nor
unpleasant
neutral feeling and perception are
followed by craving
tanha arising with the formula i like it
or i don't like it or i don't care
this is where you start to identify with
what is happening and take it personally
craving can always be recognized as
tension and tightness in the head
the tension or tightness is how you
recognize craving
you must see and let go of this craving
in the head that desire is what is next
going to lead you into thought
clinging and then leads to the birth of
action and resulting in sorrow
lamentation grief and despair
following craving clinging up a donna
or thinking arises the story about why
you like it or don't like it
this is based on your past experience
what happened when that sound arose at
some past time
you remember a time when you were bird
watching and heard a unique type of bird
thoughts arise and a story begins about
the sound
then there arises a drive or an urge to
action associated with what you might do
when that sound is heard
this is the habitual emotional tendency
or behavior
bava for example if you are a bird
watcher
when you hear a bird you have a habitual
tendency to reach for your camera
where you might have a tendency to reach
for your binoculars
a habitual emotional tendency is
something you always tend to do in a
certain situation
it can be your habitual reaction to a
feeling you have someone comes in the
room and complains about something
you always react in the same way by not
liking it and emotionally reacting to
the person complaining
your spouse calls and says he or she
will be home late from work
you may get this kind of call quite a
bit and react the same way every time
with a negative reaction
it might be a judgment of you are
unreliable or it might be a reaction to
lash out because you think he or she
isn't telling the truth
it is habitual it tends to come up when
this situation occurs
when this habitual reaction arises this
is where the strong tendency to try and
control your feelings with your thoughts
arises
you observe that mind is disturbed and
you react with frustration
trying to control the disturbing
thoughts this is the start of taking
something personally
you become emotional mind has many
factors or states of consciousness
contained in it
there is a greedy mind and there is a
joyful mind
in the anupada suda the buddha says that
even the mental factor of decision is
conditioned by previous actions from the
past
this decision process is something that
you might call a volition or intention
but we have to be careful to use those
words because they might wrongly imply
that there is a self making a decision
decision is just a small yet the most
important factor of the coming to a
decision
as stated previously phenomena arise and
pass like the sound of a bird
and are dependent on that sound for its
existence when your mind is very
tranquil
you can see the decision factor arise as
well as the push that goes with it to
make the decision
it's pretty interesting when you can
observe your mind operating at this
level and see how
truly you i.e i
am not in charge for example a desire
arises to get a cup of tea
you then continue to think about which
tea might taste good
if you are very mindful you can see the
exact moment when you decide which tea
to have
there is a moment in which your decision
arises
if you back away gently just allowing
everything to arise
very carefully watching it this is your
mental investigation factor you will see
the decision
mental factor arise entirely on its own
and then it also passes away there
appears this call to action arising
through the craving attached to it
this craving is the push you feel to go
into action
is there really free will is there some
soul or entity down deep making
decisions
kind of yet at the deepest level there
is only the deciding mind that arises
and passes away
so you have the decision there but it is
a conditioned decision
the phrase volitional formations used in
the soothing text is inadequate
not precisely correct volition indicates
someone is deciding
but there is no one there to do that
there are only causes and conditions
there is no you that makes the decision
just the deciding moment
the only real power we have is to allow
and observe releasing and relaxing into
that decision
seeing it fade away continuing
after the habitual tendency link
independent origination comes the actual
birth of action
jotty link and you get up to go get your
camera
the drive to action translates into
taking action
this can be bodily action moving verbal
action
speaking or mental action thinking
unfortunately by the time you get back
with your camera
the bird is flown away due to the result
of your action in getting the camera
dissatisfaction might arise because now
the bird is gone
you think your actions always will lead
you to what you want but you can never
really positively be sure of the results
of any action
the best laid plans of mice and men
then what follows the birth of action
link is the last link
sorrow lamentation grief and despair
yes there are some happy moments here
and there but they are fleeting
even if you get that picture you'll wish
the bird had stayed longer
or that you'd recorded its song etc and
the 12 links of dependent origination
we just went through the last part of
the process the grosser and observable
part
these are the last seven contact feeling
craving clinging habitual tendency
birth of action and sorrow lamentation
grief and despair these are the ones you
can see without having to go too deep
into the meditation
contact feeling craving clinging
habitual tendency birth of action sorrow
lamentation grief and despair
the first five links of the full 12
links of do come before the ones listed
above and can be understood as
potentials
they can only be observed as subtle
movements in mind with the exception of
ignorance which is your understanding
later when your meditation goes deeper
you will see the arising of the first
five
ignorance formations consciousness
mentality materiality and the six-fold
sense base
the buddha said that it all starts with
ignorance of how things work
that is ignorance of the truth of
dependent origination
and of the four noble truths which makes
clear that craving drives the whole
process of suffering
it is this ignoring of the four noble
truths which leads us to act in
unwholesome ways
which creates endless suffering on the
next page is a chart that shows the
circle of dependent origination
each link is dependent on the link
before it is nutriment as
food in each link there is also a small
additional amount of craving which makes
the whole process continue forward in a
never-ending chain of events
the samyata nikaya has a wealth of
information about dependent origination
and what it is
here are the basics sn 12.1
monks i will teach you dependent
origination
listen to that and attend closely i will
speak
with formations as condition
consciousness with consciousness as
condition
name and form with name and form as
condition
the sixth sense bases with the sixth
sense bases as condition
contact with contact as condition
feeling
with feeling as condition craving with
craving as condition
clinging with clinging as condition
existence
with existence as condition birth with
birth as condition
aging and death sorrow lamentation
pain displeasure and despair come to be
such is the origin of this whole mass of
suffering
this monks is called dependent
origination
but with the remainderless fading away
and cessation of ignorance comes
cessation of formations
with the cessation of formations
cessation of consciousness
with the cessation of consciousness
cessation of name and form
with the cessation of name and form
cessation of the sixth sense bases
with the cessation of the sixth sense
bases cessation of contact
with the cessation of contact cessation
of feeling
with the cessation of feeling cessation
of craving
with the cessation of craving cessation
of clinging
with the cessation of clinging cessation
of existence
with the cessation of existence
cessation of birth
with the cessation of birth aging and
death sorrow
lamentation pain displeasure and despair
cease
such is the cessation of this whole mass
of suffering
the highest goal of twin is to see how
each link is dependent on or conditioned
by the previous link
when one understands this process in a
deep and profound way
the unconditioned state nibana arises
for the first time
this first instance is the path
knowledge one realizes that there is no
personal self or ego
just an impersonal process dependent on
conditions
from this realization comes tremendous
relief because
as the famous sen saying goes no self
no problem no one is there so nobody to
control
it's as if we see a dark figure walking
toward us fear might arise
because our mind throws up this concept
of a villain from our past
yet when we get closer we see it as our
friend and that fearful image is
replaced by another happy image
just in the same way we thought there
was a self there
and now we see that it was an illusion
we can follow the links of dependent
origination in our own behavior in much
the same way we look at a town and trace
it back over the last hundred years
the first buildings led to more
buildings then they deteriorated and
were replaced by different buildings
and so on and so forth this arising and
passing away of conditions is like the
arising and passing away of a great city
flourishing and deteriorating and
constantly changing
finally it disappears because of
countless causes depending on each other
there is no controller making decisions
and taking actions there in that city
there are only changes occurring
conditioned by what has happened in the
past
similarly you have no personal self or
soul controlling your progress through
life
there are only changes that happen due
to causes and conditions arising and
passing away
this is what we mistakenly call ourself
me
myself and i it's an impersonal process
an endless chain of causes and
conditions that flow like a river
a river that we mistakenly take as
ourselves dependent origination is
indeed the most important principle of
buddhism along with the four noble
truths
understanding the source of suffering is
craving and how dependent origination
works leads to the elimination of that
craving
understanding that the noble eightfold
path is the way to this goal is the
heart of buddhist meditation
chapter 2 mindfulness redefined
what is mindfulness just what does
mindfulness mean
there was an article in a buddhist
magazine where this question was posed
to four meditation teachers
by the end of the discussion a
satisfactory answer still had not been
reached
they decided to take it up again in next
month's magazine
mindfulness does seem to be all the rage
these days and has gone from its strict
buddhist origins to a more general
acceptance anywhere from use by
psychologists to children and even by
the military
it even has its own magazine mindful
mindfulness is used to be aware of one's
thoughts and one's general state of
being and is used to calm one down and
relax
these are all good uses but is it what
the buddha taught
is the actual procedure of mindfulness
the process he intended
i have a theory and you won't find it
anywhere else
so please bear with me the pali word for
mindfulness is sati
when the pali texts were translated the
translators ran into this word sati and
had to pick out an appropriate english
word to translate it to
the problem is that some of the things
the buddha taught were brand new ideas
and never had been exposed to european
culture
there never were any english words that
represented these eastern concepts
buddhism had never come to the west thus
no english vocabulary had been developed
so what to do pick the closest word
such had to do with observation and to
know what was happening
so the word mindful was selected made
sense
but did it the problem was that
mindfulness already was a solid concept
in the english language
be mindful of the opening and don't bump
your head
that sort of definition became applied
to sati and thus
to be mindful meant to remember to look
where you are going and watch carefully
the process of getting there
what happened here is that the english
word has exerted powerful undue
influence over the pali term
now it was almost as if the pali term
was created to represent the english
word and not the other way around
the pali term in a sense became the
english term
because the translators were not
meditators they could only guess what
sati really meant
that would be fine if that is how sati
is defined and used in the suthas but it
may not be
you are now going to get a new
definition of the word mindfulness that
is quite different in its application
when tested against the sue the text you
will see that it works better
the definition of mindfulness is
remembering to observe how mind's
attention moves from one thing to
another
looking closer at this definition the
first part is just remembering
which sounds easy but it isn't once you
pay attention
you'll find that your mind is constantly
distracted from observation
of itself by thoughts over which you
have no control
you are aware of mind a thought arises
and you are pulled away into that
thought until you remember that you're
supposed to be paying attention to the
movement of mind's attention
you bring your observation back to mind
and then maybe a few seconds or minutes
later
another thought pulls your attention
away it's important to remember what it
is you're supposed to be doing
observing the process of mind's
attention and its movements as part of
an impersonal process which leads us to
the second part
on retreat you go for a walking
meditation
as you start your practice and you
slowly walk down the path
your mind wanders the first thing you
must do is to remember to be mindful
then actually do it so the second part
of mindfulness means to become aware of
how mind's attention moves from one
thing to another
the buddha intended that the meditator
be mindful of what arises in the present
whatever that may be and that they
specifically see how it arises
he didn't care what the feelings or
sensations were or whether we peered at
them that closely or not
only to know they had arisen he did not
intend for the meditator to pick out
specific parts of the four foundations
of mindfulness
were the five aggregates of mind and
body and only observe those
that would have been a concentration
practice focusing in on those individual
parts
rather he wanted you to watch the
activity of mind's attention and to
observe
1. how it arises and passes away without
any control on your part
and 2. how you take this mental movement
personally as yourself
mind clamps onto a feeling and then
identifies it as my feeling even though
you did not ask for it to arise
or to pass away you never had any
control over it whatsoever
it just arose when conditions were right
this identification with feeling gives
rise to a false belief in a personal
self
the concept of i when you see how the
eye concept arises
you can release it by not keeping
attention on it relax the tension or
tightness caused by that disturbance
smile into it and return to the
meditation object
it becomes clear that there never was a
self at all
there is only the endless stream of
activity
since you have no control over what
comes up you begin to see how this
identification process
craving is at the root of suffering
craving manifests as that desire to
control what happens
and when even that can't be accomplished
suffering arises
and we don't like it this leads to
frustration and an even further desire
to control
so again what is the definition of
mindfulness
mindfulness is remembering to observe
how mind's attention moves from one
thing to another
as things arise unasked and they then
completely pass away when they have run
their course
mindfulness is not over focusing on an
object feeling or breath or anything
else it only knows that it is happening
this process of observing the movement
of mind's attention is where you see the
hindrances arise and pull your attention
away
there are five hindrances one
greed or sensual desires 2.
hatred or aversion 3.
sloth laziness sleepy and torpor
dullness 4 restlessness worry
or anxiety 5.
doubt in yourself the teacher the
practice
or the buddha as you stay with your
object of meditation
this is where you will find craving
rearing its ugly head
it is your goal to fully understand how
craving arises
and by understanding the process you let
go of this craving and stay with the
object of meditation
and you don't do this by clenching your
teeth and pushing it away
you want to make the hindrances your
friends they are your teachers
they show you where you are attached
when you fully understand them
you will need no more instruction you
will graduate to awakening
you will see the four foundations of
mindfulness with pure
clear observation power you will see
them free of craving and free of your
taking them personally
it will be a relief to give up the
control of those things that are
uncontrollable
the four foundations of mindfulness as
we investigate
deeper into twin meditation it is
important to understand the four
foundations of mindfulness and how they
are correctly applied to the meditation
practice
mn 10 the suti patana suda tells us to
observe the four foundations of
mindfulness
the sooth a says to observe the four
foundations and let go of craving and
clinging
letting go of taking the foundations
personally
the four foundations are body feeling
mind
and mind objects they are also known as
the five aggregates
body feeling perception formations
and consciousness when the four
foundations are used instead of the five
aggregates
perception and feeling are joined
together the four foundations on the
five aggregates are different ways of
saying the same thing
but it depends on whether you are
talking about meditation or talking
about the impersonal process of the
existence of mind and body
we want to see what is there before we
create confusion by identifying with
what we are observing and taking it as
ourself
we want to see the body only as a body
feeling only as feeling
consciousness only as consciousness and
so forth
we need to observe impersonality or
anata for ourselves
the visudi maga explains that the
satipattana soother methodology is to
break up these four foundations and
practice them separately
if you want to observe the body then
only observe the breath
part of the body if you want to observe
feeling
then only observe feeling and so on
the vipassana insight meditation
practice breaks up the four foundations
as described above
you observe and focus in on just one of
them separately
for the most part you watch breath going
in and out
but some teachers will try to explain
that you have to watch feeling or mind
objects separately in a different
iteration of the practice
as you focus in on feeling for example
you only see feeling and not the rest of
the aggregates that go with it
you are not truly mindful which means to
see how your attention moves from one
thing to another
it isn't to just look at the objects
themselves in a concentrated way but the
relationship between the object of
meditation and the other objects moving
around it
that explanation is not what is in the
suthas
you don't break the four up you can
you observe all foundations because they
all occur together
all of the foundations exist in every
moment where you would not exist
you cannot have body arise without
feeling it perceiving it
and cognizing it you can't have a mind
with no mind objects
body or feelings the foundations arise
and are observed as being conjoined
they are not separate things we have a
mind and a body dependent on each other
clearly observable in even the earliest
stages of the meditation
you can't observe body without
consciousness or perception to cognize
what is there
or without feeling to know what feeling
is there in the body
it is like disassembling a car down to
its parts and observing it running
it can't be observed in operation
without all its parts assembled and
running together
feeling is not feelings
let's stop here for a minute and talk
about the feeling foundation
to be clear we are talking about feeling
not feelings
in the sooth is the aggregate of feeling
vedana
is without the s it is just sensation
with a feeling tone to it
just feeling itself that's all the most
important part of this feeling is that
it is either a pleasant feeling
painful feeling or neither pleasant nor
painful feeling
feelings on the other hand are usually
understood to be emotional states which
mean there is craving mixed in
if you look at someone whom you find
attractive and a pleasant feeling comes
up
lust likely will arise a pleasant
feeling with lust
i like it is what we call emotions
habitual tendency
bhava that emotion might be categorized
as a pleasant feeling or desire that is
taken personally
this feeling with the personalization is
commonly known as feelings with an s on
the end
for example love we're referred to
romantically
is not loving kindness this kind of love
in a relationship
is much more related to the state of
affection or infatuation
and has craving in it loving kindness is
a pure
non-personal state a true wish for
someone to be happy
loving-kindness may turn into compassion
when it is directed toward someone who
is suffering
it doesn't turn into hatred or sadness
it's never taken personally
these are not feelings they are just
feeling
the buddha considered feeling to be
anything that was felt in other words
he considered feeling as any mental or
physical experience that was felt
he categorized feeling as either
pleasant unpleasant or neither pleasant
nor unpleasant
neutral he did not use the word
sensation here
he did not care whether it was a feeling
of heat or a feeling of hardness or the
taste of a mango or a banana flavor
he only wanted you to consider whether
it was pleasant unpleasant or neutral
no need to dive deeper why is this
distinction important
why because feeling leads to craving
the i like it or i don't like it states
of craving are dependent on feeling and
will arise in the untrained mind if not
released quickly
the i like it mind may lead to thoughts
about why you like it
when you last had it and when you will
get it again
with this process your mind starts to
wander away from your object of
meditation
this is the unwholesome mind in which
you are watching the five aggregates
arise
it becomes muddy with craving leading to
thinking and stories
how do we let go of this craving process
and what is a clear mind free of craving
in the next chapter we will look at what
this freed state is and how it arises
we will consider the stages of progress
in the meditation that the buddha
called the jhanas we will examine what
they are using the suit is only
and how as time passed the original
meaning of this word became confused
chapter 3 what is ajana
more than one type of jhana if you have
ever run across the word jhana before
then it is likely a state that you
desire to experience
jhanas are described as levels of
concentration
contained in them can be bliss and deep
contentment which
of course everyone wants they are
important to understand because the
suthas explain that you pass through
them on the way to nibana
they are the road to nibana actually
there are two types of jhana
today there are so many methods that are
taught in meditation practice
which is right how can we find out what
the buddha really taught
in the deegan nikaya this same dilemma
was addressed by the buddha
diga nikaya sutha 21 sakha asked the
lord
sir do all teachers and brahmanas teach
the same dhamma
practice the same discipline desire the
same thing and pursue the same goal
no ruler of the gods they do not
and why not this world is made up of
many in various elements
and people adhere to one or another of
these elements and become tenaciously
attached to them
saying this alone is true all else is
false
therefore all teachers and brahmans do
not teach the same dhamma
practice the same discipline desire the
same thing or pursue the same goal
in this book we will try to remain
faithful to the soothing material as we
explain the differences in the many
techniques of the buddhist universe
yes there are two types of jhanas and
two major types of meditation
practice by which to attain those two
types of jhana
there is the one-pointed concentration
absorption practice and the tranquil
wisdom insight meditation
twim practice
later the first type one pointed
concentration practice
will be broken further into one straight
concentration absorption practice 2
concentration absorption insight
practice and 3 dry insight practice
the pali word jhana was not used in
reference to meditation prior to the
buddha
the buddha did use it to describe his
own experiences during meditation
practice
while the pali word jhana is often
translated as a state of concentration
this is not correct from the viewpoint
of twim
pali experts like most venerable panagi
of malaysia say that janna just means
level
if you check a pali dictionary it also
defines it as meditation or state of
meditation
most venerable panaji also offers an
alternate definition of the related word
samadhi
which is often considered and used to
define a state of absorption
concentration
the pali word sama means equal or even v
means state in this usage
so most venerable panangi translates
samadhi as an even state of balance
the word samadhi implies a collected and
unified state
but not deep absorption that suppresses
the hindrances
it is a more open and aware state
venerable bonnie vimela ramsay defines
the word jhana as a level of
understanding
each successive jhana is an increasingly
deeper level of understanding of the
workings of dependent origination and
the mental process
bondi vimala ramsay uses collectedness
to translate the word concentration more
accurately
additionally bondi has found that in
pali that the word thee may also be
translated as wisdom in terms of the
levels of understanding
thus we put together sama and thee
resulting in tranquil wisdom
in the buddha's description of the
jhanas as you go deeper into the
practice
the attainment of each genre reflects a
deeper level of understanding of what it
means to let go of craving
you pass through the jaundice as you
progress from gross craving to a finer
and finer balance of mind until finally
after the state of neither perception
nor non-perception the highest jhana
you reach the cessation of craving this
is the gateway to the attainment of
nibana
at that moment the cessation of craving
nirota samapati
occurs this is the state of no feeling
no perception and no consciousness
arising at all
the mind just stops and nibbana arises
again jhana never was supposed to mean
absorption
it means a collected state or a level of
understanding and mental development
however as emphasis shifted away from
the buddha's actual teachings as
described in the suthas
to the commentaries like the vijudi maga
the word janna was more commonly used to
describe the state of one pointed
concentration
in the anguttara nikaya the book of
fives number 27 we have this quote
and 5 27
the knowledge arises that is personally
yours this concentration is peaceful and
sublime
gained by full tranquilization and
attained to unification
it is not rained in and checked by
forcefully suppressing the defilements
clearly this quote indicates an open and
aware state and not an absorbed
suppressing state
so there are two kinds of genre or two
different ways to understand the term
one style is made up of one pointed
absorption genres
which are achievable by various
concentration methods including
observing the breath
focusing on a colored disc casina or
absorbing yourself in a candle flame
these jhanas are the states achieved by
the yogic masters and were learned by
the future buddha when he first started
down the path
the absorption concentration jhanas have
been adopted by many of today's buddhist
monks and are supported by commentaries
like the visuti maga
van bani vimalaromsi explains
the vijudi maga was written by venerable
buddhagosa akaria in the 5th century
1000 years after the buddha died buddha
gosa was asked by his teacher to go to
sri lanka and translate the commentaries
written in sinhalese back into the pali
language for a readable translation
venerable buddhaghosa also had the task
of bringing four different sects of
buddhism together
so all of the different sects would stop
arguing he was a very good student of
the pali language
a true scholar but he didn't study the
suthas
he didn't practice meditation himself
before he became a buddhist monk he was
a sanskrit scholar who had memorized all
the vedas
the ancient brahman texts unfortunately
because the author wasn't a practitioner
of meditation he relied heavily on what
was in other commentaries for his
information about how to do the
meditation
he mistakenly divided and pulled apart
the buddhist teaching into two separate
types of practice
concentration or samada and insight or
vipassana
the suthas on the other hand will always
talk about samad of ipasana being yoked
together
nevertheless the vijudi maga today more
than the suthas
is considered as the encyclopedia of
meditation for buddhism and has become
the basic instructions for the entire
system of theravada buddhism
it is the bible and textbook for how to
practice
one of venerable bonnie vimela ramsay's
teachers told him that to be a theravada
monk
he must subscribe to everything in the
vijudi maga
bonnie reflected for a moment and said i
guess i'm not a theravada monk
i am a buddhist monk even though he used
some of the advice in the vijudi maga
he couldn't go along with all of it
because of the many contradictions and
discrepancies with the suthas
in mn 36 mahasa kakasuda the buddha says
that he tried concentration absorption
practice and rejected it as not being
the way to awakening
this is why we who are following the
suthas cannot say that we are truly
theravada
we call ourselves satavata following
only the sutha texts
or just plain buddhists the second type
of jhana is the tranquil aware jhana
which is the janna described in the
suthas bonnie vimalaromsi rediscovered
these when he studied what had been
written
texts by practicing from the soothing
texts
bonnie found a step-by-step diminishing
of craving while progressing through the
tranquil aware janus
as it is described in sutham 111 the
anupada suda
it is helpful to understand that the
jhana factors these are the wholesome
states that arise when one is in jhana
in a tranquil aware jhana or in an
absorption concentration jhana are very
similar in nature
the difference is that in a tranquil
aware john of the hindrances are gently
released
and in the concentration state the
hindrances are suppressed and pushed
aside
the resulting states that arise are
similar but definitely not the same
the chief characteristic of the first
janna is joy the second jhana
deeper joy and confidence the third
jhana happiness and contentment
and the fourth jhana very deep balance
and equanimity
what is confusing is that both
concentration absorption jhanas and
tranquil awareness both have these same
qualities they manifest differently
however in each of the two types of
jhana
in the absorption type they are more
pronounced and very intense
in the aware genre they are more
balanced with more equanimity and not as
extreme
the fourth jhana is further split into
four bases the base of infinite space
which has the feeling of expansion the
base of infinite consciousness
in which consciousness is seen in its
infinite arising and passing away
the base of nothingness in which there
is a feeling that there is nothing
and the base of neither perception nor
non-perception in which mind is barely
noticed at all
later we will investigate these further
the fact that similar yet different
states arise in both the absorption and
aware janus speaks to the confusion
about the two types of jaunas
how can there be two different genotypes
that have similar characteristics but
are attained with different techniques
no wonder after 2500 plus years things
have become murky
before we look at the psoothitechs
regarding the jannas
let's look more deeply at how the two
types are generally taught
we'll start with one pointed absorption
jaundice
concentration absorption jhana
absorption is attained through the
powerful concentration of one's mind on
a single object
ignoring and pushing any distraction
that pulls mind's attention away
one pointed concentration jhana is the
so-called yogic state where one reaches
a level of absorption in which they have
no sense of the outside world
you do not hear or feel anything and you
are only aware of mind
the concentration absorption states are
deep and can take years of practice and
discipline to achieve
the meditator is constantly reminded to
bring his mind back to his object if it
wanders away
you might pull it back and sometimes you
end up pushing so hard you jerk it back
to the object
there is no real letting go and allowing
soft or hard forcing of mind to stay
with the object
with the absorption janas the visually
maga explains the preliminary state of
concentration is called up akara or
access concentration
you are still aware and not yet absorbed
fully note that this term or idea
doesn't appear in the suthas
in this access concentration no
hindrance will stick in your mind
even if you try to bring something up
like a thought of anger or lust
it will not stay and your mind will be
clear
your mind doesn't wander but just
rejects any distraction taking it away
from its object of meditation
by practicing this pushing away mind
learns to come back to the home object
automatically
as you progress you will enter full
absorption or a panna concentration
in which awareness of the outside world
will disappear entirely
you will have attained the first
concentration journal level
you then work through the rest of the
eight genres using the power of the deep
concentration to suppress any
further hindrances that arise this
process does work
you do experience concentration states
that have similar characteristics to the
aware
twim jhanas but they are not the same
and have subtle differences which most
just dismiss as not important
yet they are one has some craving left
and one doesn't this type of jhana
practice may take over a decade in the
thai tradition to develop
the sri lankans say they are better and
can get you to the first jhana in less
than 10 years of practice
some others say much less but it takes
an incredible effort
bonnie tells a story about a monk who
was asked to go into an absorption
genre which he did the monks who were
with him picked up his arm and raised it
up above his head
it stayed there just hanging in the air
they asked the monk later if he knew
they had done this
and he said no the meditating monk was
completely unaware of his body at that
time and was only aware of his object of
meditation
when one is absorbed one cannot hear
sounds
feel anything in the body or sense
anything at the physical five senses
so desire at the physical level is
suppressed because it isn't there
in addition because one is so tightly
focused on their object of meditation
desire is also suppressed at the mental
level at the fourth absorption genre and
higher
it is said that the meditator even stops
breathing through his mouth and nose and
breathe through his ears
this is not the case with the tranquil
aware janna in which one is aware of the
outside world and continues to breathe
normally
the tranquil awareness
in mn 26 the noble search and mn 36
the greater discourse to sakaka the
buddha describes his path to awakening
as mentioned in the previous section he
initially believed that the problem of
reaching enlightenment was about control
controlling mind with the goal to
control desire and thus and suffering
the soothes go on to describe in some
detail
how the buddha first tried meditation as
the primary way to end suffering
he sought out and studied with the most
skilled indian yogic masters of the time
learning everything they had to teach he
initially trained with the absorption
genres as most yogis were doing at the
time
when gotama had attained to the seventh
absorption jhana the state of
nothingness
his teacher alara kalama honored him
saying he had learned everything he had
to teach
he invited him to stay and teach at his
side
gotama declined for he knew there was
more left to do
he saw that he could go deeper there was
something more than even this very
sublime level of meditation
suffering still existed craving was not
yet extinguished
so he asked dalara kalama if there might
be an even higher state
alara coleman told gotama he knew
someone who taught the highest state
attainable
he was told to go study with adaka
ramaputa who taught him up to attain the
eighth absorption jhana
that of neither perception nor
non-perception
he mastered this state in a short time
and then the same thing happened
this teacher also invited him to stay
and teach
again gotama refused feeling there was
still something more to learn
that this was not the way to nibana he
still experienced
subtle craving after coming out of these
high states
once more he left having been told there
was nothing left to be learned
he had mastered the highest yogic state
taught at that time
he could find no one else to teach him
any higher technique to control his mind
venerable bitcou kane ananda states in
his small book nibana
the mind stilled vol 2 in sermon 6 p
127 these subtler layers of preparations
thought-slash-formations also have
ignorance
craving hidden within them that is why
even alara kalama and adaka ramaputa
thought that they could get out of this
wheel of existence
samsara by tranquilizing the bodily
activities
the verbal activities and the mental
activities
but they did not understand that all
these are sankeras or preparations
therefore they were confronted with a
certain dilemma
they went on calming down the bodily
activities to subtler and subtler levels
they calmed down the in-breaths and
out-breaths they managed to suppress
thinking and pondering by concentration
exercises
but without proper understanding it was
only a temporary calming down
no awakening had yet occurred for gotoma
into the true nature of mind
so disappointed he rejected all mental
absorption concentration practices and
set off to do the austere ascetic
practices of the yogic sadhus
by controlling pain in the body through
engaging in tortuous
pain-producing practices he hoped to
achieve control of his mind
this would hopefully bring him to peace
and a balanced mind
after six years of austerities doing
unspeakably difficult and even
disgusting practices
like drinking his own urine and worse
see suther's mn 36 and mn12
when he was on the verge of death the
bodhisattva the future buddha
gave up that path as well he did master
control of his body and perfected any
austerity that was asked of him
but this did not lead him to the end of
desire
after spending all this time mastering
the yogic concentration janas and the
yogic austerities
the future buddha sat on the banks of
the ganges near present-day bodegaia
he was nearly starving to death down to
eating one rice grain per day
he knew he would die if he continued a
young woman named sujata came and
offered him sweet milk rice to eat
for the first time in a long time he
allowed himself to consume a reasonable
portion of food
immediately he felt his energy returning
vitality started to course through his
body and mind
as he sat there on the river's bank in
the shade of a bodhi
tree he reflected on his past efforts
realizing they had all been in vain
he was no closer to the end of suffering
than when he started
he had tried and mastered all of the
practices of concentration and
austerities and hadn't gotten any closer
to
awakening then gotama the future buddha
began to reflect on the plight of human
beings
in the samyatan nikaya the book of
causation
nidhanavaga origination it says because
before my awakening while i was still a
bodhisattva not yet fully awakened
it occurred to me alas this world has
fallen into trouble
in that it is born ages and dies it
passes away and is reborn yet it does
not understand the escape from suffering
headed by aging and death then it
occurred to me
when what exists is aging and death come
to be
by what is aging and death conditioned
there took place in me a breakthrough by
wisdom
when there is birth aging and death
comes to be aging and death has birth
of action as its condition then it goes
on to explain how the bodhisattva
discovered each of the links of
dependent origination through reasoning
them out
he saw how each link ceased and if that
link ceased then the link that followed
also ceased
following the cessation of the last link
of ignorance then the unconditioned
arose
nibana then the bodhisattva had a memory
arise from a time when he was a young
boy
he had been left by himself on a sofa
under a rose apple tree while his father
the king was at the plowshare festival
he remembered as he became completely
tranquil and relaxed
he naturally had fallen into a very
peaceful and
energetic state where his mind let go of
all hindrances and desires
he entered a completely wholesome joyful
state
fully observant and aware a special
tranquil state had arisen
he had let go of all striving at that
moment and just observed what was
happening
he just let everything be and relaxed
even further into it
this was the state the buddha would
later refer to with the pali word jhana
as the future buddha sat beneath the
bodhi tree and reflected on this
childhood memory
he realized that this was a different
kind of state
as he contemplated this condition of
mind he entered this state again
naturally
by completely relaxing both body and
mind without trying or controlling
just being there in the present content
and joyful as he had been as a young boy
he achieved the same tranquil open and
light-minded state
what the buddha to be had found were
what bonnie vimela ramsay calls the
tranquil aware jonas
this was different from the
concentration states he had practiced
with his teachers before and it can
accurately be more described as a state
of collectedness
collectedness is defined in english as
the state of being calm and composed
he is the very picture of collectedness
and confidence webster's dictionary
then he went even deeper and in the
third watch of the night
from 3 a.m to 7 a.m he became the buddha
buddha is a title for a fully awakened
one
this is not his name but rather his
title
after all buddha gotoma was not the
first buddha
nor will he be the last i did once have
the experience of going into a
concentration ghana
by accident ironically wasn't following
instructions
typical on a twin retreat with bonnie
vimela ramsay
when i came out there was a very high
powerful state of awareness with a lot
of happiness
it was interesting because it felt very
holy or sacred and secluded
very much as what i envisioned a holy
monk would feel
it dissipated in about an hour and just
faded away
the next day it was completely gone and
it felt like nothing had been gained at
all by having the experience
i felt empty in fact a having gained
nothing from such a powerful experience
it was strange that something so potent
had no effect on my personality
i wanted to believe otherwise but really
no positive change had taken place
this was an insight to me i went back
and reviewed the instructions again and
found that i hadn't been mindful enough
i had let myself become absorbed in the
object
on another twim retreat i purposefully
did the breathing meditation using
concentration to focus on the breath at
the belly
in the way i had done doing vipassana i
found a very different experience
happened when i forced mine to stay on
the breath
mind became very concentrated i saw what
looked like a border of lights
like a window frame as if i was looking
out a porthole on a ship
there was absolutely nothing inside this
ring just void in silence
yet when i came out of that state i did
not feel the same clarity of the twin
method
the deep concentration left a kind of
torpor-like state and was rather
uncomfortable
the mind did not feel bright and
balanced it had lost its pliancy and
ability to think clearly
strangely it felt a little like i was
stressed out jumpy
i went to the dhamma talk and it was a
bit hard to follow the talk
gradually however mind returned back to
a more balanced state
with the twin meditation you start by
establishing an easy
open like-minded state this is
accomplished by using the feeling of
meta or loving-kindness as the object of
meditation
and by smiling radiating meta outward
keeps our attention light and open
while smiling is a wholesome movement
that keeps us from taking the meditation
too seriously
thereby creating tension and tightness
or as the suthas call it
craving we prefer the lovingkindness
object as it leads to faster progress
but breath can also be used if we employ
the relaxed step properly
below we will use the satipatana soothe
auto understand the meditation process
in terms of breath and the relaxed step
needed
the most essential step toward
experiencing the twin or aware jhanas is
the correct practice of right effort
in particular the tranquilized step as
defined in the suthas
or what we call the relaxed step in pali
it is passambium relaxed step is the key
to removing hindrances
and craving through true right effort
which allows this different kind of
janna to arise
unaware jhana in both the suti patana
suthan danupana city suthate says
as the student breathes in he knows that
he breathes in
when he breathes out he knows that he
breathes out
you don't focus on the breath alone but
simply know that you are breathing
you simply understand that you are
breathing the poly word for this is such
a
which is to observe and to know you know
what a long breath is and you know what
a short breath is
this just means to observe whatever is
there in a light-minded way without
trying to control it
you don't make a short breath long or a
long breath short you don't breathe in
deeply or change the breath in any way
and don't focus tightly on the breath
you just understand what is happening if
someone said to you
do you know where you are you would look
around and say
yes i am in my garden you don't focus
and concentrate on the garden
you don't peer inside the bushes look
under rocks
you just know you are in the garden the
buddha makes this process even clearer
with the next step where he says that
breathing in
and out he experiences the whole body
he's not saying to observe the breath
he's saying that as he breathes he is
experiencing the whole body
he is mindful of what is happening both
inside and outside
this softens the attention to encompass
a greater field of awareness
but then there comes the most important
step in the sutipatana suda's
instruction
which is emitted or overlooked by other
methods and practices
the student tranquilizes the bodily
formation on the in-breath
and he tranquilizes the bodily formation
on the out breath
italics added this is the critical step
that will lead you to the elimination of
craving and the attainment of nibana
why is this relaxed step ignored or just
treated as a general relax the body step
other methods don't value the importance
of this
it isn't seen as an active step in
practice it is just understood as a
general relaxing but not an active
relaxing of tension in the head
a tension that is actually contained in
the thought itself
in fact it is a critically important
step that runs counter to deep
concentration
because focusing tightly creates tension
not tranquility
what is it that you are relaxing you are
relaxing the tension and tightness which
are signs of craving
craving that gives rise to thinking into
all kinds of habitual emotional
tendencies
causing mind to wander away into
daydreams and thoughts
what is all this they are mental
formations
the buddha addresses all this noise of
the distractions and asks us to relax
and tranquilize this also
here is the quote from the anapanasity
sutha mn118
this follows the instruction to
tranquilize the bodily formation amman
118
he trains thus i shall breathe in
experiencing the mental formation
he trains thus i shall breathe out
experiencing the mental formation
he trains thus i shall breathe in
tranquilizing the mental
formation he trains thus i shall breathe
out tranquilizing the mental formation
so here we see the buddha is asking us
to specifically relax both the body and
mind as a total process and specifically
to relax the thoughts
which are the mental formations that
come up
why does the thinking come up everything
draws your attention to it
thoughts feelings sensations etc
pleasant feelings are beckoning you to
come and taste them and unpleasant
feelings are poking you to dislike them
because they are painful
it is how suffering is born the mind is
running free after this and that with no
restraint
gradually you come to see how this
really is suffering
noticing distractions or hindrances
arise and ignoring them or pushing them
away
or following the advice to clench your
teeth and put your tongue up against the
roof of your mouth
to remove them and to destroy them is
not the way to let go of distractions
why because you haven't let go of the
cause of that distraction
which is craving the pulling of mind
into thought
adding a step to actively relax into the
tension and tightness in the head that
pulls your mind away is what the buddha
found steadily reduces the energy of
those distractions
the distraction will fade away naturally
on its own because you've relaxed the
tightness and tension feeding it
the more we pay attention to something
the greater our attention is drawn and
thoughts are created
releasing your attention reduces
thoughts and tension
we want to actively release our
attention to distractions
we don't want to push them away that
just makes them stronger
the buddha called this right effort sama
vayama
in twim it is called the six aries this
is the way hindrances are removed
and craving is eliminated bit by bit we
will discuss this process later as we go
into the instructions
in mid shimanikaya mn number 36 the
mahasakaka southeast clearly states that
after the buddha tried to control his
mind through clenching his teeth and so
on
he found that his efforts rather than
getting control over his mind
led to the tiring out of his energy and
brought on restlessness
i crushed mind with mind and sweat ran
down from my armpits
but although tireless energy was aroused
in me and unremitting mindfulness was
established
my body was overwrought and calm because
i was exhausted by the painful striving
this exertion did not work attempting to
control the hindrances in this extreme
way is just using a version to push away
what you don't want
there is no letting go here but only
pushing away
we have created another hindrance how
many times have you heard some
meditators say
darn it i just can't make my mind do
what i wanted to do
it's really making me mad you can't use
a hindrance to eliminate a hindrance
in other words control will not work
something else must be the correct path
there is an article on the internet in
which a jhana meditation teacher wrote
about his self-retreat practicing
concentration meditation
he said he did a nine-month retreat and
the first four months were spent
fighting with his mind to stay on his
breath
what fighting how does that bring
tranquility
isn't there a faster way to get progress
yes
there is hold on did you just say four
months to get concentrated
concentration practice tries to control
mind and push away distracting thoughts
and sensations
it both focuses down onto the object and
then pushes away the wandering mind
the buddha in the text tells us not to
suppress what he calls the defilements
in the anguttara nikaya samadhi suthan
several places this is quite clear
on 5.27 4 the knowledge arises that is
personally yours
this concentration is peaceful and
sublime gained by full tranquilization
and attained to unification it is not
rained in and checked by forcefully
suppressing the defilements
and notice the word above concentration
in pali is actually samadhi
which venerable panaji already has
translated as tranquil state of wisdom
or a state of collectedness
the above is the samadhi suda and it is
named and translated as concentration
and that is wrong are you beginning to
see that the concentration methodology
that the buddha had already rejected
keeps trying to make its way back into
the teachings
since what you are trying to achieve is
the removal of craving
you must see and understand it not push
it away
absorption just puts it on the shelf
such that when you come out of the
absorption janna
the hindrances come back even stronger
like a vicious dog
you open the gate now he attacks you
with full force
instead of pushing away the distraction
you simply relax into it and accept that
it is there
the buddha found that relaxing the
tension and tightness from the things
that are pulling your mind away will
gradually reduce the energy of those
distractions
finally after relaxing enough of tension
and tightness
the distraction will fade away on its
own
why it is because you are not feeding it
you are not reacting to it this is what
tranquilizing means
relaxing any tension or tightness that
is whisking you away into thinking when
you react to your wandering mind with
aversion
i don't like this the reaction itself is
the craving you are trying to remove
you need to tranquilize this reaction
relax into it
soften into it let it be
let go of beating yourself up as it
occurs in the southeast
tranquilize is an action verb it
involves removing
by softening and purposely relaxing into
any tightness and tension in mind or
body
it is not just a general relaxing of the
mood or the body
you see a beautiful woman walking down
the street
your mind has a pleasant feeling and
craving arises i like her
you can feel your mind tightening around
the form of the woman
then comes thoughts about her wow i
haven't seen her around before
wonder where she came from so if we are
sitting and we are using concentration
meditation
and we start thinking over this
experience of the lovely lady
we pull or even jerk our mind back to
our object of meditation
we try to hold it there pushing away
this distraction
but because we did not allow the
distracting mind that arose to be there
by itself
and actively relax the tension and
tightness around it sensual desire
we had even more thoughts we keep
thinking more thoughts because the
craving embedded in those thoughts keeps
generating even more thinking
then we start getting upset because our
thoughts are out of control and get
frustrated and think what it would be
like to constantly have lustful thoughts
constantly thinking and unable to be
quiet then we think even more about it
and get completely lost
a daydream could just turn into a
nightmare
the answer to this problem is the moment
the image arose
and the pleasant feeling arose you would
want to start relaxing into that
perception right away
you want to release your attention from
it relax the tightness around it
then the rest of the thoughts don't come
up you also don't get frustrated because
you have truly let go and have not
suppressed anything
the word tranquilize in modern use often
refers to stress relief
one might use a tranquilizer drug to
take the stress away
in much the same way we are
tranquilizing the hindrance and taking
away its tension and tightness
returning to the buddha's awakening
story he sat in meditation again
but this time he relaxed and let go of
the tight metal fist wrapped around
those thoughts that pulled his mind out
of the present
he relaxed into and tranquilized the
tightness arising in his mind
in his head in the first watch of the
night the buddha followed this method
he reached the fourth tranquil aware
jhana
when one adds the relaxed step progress
in the jhana practice is indeed swift
the buddha called progress immediately
effective or akaliko and pali
from there the triple knowledge arose he
remembered his past
lives experienced other realms and
realized how karma worked
at last through seeing with wisdom
understanding dependent origination
he attained nabana that very next
morning the buddha's process of
awakening was what is called the three
knowledges
tv's ya but the process of going through
the jhanas is the same
more on this later what he taught the
most
however as in the anupada soother which
we are going to study next
is the path that goes through all the
four material jhanas
the four immaterial states and onto
nibana
again these are the tranquil aware janas
not the absorption jhanas of yoga or
other methods
in the midshima nikaya the buddha
teaches janas and 50 suthas out of 152.
clearly the buddha recommends the john a
path to awakening
it just needs to be the right type of
jhana in addition to the fact that the
tranquil aware
twim jhanas will take you all the way to
nibana
a significant advantage with the aware
jhanas is that they develop in a
fraction of the time it takes to attain
the absorption genres
consider that the buddha taught many
uneducated farmers as well as princes
he had to have a simple system of
meditation that was immediately
effective
accoleco these farmers didn't have the
time for
or interest in a practice that took a
long time to understand and master
relaxing tension and tightness
eventually eliminate hindrances
with one pointed concentration practice
all you are doing is suppressing
hindrances for a short period of time
the same ones just keep coming back
after your concentration power
diminishes
so you must drive them away again each
time you sit
with the absorption jaundice meditators
dislike being disturbed from their
meditation
for example a loud sound arises and
dislike comes up
for the most part the reaction to a
hindrance is aversion or restlessness
you try to beat that hindrance away in
twim
you are treating the illness right there
removing the tension and tightness from
the hindrance so that it loses its power
comparing aware and concentration jhana
as we sit in the aware jhanas we can
still hear sounds
and if the teacher calls us we hear this
and can respond right away
someone might tap us on the shoulder and
say something we will feel it
and we can choose to respond or not at
the same time
when a loud motorcycle is outside the
meditation hall the mental balance is
there
we hear it but pay no attention to it
mind uses the relaxed step to observe
accept and let go of the hindrance that
pulls our attention away
when you get into the higher aware
genres you do experience a sort of
pulling away from the body because
in the immaterial arupa janas where
there is only mind
it is operating on a subtler level the
senses have receded into the background
only when there is contact do you notice
the outside world
the word contact here means something
happens to draw your attention
something unexpected like the teacher
calling or the phone ringing
some teachers may advise you to stay
away from concentration
genres because you could become attached
or even addicted to them
actually this can be true for absorption
one one-pointed concentration jaundice
as they can become really intense you
might become caught by them because some
are very blissful
and you could stop right there i have
read accounts on discussion sites online
where people experience absorption
genres and think they are enlightened
they talk about how blissful it is yet
they have only attained the first jhana
there is still so much more to be
learned but why would the buddha give
you a practice that had potential
pitfalls like this
and wouldn't a student naturally want to
move on and see what's next
based on the su the text the buddha did
not give us the absorption jhanas
he had already rejected them in the
first part of his journey
sutham 36 you never need to worry about
becoming attached to the aware genres
it's like saying you are attached to the
third grade and never want to progress
to the fourth because you don't want to
learn anything new again
with the aware jannas we are always
looking to progress
to see what is next in the suit as many
times
it is said that the meditator can easily
experience this or that aware jana state
but that he knows this is not the final
experience that there is more to be done
so the meditator keeps going
progress does not stop in mn 105
sanakata suda it says that the meditator
upon attainment of the realm of
nothingness
now looks forward to the realm of
neither perception nor non-perception
he wants nothing to do with the previous
state and in fact
even considers it to be repulsive 14.
it is possible son akata that some
person here may be intent on the base of
neither perception nor non-perception
when a person is intent on the base of
neither perception nor non-perception
only talk concerning that interests him
and his thinking and pondering are in
line with that
and he associates with that kind of
person and he finds satisfaction in that
but when talk about the base of
nothingness is going on he will not
listen to it or give it ear or exert his
mind to understand it
he does not associate with that kind of
person and he does not find satisfaction
in that
15. suppose a person has eaten some
delicious food and thrown it up
what do you think son akata could that
man have any desire to eat that food
again
no venerable sir why is that
because that food is considered
repulsive the experiences you have when
you practice and aware ghana are
unlikely ever to be repeated in the same
way again
they are stages of progress for example
when one gets an insight it can unleash
quite a bit of joy
but don't expect that again you have now
acquired that understanding
and there is no more to be learned from
that insight
that one is in the books progress using
the relaxed step
is incredibly fast in the sutti patana
suda the
buddha says awakening can happen in a
single lifetime in seven years
six years five years or even as little
as seven days
when you follow the instructions
precisely your progress can be very
quick
on a typical 10 to 14 day twim retreat
most students will get to the fourth
jhana
and many of those will get into the
higher arupa formless
bases or jhanas a few might even be
successful
the first experience of the awakening it
doesn't happen every retreat
but some people are just ready for it
they understand and follow the
directions perfectly and have a
successful retreat in every sense of the
word
when we release the tension and
tightness from a hindrance it gradually
disappears
when that happens you will have joy for
the first time
you have become free of craving until
another hindrance shows up
this experience is the basis for the
first tranquil aware jhana
a fully energetic balanced and sublime
deep state of mind from which one can
clearly see the impersonal processes of
mind
from here you begin to see deeply into
all 12 links of dependent origination
and in due time letting go of all
conditions will come upon an
unconditioned state
in summary twim is not a concentration
meditation practice
it is a collected meditation practice
chapter 4 types of concentration
practice
the many methods of concentration
practice
i want to summarize the major types of
concentration or absorption meditation
techniques that exist in buddhist
practices today
especially in the theravada tradition
this doesn't include all of them but the
predominant
generic types they include the following
full absorption concentration using
meditation objects like the breath
visualizations candle flames or colored
discs to become fully absorbed into the
object
dry insight where the meditator does not
become absorbed into the object but uses
observation to develop insight
dry means without the use of deep
one-pointed absorption concentration
concentration insight meditation a
mixture of the above using full
absorption concentration to develop all
eight absorption genres and then emerge
and observe mind and develop
insight we have already discussed
concentration created full absorption
meditation so let us look at the second
point
dry insight today
in theravada there are some different
types of practices
there is one called straight vipasana
also called dry inside or insight
meditation
that was developed by venerable mahasi
sayadaw of burma
a similar system is the body awareness
practice of sweeping developed by
yubakin of burma now taught worldwide by
sn goenka of india
they avoid janet concentration
absorption as discussed previously
students are told genres should be
avoided as they might become attached to
them as a distraction to their real work
with the dry insight awareness exercise
you are told that there is a shortcut
around the perceived long
arduous development of genres by
developing a technique of sweeping the
body with awareness
by observing bodily sensations and
seeing their true nature
you are told you will attain awakening
in the dry
insight mahasi tradition you are told to
follow the breath and make mental notes
noting or making verbal mental notes
like hearing
hearing or hot hot when your attention
moves away from your breath or walking
practice
they say this will get you to nibbana
very quickly much faster than the use of
the
absorption jaundice that can take many
months or years to achieve
mahasi sayadaw says you can attain
nibana in as little as
one 30-day retreat with the dry insight
method
this is why many people are attracted to
this system for this claimed benefit
it appears to be fast and well laid out
with clear instructions and stages of
progress
i remember reading this statement from a
book by admiral shattuck about vipassana
course in burma 40 years ago and getting
very excited
i envisioned myself as this holy
enlightened person on the bus ride back
from my first 30-day retreat
then i could take it easy indeed
i did start retreating in a denver
basement that had been broken up into
sections with drapes it was taught by a
sri lankan trained american man who was
extremely serious and demanded that we
stay up until midnight and then wake up
at 4am to start again
and that was my first retreat 30 days
felt more like incarceration by the end
of it
i was 19 43 years ago
i tried that path for many years
experiencing most of the insight
knowledges or nanas that are said to
indicate progress in that method
later i lived and worked at a vipassana
center in san jose california
but the experiences i had with this
method did not produce the personality
change that the suthas indicate one
should expect from meditation
those inside experiences were very
intense and happened just like mahasi
sayadaw wrote
but i was the same old neurotic self
after the retreat
perhaps i was a little kinder or just
deluded into thinking i was holier
because of seeing these knowledges
a 28 old bonnie vimela ramsay not yet a
monk
he had a different layman name at that
time showed up at the center
being a skilled carpenter and having
built houses in san francisco
he volunteered to build our meditation
hall
it was a beautiful job with white
carpets and stained glass
i met him again years later in 2006
after a 25-year gap
he had become a monk and gone to burma
and had spent many years at the famous
mahasi meditation center in yangon
he trained under venerable yupandita
sayadaw and later with venerable
yujanaka practicing mahasi style
vipassana
i came to understand from bonnie that
even in burma myanmar
progress for the meditators was very
difficult to achieve
he observed many students while he
practiced there
he did many three-month retreats and
finally a two-year retreat
it had taken all those retreats and
experiences before he was told by his
teacher that he had achieved the final
result
that's a bit longer than 30 days later
he questioned this attainment because
his experience didn't match with the
suthas
even after he had completed all those
retreats he did not feel like he
experienced a fundamental personality
change
when i contacted him he told me about
his experiences in burma and detailed
emails
my confidence in his detailed
descriptions of what he had attained in
vipassana inside practice reached a
point where i realized that perhaps
vipassana itself was the problem
it wasn't creating the change that one
would expect
he had taken it to the limit and
experienced all 16 knowledges and now
had decided to move on to something else
when i looked at his website it seemed
very strange
he talked about smiling and relaxing no
motivational have to push harder talk
if you can't smile laugh he wasn't
serious enough
and this is serious practice right or is
that the problem
the dry insight practice or the mahasi
vipasana method seems to me to be
another form of concentration
a one-pointed and focused meditation
practice
what is attained is accomplished by
pushing away the hindrances and grasping
hard onto the meditation object
instead of simply knowing the object as
the sooth is say to do
it is a powerful focused bearing down on
the object
without the relaxed step they say
go into your pain and get into the
middle of it see its nature of arising
and passing away
keep looking at it and noting it until
it passes away but that is controlling
your awareness
which creates tension goenka teaches
something similar with a sweeping
exercise
but with the same type of mindfulness
that focuses down on the sensations
arising
the sweeping method does acknowledge
distractions and lets them be and moves
on
but it misses the whole relaxing step of
removing the tension and tightness from
the distraction
this technique is still a type of
concentration practice
focusing on sensations rather than the
breathing
with the twin meditation you observe a
painful feeling
knowing it is there you release your
attention from it
you relax any tension and tightness that
is bringing your awareness to the pain
do not dwell on it that is don't think
about it
analyze it or bring a version into it
that doesn't work
that doesn't relieve the tightness and
tension by focusing down on that painful
feeling
with an already tensed up mental state
and seeing it closer you will not gain
further insight to release you from
suffering
there is only more suffering bonnie
describes having done the mahasi process
and finally getting beyond the pain but
it was just a temporary suppression of
the pain
he said he had beaten it into submission
during his meditation and finally
it had been forced away this type of
meditation does
indeed provide progress in the vipassana
nana's
which are stages of dry insight
explained in the visuti maga
they are very real and thus provide much
credibility to the practice
there are 9 12 or 16 knowledges
depending on which text you read that
arise when following the instructions
just like the visuti maga and mahasi's
book say to do
when we investigate however we find that
these stages of insight are not in the
suthas
when we practice with the relaxed step
they do not appear
bonnie explains that he did experience
these insights and knowledges all the
way to the knowledge of reviewing the
path
the highest of the insight knowledges
that arises after the attainment of
nibana
yet he was disappointed in the fact that
he did not experience the personality
change and awakened state he had
expected
i think people are impressed by this dry
insight system because it does give the
results it promises
and these results are very interesting
but so
is an acid trip which also can lead one
to see impermanence
suffering and impersonality if you have
a buddhist background and setting
but you will not see dependent
origination the buddha describes the
seeing of the links of dependent
origination as the door to nibana
he says that one who sees the links will
definitely see the three signs of
impermanence
suffering and non-self but one who only
sees the three signs will not
automatically see dependent origination
it is seeing and understanding dependent
origination deeply that brings about
personality change
this is why when you come out of the
absorption meditative state versus the
aware jhana state
your personality with all its neuroses
is still intact
is still the same you only see things at
a surface level because there is still
craving there
just temporarily put aside you have not
seen at the deepest level revealing
those most subtle of metal processes
many vipassana meditators find that
their practice drops off after a certain
point
and many will think that it is their own
fault that they are not advancing
they think that they just need to do
more retreats they need to push even
harder
finally many give up and think it was
them and not the practice that was the
problem
they think maybe next lifetime i will be
stronger
i'll have more merit i had these
experiences
and had no real change and gave up
practicing
i kept up with buddhist studies but lost
interest in the practice and always
wondered whether i had just missed
something that everyone else had figured
out
concentration insight versus dry insight
it is true that the absorption genres
are very intense
and you could get attached to them they
completely push away the hindrances for
a short period
and you come out of the genic state
experiencing great bliss and happiness
but it doesn't last moreover you don't
learn anything from it
it is like a drug that you take and
later you just come down
and that's the end of that it can be a
kind of addiction
escaping into a bliss realm and getting
away from life for a short period of
time
in another twist on concentration
absorption practice you learn absorption
genre practice
but then you are instructed that when
you come out of that concentrated state
you are to observe with what is thought
to be this powerful mindfulness
after coming out of the absorption the
states that are arising and passing away
at that very moment
you shine this powerful light on your
arising mental states
you are told to notice the foundations
of mindfulness
notice the three signs inherent in them
of impermanence
suffering and impersonality teachers of
this method claim that when you see
these signs with a powerful awareness
from the absorption jhana experience you
gain strong insights
and ultimately experience nibana they
use the suthas to back up this practice
method
but they are misunderstanding the suthas
the suthas explain the factors that make
up the jaunas
they do talk about their impermanent and
impersonal nature and how
by observing these factors of mind you
will gain insight
but not by suppressing craving and
hindrances with absorption concentration
it is by allowing the hindrances to
arise and gently release them or control
them and they naturally fade away
these concentration practices are all
based on the vishuddhi maga
again it says that once you attain the
jhana you exit out of that jhana and
start to observe with the power of the
concentration obtained
you use mindfulness to observe the
mental processes
in this way seeing how it works you
understand its nature of impermanence
suffering and impersonality anika
dukkha anata the visuti maga stresses
that this insight is so profound that
you attain nibana
some claim that this is what the suthas
mean when they talk about the meditator
observing the factors and
characteristics of the jhanas
they use the suthas to back up this
technique when actually this isn't what
was meant at all
in the anupada suda it says the
meditator observes many factors as they
go through the jaundice but they are
already in the jaw
as seeing these factors and don't need
to come out to observe this
in fact as soon as the janna disappears
so do the jhana factors
they don't exist outside the genre you
can't observe them later
the powerful happy concentration jhana
state that the mind has just emerged
from has suppressed all the craving that
was causing the suffering in the first
place
what was the craving that was being
suppressed it was the hindrances
what is the goal of meditation
eliminating the hindrances and purifying
the mind
in your practice if we push the
hindrances aside with strong
concentration
how can we ever hope to understand them
and their root cause
the concentration insight meditator
using the absorption genres
will see the aggregates arising and
passing away he may
in fact see some impermanence suffering
and impersonality but he won't see the
links of dependent origination deeply
most people who are reading the suthas
only know about the concentration
absorption practice
they are not aware of a tranquil aware
jhana when sarah pudda says in the
anupada
sooth that one is aware of the factors
of the first jhana as they occur
it is because he is in the first jhana
describing them as they are happening
right then
so far i have read no claims of anyone
who has attained awakening by practicing
this method of going into the absorption
genres and then coming out and reviewing
the mental factors
many have described this practice but
none i have ever read declare that there
are meditators who have been successful
with it
in the end you can gain some
understanding by observing mind
but you just can't get deep enough to
see the links of dependent origination
and you certainly can't attain insight
by analyzing or thinking about what you
are observing
profound insight is beyond thought there
can be no craving left to obscure
your vision which concentration
meditation still contains
seeing directly into mind with the
absence of craving of the aware jhana
will lead to nibana
caution with absorption concentration
one final word about concentration
meditation one pointed concentration can
be dangerous
that may be too strong a word but yes it
is true
ruth dennison a famous meditation
teacher in california try to zen retreat
as her first step toward investigating
meditation as a path to enlightenment
doing the breath meditation in a
concentrated way she experienced a
mental breakdown
and she ended up in a hospital after
this
she rejected this method and moved to a
style of a more balanced awareness
integrated with dance and movement that
she developed on her own
there have been many other concentration
cause breakdowns
just search the web for concentration
meditation danger and you will find any
number of articles
it is a little-known fact that after her
own negative experience
ruth worked at her center in joshua tree
california
damadina vipassana center with people
who had lost touch with reality because
of absorption or dry insight practice
the connection of their mind to their
body to various degrees
had been disrupted she worked with them
to get their hands in the dirt
had them build stone monuments and
otherwise tried to bring back the
connection to their bodies
these were people who came from
traditions using concentration
meditation as their practice
i was on several twin retreats at her
center and while there i heard ruth talk
about this issue
on one retreat i was introduced to a
person who had been sent there
she looked pretty miserable she was
withdrawn and had low energy and no
ability to sit
there was a kind of hopelessness in her
voice when she said hello
ruth had a lot of luck bringing people
back to balance and i certainly hope
she was successful with her in vipassana
especially many people now talk about
the dark night of the soul stage in the
meditation
this is a pretty new term for me but it
is simply talking about the higher
stages of the meditation where the
knowledge of fear arises
among other states these are standard
levels of knowledge
and i went through them and was told
just to write it out
it never had a name like this but i do
know what it is
it is the fear of dying because you see
that there is no self there
however you have no balance and the
craving mind arises and comes in the
form of great fear because you are
taking all this personally
there is nothing unpleasant like this
that ever happens in twin meditation
if there is then use 6r or release and
relax into it as just another hindrance
twim is the letting go of the craving
mind and thus gaining more and more
balance and happy states
mental breakdowns don't happen often but
it can happen when the meditator pushes
too hard
striving to crush their hindrances with
mental power rather than relaxing into
them and letting them be
meditation teachers who are using
concentration jhanas point to the suthas
for the verification that what they are
doing is correct
but again they forget that the buddha
rejected those concentration methods
in one popular practice of concentration
janas the author of a book on the
concentration jhanas and their
development states that three out of a
thousand students will experience the
joy or pity being turned on and then
unable to be turned off
this is when the pity gets stuck on and
never seems to go away
this can last for weeks months even up
to a year
thankfully this is quite rare since
there aren't any really effective
solutions other than waiting
the thing out what does seem to help is
getting grounded
exercise manual labor and eating heavy
foods
like meat he describes when pity is left
on it is like a high-energy
buzzing unpleasant feeling that
continues whether you are sitting or not
sometimes it just only creates insomnia
another problem that is also reported in
the book
is sometimes students want to bypass the
first jhana intentionally because the
intense pity brings up painful memories
and there are issues with the second and
third gen estates where one is advised
to bypass or do something to avoid a
certain problem
the soothas do not support the
concentration absorption janas or the
dry insight method at all they don't
support the arising of painful states
and a practice that is gradually
eliminating craving step by step
proponents say it's faster so are we
saying the buddha gave us the slow way
the buddha's supreme knowledge would
have seen the best and fastest way
i think we can assume this sutha's
support twim
when the relax step is used there are no
negative states that arise
the suit is say you continue with your
meditation through the jhanas
and after the base of neither perception
nor non-perception
you keep meditating to what some call a
9th jhana
this is the cessation of mind's movement
completely
gradually the mental movement gets
slower and slower starting at the first
jhana going to the base of neither
perception nor non-perception
there are eight steps or levels and
there is the point where mind finally
just stops
if you think about this you are not
going higher and higher in the
meditation
you are going lower and slower until
everything just stops
there is no stopping progress in the
meditation it naturally moves along
and insights arise as they will until
mind stops and enters
the basis and meditation object for
tranquil wisdom insight meditation is
metta and the four brahmavi heras right
from the suthas
there are some added methods used in
twim like breaking down the barriers and
sending meta to a spiritual friend
which are very helpful in the beginning
stages of the meditation
when your twin meditation has developed
to a certain level
it then switches to and follows the
sutures precisely
using the pervading to the six
directions as taught in the brahmavihara
method
one thing that isn't used with this meta
practice and twim
which is used by the majority of other
teachers is repeating the same four
statements over and over
this is a traditional way of developing
meta-meditation
with the twin method you bring up the
sincere feeling of the wish for loving
kindness and put that feeling in your
heart
you surround your spiritual friend your
meditation object
with that feeling and suffuse him or her
with that feeling
the way most people are teaching meta is
an intellectual exercise instead of a
feeling meditation by saying the same
statements over and over again
which turns it into a mantra or a
one-pointed concentration
instead of making the wish over and over
to be happy in twim you use the wish to
remind yourself to bring up the feeling
of loving kindness
later as your practice goes deeper you
will drop the phrases entirely
the result of doing this is not a dry
intellectual experience
but rather a feeling exercise which
uplifts mind and helps you to become
happy
continually repeating the same
statements allows no room for the
feeling to develop
you must develop a sincere feeling and
wish for your spiritual friend to be
happy so the meadow or loving kindness
can take hold rather than repeating the
wishes
bonnie advises bringing up a smile to
remind yourself of the feeling
a smile in your heart in your mind and
also on your lips
secular buddhism a new variation of
buddhism has taken hold called secular
buddhism
it teaches only the parts of buddhism
that we can see for ourselves and we do
not need to believe in
for example past lives are not
considered part of the buddhist teaching
in secular buddhism
we don't tend to see them and recall
them for ourselves here and now
however there are indeed some students
who recall past lives
and an entire industry of past life
regression hypnotherapists have sprung
up to address past
lives and psychological problems from
these lives that have seeped into the
present
it does seem like the purest secular
buddhist practice attempts to remove the
buddha from buddhism
it offers a distorted view of
mindfulness as only a tool with which to
therapeutically approach de-stressing
and healing the individual
what happened to nibana what happened to
profound insight into impermanence and
impersonality
where is craving secular buddhism
removes buddhist concepts because they
are seen as weird and are religious
mumbo-jumbo and unnecessary to solving
one's problems
there is even a magazine about
mindfulness with that very title
which has not a single reference to the
buddha in it all pali terms are left out
i walked through the bookstore the other
day and buddhism has been reduced to
just one shelf now
mindfulness books have gone over to
self-help leaving the dalai lama alone
with titan yet han to keep him company
in the eastern religions section
there is no mention of higher
understanding or enlightenment
mindfulness is just another tool that
has been added to the psychotherapeutic
toolkit
this is the watering down of buddhism
mbsr or mindfulness-based stress
reduction
is a program in which mindfulness is
employed for the purpose of therapy
buddhist ideas of impersonality and
impermanence really don't play a major
part
dependent origination is surely missing
it basically is about watching the
breath and doing slow walking meditation
to calm down the mind
the perceived goal is to reduce stress
and anxiety
it is seen as not being possible to
attain enlightenment and to permanently
eliminate craving
there are now even apps for your phone
to give you a short five to ten minute
guided breathing or body awareness
meditation that you can do each day to
de-stress
intense mindfulness practice has been
diluted since the beginning of the
introduction of buddhist meditation
styles of vipassana and goenka practice
in the early 70s there are more people
meditating
however now less are going deeply into
their practice
another blend of buddhism is a
meditation style called adveda and is
based on thousands year old vedanta
practices
it is a hindu-based non-dual or a
philosophy of oneness practice
famous proponents of this are eckhart
tolle and adeshanti
the practice focuses on observing
whatever arises in the present moment
and not trying to control or analyze
some call this choiceless awareness just
allowing what is there and letting mind
calm and go deeper and following it down
to a level of oneness
tibetan social practice is similar in
that it observes this open field of
awareness without controlling the
experience
this practice can be quite useful to a
point and is quite close to what the
buddha taught and being genuinely
mindful
it certainly turns your practice to
observing rather than trying too hard to
achieve a certain state or experience
you simply allow what is there even to
the point of inquiring who is meditating
and what are you trying to achieve
this is the first step of letting go of
the controller
ad yashanti explains that instead of
controlling the meditation
you let go of the meditator as one gets
deeper and mind's activity slows
proponents explain that you will
eventually see the underlying essence or
spirit referred to by tola as the sacred
adashanti calls it coming to a state of
oneness unchanging and blissful
this is a variation of the belief in a
soul or higher self
unchanging meaning a permanent state at
the end of the brahmavihara twim
practice that is described here
the feeling of equanimity disappears the
meditator is now told to take this quiet
mind as the object of their meditation
observe any movements and release and
relax those movements as they arise
come back to the quiet mind this does
sound like what the vedanta practice or
choiceless awareness achieves
and these meditation practices can be
useful
however they can't get beyond just a
quiet mind to see below that
since the relaxed step the foundation of
twim
is not employed here you won't
understand how to relax the mental
tightness to go even deeper
with that tool you go past the level
where one might think that a permanent
type of spirit resides
down to an even deeper level and
ultimately the very nether most
the beginning of mentality itself when
your mind is just barely moving
and you are able to observe with
powerful mindfulness you won't be able
to find such a thing as a self
only moments of consciousness arising
and passing away in a never-ending
stream
from this insight arises disenchantment
and then dispassion leading to awakening
out of this dream of self.chapter 5
beginning practice
chapter 5 beginning practice
now let us see how the twin meditation
practice can take us through the four
tranquilla where john is including the
four formless bases contained in the
fourth jhana
culminating with the attainment of
nibana if you follow what the suthas say
without any added interpretation
then this is what will happen this is
the progress of tranquil aware insight
meditation or twim
the john is described from here on or
the tranquil aware janus
in this type of jhana you are aware of
both mind and body
the buddha said we cannot ever
understand ourselves unless we look at
the totality of who we are and see the
impersonal nature of everything that
arises
we can't control anything by pushing it
away or trying to stop what comes up
only through acceptance of what is in
the present not fighting or controlling
it
seeing it clearly without mental noise
or craving can we achieve release
a word here about morality the buddhist
system is built on a moral view of the
world
if you do unwholesome actions then
painful results and mental states like
hindrances follow
do wholesome and wholesome follows
meditation is completely wholesome
if you wish to be successful in your
meditation you should be following the
five precepts as a minimum to achieve
the best progress
what are they not killing not stealing
not lying or cursing not being involved
in sexual misconduct like adultery and
not taking intoxicants or alcohol
it isn't hard and it said that following
these simple guidelines brings you a
prosperous and happy existence in this
life and the next
following these five precepts prescribed
by the buddha as your moral baseline
will help your meditation to go very
deep by not committing any further
harmful acts you will become free of
guilt and remorse
and your mind will be peaceful and
tranquil for retreats
there are an additional three precepts
to help you fine-tune
including not eating afternoon not
engaging in entertainment and not using
perfumes or makeup
summary of the meditation instructions
the beginning meditator will spend a few
days or weeks cultivating
loving-kindness
toward themselves and a spiritual friend
by using phrases to help bring up the
feeling of loving-kindness
may i be happy may i be peaceful as i am
happy i wish you to be happy
this process will take them to the
fourth jhana
as they progress they will move on to
radiating meta to the six directions and
progress from the fourth jhana to the
base of nothingness and beyond
beginning posture before meditating
it is helpful to find a relatively quiet
place and to sit comfortably and upright
sitting cross-legged is not required the
full lotus is certainly not necessary
a sitting posture that is familiar to
your body will be less distracting and
more helpful than one in which you are
uncomfortable or in pain
in the west many meditators find sitting
on the floor difficult
in that case use a chair rather than
causing yourself undue pain and
discomfort
there is no magic in the floor avoid
leaning heavily back into the chair
sit with your vertebrae stacked one on
top of the other
the posture should be comfortable the
goals are to reduce any real physical
cause of tension and pain and to improve
alertness
we will have enough mental obstacles to
keep us busy
beginning loving kindness instructions
when you practice the mindfulness of
loving-kindness meditation
begin by radiating loving and kind
feelings to yourself remember a time
when you were happy
when that happy feeling arises it is a
warm
glowing feeling some of you may complain
we actually do hear this a lot that you
cannot recall any good memories
so then we ask can you imagine holding a
baby and looking into its eyes
do you feel a loving feeling when that
baby smiles
do you another idea is to imagine
holding a cute little puppy
when you look at the puppy you naturally
want to smile and play with him
the feeling you are creating is a warm
glowing and sincere feeling radiating
from your eyes
your mind and your heart once you have
established this feeling
use this feeling to wish yourself
happiness just as i was happy then
may i be happy now continue with phrases
like may i be peaceful
may i be happy may i be calm do you know
what it feels like to be peaceful and
calm then put that feeling in yourself
in the center of your heart and surround
yourself with that happy feeling
when that feeling fades bring up another
phrase to remind you of the feeling
may i be tranquil may i be content may i
be full of joy
now give yourself a big heart hug really
and sincerely
wish yourself to be happy love yourself
and mean it
this feeling is your object of
meditation each time the feeling fades
repeat the wish verbally a few times in
your mind
just repeat it enough times to bring up
the feeling do not make it a mantra
saying a phrase over and over will not
bring up the feeling we want
the phrase just reminds us to bring the
feeling up
when the feeling comes up we drop the
phrase there are a number of other
teachers who focus on just saying the
phrases over and over
and that doesn't work that will just
turn it into a concentration practice on
the phrase
some people visualize easily others do
not
it is not important that you clearly see
your object of meditation
just know it is there keep the feeling
of yourself in the center of your chest
wrapped in this happy and content
feeling and
we do mean really feel good feel
peaceful
or calm or loving or gentle or kind
or giving or joyful or clear or tranquil
or accepting be okay sitting and feeling
this
it's okay to feel good let yourself be
there in the present
just feeling this contentment you have
nowhere to go
you are on a little vacation from life
now there is nothing to do other than to
be happy and radiate that feeling to
yourself
can you do that don't try to be happy
be happy be content
be at peace right here right now
you have our permission to be happy for
at least the next 30 minutes
this is a feeling meditation but don't
over observe the center of your chest
trying to bring up a feeling of loving
kindness
don't force a feeling where there isn't
one don't put the cart before the horse
smile and feel that smile all through
your body
as you say the phrases bring this
feeling up and it will resonate in your
heart area on its own
sincerely wish your self happiness
believe it
and know that you do wish happiness for
yourself
just be with this feeling know it is
there and smile with it
there may be some blocks that come up
such as saying to yourself
no i don't deserve to be happy like this
this aversion to your own happiness is a
distraction
distractions will be covered shortly we
will explain the method to deal with
them so that you can allow and train
yourself to feel real loving kindness
for a longer period of time
later when you begin feeling this
feeling toward others
know that similar blocks may come up and
that these are distractions too
there is no reason that others should
not be happy as well
the goal is to first accept and allow
yourself to be happy and peaceful
it's okay then since you feel that
happiness in your own mind you will be
happy to share that feeling with other
beings
when you sit please don't move don't
wiggle your toes
don't twitch or itch don't rub don't
scratch
don't rock back and forth don't change
your posture at all
sit as still as the monk below when you
sit still the mind calms down
if there is any movement at all the mind
will be distracted
just as jello sets up it must be cooled
and not jiggled around to solidify
smiling this is a smiling meditation
the reason that you should smile is
because it has been found that when the
corners of your mouth go up
so does your mental state when the
corners of your mouth go down
so does your mental state put a little
smile on your lips
but don't stop there put a smile in your
eyes even though your eyes are closed
you'll notice there can be a lot of
tension in the eyes
put a smile in your mind and especially
put a smile in your heart it can be a
mechanical smile at first
eventually it will turn into a sincere
happy feeling
it should be a smile that conveys loving
kindness
it's important to believe it smile with
your lips
smile from your mind and smile from your
heart
if your mind wanders away 25 times in a
sitting and
25 times you recognize it release it
relax
re-smile and return to your meditation
then you've had a good meditation
it definitely might not be a quiet and
calm meditation
but it is an active meditation and that
can still be a good meditation
every time your mind wanders away and
comes back and you relax and smile
you are developing your ability to see a
distraction and let it go
you are improving your mindfulness your
observation power
as you practice you will get better at
it and your powers of observation will
get stronger
distractions while you practice meta
meditation in this way
your mind is going to wander what do we
mean by wander
you are with your object of meditation
which is the warm glowing feeling in the
center of your chest
you are experiencing this feeling then
you are distracted by some thought or
sensation
it might be a sensation of itching a
desire to cough
a burning sensation or a painful feeling
in your leg
it might be a memory of a conversation
with a friend or of a trip to the lake
or it could be a thought about something
you need from the store
suddenly you are with that distraction
rather than with your objective
meditation
in other words your attention is
somewhere else
you are not sure how you got there or
what you are supposed to be doing
then you remember that you are
meditating and that you are supposed to
be on your object of meditation
remember that is the first part of the
definition of mindfulness
if you let go of your thinking about the
distraction and relax slightly
you can observe that there is a tight
metal fist wrapped around that sensation
or thought
you can also observe that you don't want
it there you want it to go away
but the more you want it to go away the
bigger and more intense the distraction
becomes
so your mind is on this itch this pain
this thought
how did it get there it didn't just jump
there
there is a process that happens and you
begin to see how your mind moves from
one thing to another
don't think about that but observe
carefully how the process happens
we aren't talking here about analyzing
why anything happens
simply observe what is happening observe
the way the mind moves and reacts in the
present
that is the second part of mindfulness
the truth is that when a sensation is
there
it's there it's okay for it to be there
you're going to have distracting
thoughts and sensations come up
and that's okay thoughts are not your
enemy
in fact they are opportunities every
thought
every feeling every sensation that
arises and distracts your mind also
causes tightness
the first noble truth is that there is
suffering
the second noble truth is that suffering
is caused by craving
the third noble truth is that there is
the cessation of suffering
the fourth noble truth is that there is
the path to the cessation of suffering
this path is the eightfold path this
tightness is how you can recognize the
very start of craving end
as you may know the second noble truth
says that craving is the cause of
suffering
life is not suffering craving is what
makes it so
distractions are telling you what you
crave the things to which you are
attached
seeing and understanding what you like
and dislike is the first step toward
letting go of those attachments
your brain has two lobes that are
contained in three membranes called the
meninges
it is like a bag wrapped around your
brain and spine
any time that there is a distraction
there is a perceptible movement in the
brain
a tension or tightness and the brain
seems some will disagree with this
but something is felt to start to expand
against this membrane
the thought causes this tightness or
tension to arise which we are actually
able to observe for ourselves
anytime you notice this tension and
tightness you want to actively relax and
soften into it
by relaxing you are releasing the
craving
more on this when we get to the six
aries when craving is released
there is a slight feeling of expansion
in your head
right after you relax you will notice
that your mind is very peaceful and calm
your mind is alert and there are no
thoughts
at this time you have a pure mind
now bring that pure mind back to your
object of meditation
the feeling of loving kindness and
smiling that warm
radiating happy feeling now make another
wish for your happiness
put that feeling into your heart and
radiate that happy feeling to yourself
it does not matter how many times your
attention is pulled away by a
distraction
thoughts and sensations don't go away
the first time you notice them
and that's okay as these distractions
come back again and again
you will become increasingly familiar
with how they arise
with practice their intensity and
frequency will subside
hindrances the buddha talked about five
hindrances to meditation
hindrances are distractions that will
pull you away from your object of
meditation
five troublemakers who will surely come
calling
every distraction is based on at least
one of the five hindrances
often they come two or three at a time
and gang up
the five hindrances are one
sensual desire i like that otherwise
known as lustful or greedy mind
you will hang on to things that are
pleasant and want more
this will cause attachment to pleasant
states of mind that have arisen in the
past
and desire for pleasant states to arise
in the future
2. anger aversion
fear i don't like that you will want to
push away states of mind that you don't
like
or you might experience fear or anger
over unpleasant or painful feelings that
have already arisen
you will try to push away and control
anything causing you pain
you will even try to force your mind to
experience things in a certain way that
you think is right when you actually
should just observe what is there
now that is really overly controlling
3. sloth and torpor dullness and
sleepiness
these will cause lack of effort and
determination because you've lost
interest in your object of meditation
you will experience a mental fog when
you look at it closely
you actually see that it has tightness
and tension in it
there is even craving in sleepiness 4.
restlessness with restlessness you
constantly want to move and change
to do something other than what you are
doing to be somewhere other than here
restlessness can manifest as very tight
unpleasant feelings in the body and mind
5. doubt you are not sure you are
following the instructions correctly
or even if this is the right practice it
makes you feel unsure of yourself and
may even manifest as a lack of
confidence in the buddha's teaching or
your teacher or both
when the hindrances arise your job is
neither to like them nor to fight with
them
your job is to accept them to invite
them in
and to offer them tea don't feed them
with your attention
forcing and not liking their being there
just gives them the attention they crave
and makes them stronger
that's what happens with one pointed
concentration meditation
you force the hindrances away by
practicing intense concentration
however as soon as you stop meditating
they come back
sometimes even stronger if you just let
hindrances be there
turning your attention to something that
is wholesome instead the energy inherent
in them will gradually fade away
they will disappear like a fire that
runs out of fuel
that's how you overcome the hindrances
for good the fire just goes out
in poly nabana translates as knee or no
and banana or fire no fire
no craving no hindrance
the six aries now we are going to give
you specific instructions
on how to work with the hindrances in
the way the buddha taught
imagine for a moment the bodhisattva
resting under the rose apple tree as a
young boy
he was not serious or tense he was
having fun
watching his father's festival right
then he attained to a pleasant abiding
jhana as stated in the suthas with a
light mind
he was able to come to a very tranquil
and aware state
later on the eve of his enlightenment
after he had tried every method of
meditation and bodily exercise that was
known in
india at that time he remembered this
state
and he realized that this simple state
this tranquil
aware and happy state was the key to
attaining awakening
but how to convey this when he was
teaching
the buddha worked largely with
uneducated farmers and merchants
he had to have a simple effective
practice that was easy and worked
quickly
he had to have a method by which
everyone could experience the path and
benefits for themselves easily and
immediately
this is how he was able to affect so
many people during his lifetime
do you want to see clearly it's easy
lighten up have fun exploring relax
and smile relaxing and smiling leads you
to a happier
more interesting practice that sounds
like great advice
but how do you do it when you have been
carried away by distraction
and you lose your smile just follow
these steps
one recognize that mind's attention has
drifted away and that you are lost in
thought
you have forgotten what you were doing
you are no longer on your object of
meditation
2. release your attachment to the
thought or sensation by letting the
distraction be
by not giving it any more attention just
stop
feeding it just back away from it
3. relax any remaining tension or
tightness caused by that distraction
4. re-smile put that smile back on your
lips and in your heart
feel that happy feeling of loving
kindness again
5. return or redirect
gently redirect mind's attention back to
the object of meditation
that is to meta continue with a gentle
collected mind to stay with your object
of meditation
6. repeat this entire practice cycle
repeat this practice whenever your
attention is distracted away from your
object of meditation
we call these the six aries they are
drawn directly from the soothing text as
part of right effort
the first four r's are the four right
efforts with the last two
hours to remind you to return and repeat
as needed
notice that you never push anything away
you never try to control anything
trying to control is using craving to
eliminate craving
please don't do the six aries for some
slight noise in the background or a
minor bodily feeling
as long as you are still with your
feeling of loving kindness
just stay with that feeling and let it
deepen ignore those slight distractions
in the background
as a beginner do the six areas only if
your attention is completely gone from
the object
in the explanation of the eightfold path
in the suthas one of the components is
right effort
right effort in the six areas are
exactly the same things
what is right effort one
you notice that an unwholesome state has
arisen
two you stop paying attention to that
unwholesome feeling
letting it be there by itself with no
pushing away or holding on to it
3. you bring up a wholesome feeling
4. you stay with that wholesome feeling
the six aries just add the return and
repeat to complete the cycle
we are practicing right effort by
repeating the six aries cycle again and
again
we see and experience for ourselves what
suffering is and how to relieve it
you notice what causes you to become
tense and tight and then how to reach
its cessation by releasing and relaxing
and bringing up a wholesome object
you discover how to exercise the direct
path to the cessation of suffering
this happens each time you recognize and
release an arising feeling
relax and re-smile notice the relief
when you look at the benefits discussed
in the soothing about the dhamma
there is a phrase that says the dhamma
is immediately effective
by practicing the six ares you fulfill
this statement
when you relax the tension or tightness
caused by a distraction
you immediately experience the third
noble truth the cessation of suffering
in other words you are purifying the
mind by relaxing and letting go of
suffering
you see this for yourself then you bring
up a wholesome object
by smiling and return mind's attention
back to meta which is a wholesome
feeling
you do not have to practice for long
periods months or years
to feel relief you can see it right
after the relaxed step of the six aries
you notice the moment of a pure mind
free from craving
by repeating the six areas over and over
depriving the hindrances of attention
their fuel you will eventually replace
all of the unwholesome mental habits
with wholesome ones
in this way you bring up only wholesome
states and will eventually achieve the
cessation of suffering
to be successful in meditation you need
to develop your mindfulness skill and
observation power
also keeping up your sense of fun and
exploration is important
this helps to improve your mindfulness
the six series training develops these
necessary skills
sometimes people say this practice is
simpler than they thought
some have actually complained to the
teacher because they want this
meditation to be more complicated
now let us go through each of the steps
in more depth
recognize mindfulness remembers to
observe and recognize movements of
mind's attention from one thing to
another
that is from the meditation object to
the distraction
this observing notices any movement of
mind's attention away from the object of
meditation
one can notice a slight tightness or
tension as mine's attention begins to
move toward the arising phenomenon
pleasant or painful feelings can occur
at any one of the six sense doors
any sight sound odor taste
touch or thought can cause a distraction
to arise
with careful non-judgmental observation
you will notice a slight tightening
sensation arising both in mind and
physically in the brain itself
recognizing early movement of mind is
vital to successful meditation
you then continue on to release
when a thought about something arises
release it
let it be there without giving any more
attention to it
the content of the distraction is not
important at all but the mechanics of
how it arose are important
don't analyze it or try to figure out
why it is there let it be without
keeping mind's attention on it
without your mind's attention the
distraction loses energy and passes away
when you do not keep your attention on
it a distraction and the mental chatter
about it ceases
mindfulness then reminds the meditator
too
relax after releasing the thought and
allowing it to be by itself without
trying to watch it or get involved in it
there is a subtle barely noticeable
tightness or tension remaining within
mind and body
to remove this remaining tension the
buddha introduced a relaxed step
the suit is called the relaxed step
tranquilizing the bodily formation
this is true especially in your head
which is part of your body
it means to unclench your attention from
and around the thought
it is more than just letting it go it
actively softens and relaxes
and lets the distraction be there which
then weakens its power gradually it
disappears completely on its own
please do not skip this step it is the
most important part of this meditation
it is the missing step we talked about
in the introduction
it is the key to progress without
performing this step of relaxing every
time you are distracted from your
meditation object
you will not experience the close-up
view of the cessation of the tightness
caused by craving
you will not feel the relief as this
tension is relaxed
remember that craving always manifests
first as a tightness or tension in both
your mind and body
the relaxed step gives you a kind of
mundane nibana
you have a momentary opportunity to see
and experience the true nature of and
relief from tightness and suffering
while performing the release and relax
steps
mindfulness then continues to remember
to
re-smile if you have listened to the
dhamma talks on our website
you might remember hearing about how
smiling is an important aspect of the
meditation
learning to smile and raising the
corners of the mouth slightly helps the
mind to be observant
alert agile and bright getting serious
tensing up or frowning causes mind to
become heavy in your mindfulness to
become dull and slow
insights become more difficult to see
thus slowing down your understanding of
dhamma
return redirect your mind back to your
object of meditation
gently redirect the mind and don't jerk
it back before you are ready
make this a harmonious movement a
movement that is timely and not forced
repeat repeat this entire practice cycle
as often as needed
stay with your object until you slip and
then run the six aries again
spiritual friend for the first 10
minutes of your sitting
radiate loving kindness to yourself wrap
yourself up in that happy
tranquil feeling using the previous
instructions
for the rest of the sitting radiate
loving and kind thoughts to a spiritual
friend
what is a spiritual friend now we will
select our next object of meditation
the spiritual friend it is very
important that they are a living person
of the same sex and are not a member of
your family
when the spiritual friend is of a
different sex it may lead to lustful
feeling
and this complicates your experience
this is the traditional way of teaching
meta
if this instruction does not fit you
then just make sure the person you
select does not raise lustful feelings
in your mind when you are radiating
loving kindness
remember you will be spending a long
time with this person
your spiritual friend should be someone
who you deeply respect and sincerely
wish well
they are someone who makes you smile
when you think of them
it might be a favorite teacher or
counselor who has your highest goals in
mind
it might be a friend who always has your
back and supports whatever you do
please do not use a member of your
family as your spiritual friend
because family members are too close to
you family members will be brought into
your practice at a later time
but for now they may raise hidden issues
that interfere with the practice
initially we want to keep this easy and
uncomplicated
do not radiate to a person who is dead
the feeling will not arise correctly
as there is no personal connection that
can be made
you make the wish for your spiritual
friend in this way as i feel this
happiness in myself
may you be happy and peaceful wrap them
up in the feeling of loving kindness
place them in the center of your heart
and smile at them as you are doing this
really be sincere about this
really believe it the more you believe
it the stronger the feeling will become
continue wishing them well and see them
in your mind's eye
but don't put too much emphasis on the
actual mental image of them
again some people are very good at
visualizing
and some are not just know who they are
and that you wish them well
the phrases are a way of priming the
pump they evoke the feeling
as you make that wish shift your
attention to the feeling itself
remember that your object of meditation
is the feeling
stay with that feeling and let it grow
as it will
don't force it just give it some gentle
encouragement
sooner or later the feeling will fade
when it does
repeat the phrases again it is not
helpful to repeat phrases rapidly
that makes the phrase feel mechanical
rather
say it sincerely and rest for a few
moments with the feeling it evokes
repeat a phrase again only if it hasn't
brought up the feeling
some people ask are we sending this
feeling outward to the friend
no we are not sending anything we are
just seeing our friend in the center of
our heart
and wishing for him or her to be happy
we are not sending
telegraphing or overnighting any sort of
feeling
when a candle radiates warmth and light
is it actively sending that feeling out
no it radiates out because that is the
nature of warmth and light
in the same way we surround and immerse
our friend with this feeling
wishing it for them and seeing them
smiling and happy
this process is a combination of three
things arising
the radiating feeling in your heart the
mental phrase
and your image of yourself or your
spiritual friend
about 75 of your attention should be on
the radiating of the feeling
20 on feeling the wish and just a little
say 5
on visualizing your spiritual friend
some people think they should make the
visualization a bigger part of their
practice
then they complain about having
tightness in their head
this is because they are pushing the
idea of seeing their spiritual friend
too much
the teacher will tell them to stop
trying so hard because the most
important part of meta is feeling the
radiating
making a sincere wish for their
spiritual friend's happiness and then
feeling that happiness
not visualizing their friend if you are
getting a headache or feeling pressure
you are trying too hard smile again and
back off a little
when you picture your spiritual friend
see them smiling and happy
remember to keep a little smile on your
lips for the entire meditation
session if you find yourself not smiling
then this will be a reminder to smile
once again
bring up another wish and send a kind
feeling to your friend
your face isn't used to smiling so
please be patient
your cheeks might even hurt a little but
you will get used to it
and that uneasiness will pass please
don't criticize yourself for forgetting
to smile
critical thoughts about anything are
unwholesome and lead to more suffering
if you see that you are coming down on
yourself for forgetting to smile
then laugh at yourself for having such a
crazy mind
understand that everyone has a crazy
mind and that it is okay to have this
craziness
laugh with yourself about it this
meditation is supposed to be fun
remember smile and laugh at getting
caught again
then start all over with your object of
meditation
life is a game to play so keep
everything light and have fun all of the
time
it does take practice but this is why
you are doing this practice
play with things and don't take them too
seriously
this is a serious meditation but we do
not want you to be serious
your mind should not be too serious
rather it should be light and uplifted
smile and if that does not work then
laughing a little bit should help you
get back into that happier
alert state of mind you will use the
same spiritual friend the entire time
until the teacher says you can change
this may be a few days or weeks if
practicing on your own
get in touch with us via the website and
let us help you
become part of our yahoo discussion
group the more you can stay in the
present
happy in content feeling happiness with
your spiritual friend
the sooner you will be able to move on
to the next step of the meditation
you can always contact us through our
website for guidance
once you have settled on a good
spiritual friend stay with that person
if you switch from one person to another
the practice won't be able to ripen or
deepen
sometimes meditators want to send meta
to other people or to all beings
this is just a subtle way your mind
distracts you
you want to stay with the same friend in
the beginning so that you can build your
collectedness
we replace the word concentration with
the word collectedness to help clarify
that we are not forcing our minds to
stay on only one object of meditation in
a forceful
fixed way rather we want our mind to
rest lightly on the object
if your mind wanders use the six ares
when there are no distractions there is
no need to exert any effort to keep your
mind on its object
it just stays there by itself that is
really an amazing process to see
again there may be times that some
random thoughts and sensations arise
while you are with your object of
meditation but which are not strong
enough to pull your attention away
completely from it
when this happens ignore those and stay
with your meditation object
these thoughts and distractions will go
away by themselves
there is no need to six are them so
let's review
1. sit for a minimum of 30 minutes
why is explained later 2.
begin by radiating kind and happy
thoughts and wishes to yourself for
about 10 minutes
3. switch to your one chosen spiritual
friend for the remainder of your sitting
at least 20 minutes
and radiate kind and happy thoughts to
them for the rest of the session
stay with just the same friend and do
not switch to anything or anyone else
even if you think they deserve your
attention such desires are just more
distractions
the mind can be very sneaky four
use the six areas to overcome
distractions
when the feeling of meta starts to
become stronger notice it and sink into
it
smile into it and let it develop by
itself
if you find that you are subtly
verbalizing the phrases and the
verbalizing starts to cause some
tightness
let go of the verbalization and just
feel the wish
this will allow the feeling to grow even
stronger
stay with the feeling and just be in the
moment without pushing or leaning into
it
this practice will take time to master
in a sense this is a kind of not doing
you are not controlling or pushing the
feeling
you are just gently directing it if
there is tension in your body from
trying to send it out
then you are putting in too much effort
there should just be the wish for
happiness
in the same way you wish someone good
luck on a journey
you stand and wave as they go you don't
stand and try to push a feeling out to
them
similarly with meta meditation you
simply smile and wish this feeling of
gentle loving kindness
after doing the six areas and getting
the hang of it there will be a hindrance
that arises
finally u6 are the last little bit of
tension from it
and it disappears completely craving is
eliminated for the first time
a small amount of craving is gone never
to arise again
as a result of the hindrance
disappearing joy arises and
for the first time you are experiencing
the first tranquil aware janna
there will be more to go as you progress
along this path
as your practice advances you will find
that the joy is there
it can be goosebumps thrills or just
excitement arising
a pleasant tranquil feeling will follow
it
as you go deeper your confidence gets
stronger and you understand that what
you are doing is right
also you will notice there is a much
deeper state of quiet in your mind than
you have ever experienced before
it is like someone turned off the
refrigerator you never even realized was
on
you might notice that you are not aware
of parts of your body unless you direct
your attention to them
this is a normal development as your
body starts to lose tension and
tightness
and this indicates progress finally
as you get deeper the feeling of loving
kindness may rise into your head
never try to control the feeling if it
wants to move there
then let it move now you have become an
advanced meditator
when this happens you will be ready for
the next step of the meditation practice
contact us through our website
we will not cover that here as this is
now advanced practice and requires more
instructions
you are now on your way through the
tranquil aware genres to the experience
of awakening
forgiveness meditation there may be some
of you who have difficulty bringing up
and sustaining the feeling of loving
kindness
even after following all the
instructions and guidance here
you may bring up a phrase may i be happy
may i be content and this causes
self-aversion or hatred to arise
i don't deserve it i am not a nice
person may arise in your mind
you try the six r's and it doesn't
really work
there is no loving kindness there your
heart just has no feeling and is dry and
may be hard
you may find the practice of forgiveness
meditation will help with this
we find now a not so small percentage of
students benefit tremendously from
switching to forgiveness in which you
radiate forgiveness to yourself and
forgiving everything that comes up and
as people come up
you forgive them until they forgive you
you can find out more about this
practice at the dhamma sukkah website
and in a book called forgiveness
meditation by bonnie vimala ramsay
forgiveness is about letting go of the
past and softening our minds
everyone can benefit from practicing
forgiveness
in fact the forgiveness book is now
included in this book at the back
walking meditation
an important part of the meta practice
is walking meditation
please do not ignore it you need to walk
to keep your energy up
especially after longer sittings you can
use walking meditation to build energy
or uplift your mind
before sitting if you feel sleepy or
have low energy
sometimes when your mind is distracted
walking will make it easier to calm a
restless mind so that you can go back to
sitting
walking meditation on the other hand can
add energy to your sitting by getting
your blood flowing
walking meditation is a powerful
meditation on its own but
in conjunction with meta meditation it
helps you to incorporate meta into your
everyday life and activities
please do remember that this is an all
the time practice
find a place to walk that is at least 30
paces and is straight and level
walk at a normal pace as if you are
taking a stroll in the park on a sunday
afternoon
not slowly like a turtle but at a speed
that is neither too fast nor too slow
your eyes should be directed down in
front of you six to ten feet ahead
do not put your attention on your feet
instead
stay with your spiritual friend please
do not look around
as that will distract you from your
meditation this
is not a nature walk but part of the
actual practice where you are radiating
kind and happy thoughts to your
spiritual friend
as much as possible stay with that
practice the entire time you are walking
it is just like when you are sitting
with the only difference being that you
are walking instead of sitting
you may do this inside or outside as the
weather permits
it is best done outside in the open air
but try to avoid the heat of direct
sunlight
you can also walk inside in a circular
path around a room or down a hallway
some meditators make a lot of progress
while walking it can go quite deep
do not take this instruction lightly as
it is an important part of the practice
it also helps us learn how to practice
meta in our everyday life where we are
more active out in the world
walk for about 15 to 30 minutes and
never more than an hour
as this much walking will tire your body
out however
do walk at a good pace so that by the
end of it you will feel your heart
pumping and you may be slightly out of
breath
then you can sit and be fully alert
walking can bring calmness
clarity or energy depending on what you
need at the time
keep it going 30 minutes of meditation a
day is the minimum to start
from our experience it takes 15 to 20
minutes to get the mind to settle down
then you are giving yourself another 10
productive minutes where you can truly
watch and observe
45 minutes is better just the fact you
are sitting and not moving permits the
mind to calm down
the longer you sit the more your mind
will come on its own
without you doing anything else so
sitting longer and not moving is vital
to progress to deeper states
on retreat you will at first sit at
least 30 minutes
walk 15 minutes then sit again
alternating like this for the whole day
your sittings will naturally get longer
and longer throughout the retreat and
may eventually last as long as two to
three hours
in your daily life sitting twice a day
is very helpful
once you're comfortable try to stay
completely still throughout the sitting
period
if the mind insists on moving six are
the desire to move
the six ares are very helpful in
dissolving tension and finding deeper
ease
if pain arises please watch how it
arises
you can tell if the pain is genuine by
noticing what happens when you get up
from sitting
if the pain goes away very quickly it is
a meditation pain
which is in fact a mental pain and is
not caused by anything harmful
it is just a distraction if it returns
when you sit
try to remain still and 6r if
when you get up the pain lingers and
stays with you
it is best not to sit that way in the
future because this would be actual
physical pain manifesting
if we try to get rid of painful or
unpleasant feelings forcefully
whether mental or physical we just add
more greed and aversion to the mind
this fuels the vicious cycle of samsara
however if we approach an unpleasant
feeling openly and without taking it
personally
we view these unwholesome qualities with
wholesome awareness
this pure clear awareness gradually
melts that disturbing feeling
moreover you might notice the feeling
linger but your attitude toward it has
changed
if you get sleepy sitting inside try
sitting outside but not in the direct
sun
the outdoors tends to wake you up you
can even try doing the walking practice
backward after you walk forward 30 paces
instead of turning around just walk
backward to the starting point
meditation and its benefits increase if
you can continue to cultivate awareness
throughout the day
smile and send meta whenever you think
of it when you notice difficult feelings
coming up
six are them do this with a sense of fun
and humor at just how crazy mind can be
if you get serious and try to control
the mind that is just more craving
you may wear yourself out and become
frustrated
so do this lightly but with as much
continuity as possible
add meta to everything you can bring
loving kindness into everything that you
do
generally you will do your sitting at
home but you can also smile and radiate
well-being and happiness to all beings
when you are out and about
if you are just going out walking or
shopping you do not have to stay with a
spiritual friend
stay with a general feeling of meta
smile more
notice and six are emotional upsets that
arise
when unwholesome states of mind arise
see them as opportunities
let them be and bring up wholesome ones
this is the meaning of right effort in
the buddha's no late fold path
progress in jhana as you make progress
with the meditation
you will see all kinds of new phenomena
joy and other pleasant experiences will
arise
some of them will be really worth the
price of admission
the first time you truly and completely
let go of a hindrance
you will have your first experience of
the janek state and be on your way to
going even deeper
you will start to be friends with fun
stuff like joy contentment
equanimity and more good times are on
the way
brahma viharas and nabana
the buddha talked about four divine
qualities of mind that are particularly
wholesome
they are called the brahma viharas and
consist of loving kindness
meta compassion karuna sympathetic joy
mudita we actually prefer just joy and
equanimity
a pekka this is the practice you are
starting now
you will gradually go through all these
states very naturally as meta becomes
quieter and turns to compassion and so
on through joy to equanimity
you do not need to change the practice
as you go the states themselves will
develop and arise on their own
once you become an advanced meditator
you just have to keep the meditation
going
the brahmavi hair is developed naturally
one by one
without you having to bring up each of
these states as its own separate
meditation object
when the next state arises then you take
that state
whether it be compassion or joy as the
feeling to be the object of meditation
and continue radiating that out now
this is another important difference
from how other practices have you
developed meta
the buddha taught that when the
meditation is properly practiced
all four divine states arise on their
own one after the other
you will learn how to radiate any of
these four states to all of the six
directions and then to all directions at
the same time
as this happens the jhanas will arise
naturally on their own as well
the word jhana is a loaded word it has
been translated in many different
ways but we refer to the genres as
levels of understanding
we do not want to confuse them with
their one-pointed absorption jhana
cousins
they are related but these are ones in
which the meditator keeps awareness of
their body
whereas the others do not the buddha
taught that the key to understanding
craving and distractions is to realize
that mind and body are one process that
cannot be separated
tension and tightness are bodily
processes while thought and images are
mental processes
we not only want to pay attention to the
mind but also be aware of what is
happening in the body and not ignore or
repress this awareness through one
pointed focused concentration
we call the genic states that we
experience with this meditation the
tranquil awareness
there are eight of them four rupo or
material genres
and four arupa or immaterial genres
beyond the highest immaterial jhana lies
the experience of nibana itself
your mind will become so quiet that it
just stops
when the mind comes back from that
cessation experience
it will be incredibly bright and clear
with no disturbance
like a blackboard with nothing on it at
that point
when the next mental process arises you
will see with astonishing clarity every
link and part of this process that we
call life as it arises and passes away
this process is what the buddha called
dependent origination
there are 12 links in each moment of
experience and you will see how all of
these arise and pass away
you will see how all of these
dependently arise one upon the other
when you see very deeply into this
process you will understand
at a profound personal level that all of
the aggregates that make up you or the
eye
are actually impersonal and without any
sort of enduring self or soul
this experience is so profound that
nibana will arise
and you will understand the true nature
of all existence
you will have attained awakening in this
very life
there will be so much relief
experiencing awakening
nibbana happens for many people who
follow these simple directions
it does not take years or decades the
buddha said that this practice is
immediately
effective in the saudi patana suthay off
the midshima nikaya
he says that this experience can take
place in as little as seven years
or even seven days it can truly happen
that fast
we have seen it take place within a
single eight-day retreat
so start now and you too can experience
the initial stages of awakening
just follow the instructions exactly
benefits of loving-kindness
there are many benefits to practicing
loving-kindness meditation
in the suthas it says that when you
practice meta-meditation
you go to sleep easily and sleep soundly
you have no nightmares
when you wake up you awaken easily and
quickly
people really like you animals like you
your face becomes radiant and beautiful
you have good health
these are just a few of the benefits
when you practice loving kindness
your mind also becomes clear and quiet
and your progress in the meditation is
very fast
meta in daily life continue to sit and
practice
listen to talks read our books and study
more
about the concepts surrounding this
practice there are many resources on our
website
when starting any new practice it is
usually best to immerse yourself in that
practice
setting aside other practices you may
have done in the past until you
understand the new practice deeply and
thoroughly
otherwise you may be confused with the
various opinions and practices that are
out there
remember that we are not basing our
teaching on views or opinions
but rather on the study of the suthas
themselves and the direct experience of
the meditation practice
we invite you to follow this path as
well the best way to experience deep
immersion into tranquil wisdom inside
meditation is to come for a retreat or
if you cannot get away
do an online retreat with us check our
website for more information
once you master staying with a spiritual
friend there are more instructions for
breaking down barriers and radiating the
feeling of meta in all directions
the teacher will give you those
directions and advise you when you are
ready
this is where the practice of the brahma
v heras really takes off
more phenomena will arise and a teacher
can guide you based on your progress
there are more steps in the practice but
they are advanced and are for another
book
for now master the ability to stay with
your spiritual friend perfectly and then
contact us
or just come and do a retreat with us
again
when you are outside moving around in
daily life remember to smile and radiate
meta to all beings
use right effort to recondition your
mind bring up the wholesome quality of
loving kindness instead of allowing
whatever ho-hum mind is there
stuck in a long line at the checkout
line radiate meta
it is a tough job being a cashier at a
store so smile at the cashier and be
friendly
traffic bogged down and you just can't
move
rather than getting upset radiate meta
to your fellow drivers
six are your upset mind and replace it
with a wholesome uplifted mind
put a cd in the car player and listen to
a dhamma talk to learn more about the
eightfold path of the buddha
rather than wasting your own time ho
humming your way through life
share what you have learned with other
people and let them benefit from your
practice
pay this practice forward once you
understand it
don't proselytize just talk about what
happened to you and your own words
how is it helping you be happier be the
buddha rather than a buddhist
can't find a sitting group in your area
start your own
as soon as you find one more person you
have a group
meditate for at least 30 minutes listen
to a talk
have some tea and discuss what you have
learned right there
you have just created your own sitting
group little by little
like drops of water filling a cup you
will soon come to supreme awakening
it is possible to do this right now the
buddha showed us the way
just follow the instructions exactly now
let's get into the jhana states and see
ultimately
how nabana arises chapter six
first jhana joy
when your attention stays with the
feeling of loving kindness and your
spiritual friend
for about three to five minutes then joy
will arise
congratulations you have arrived at the
first tranquil aware janna
how does a jhana arise first a
distraction arises
fueled by one or more of the hindrances
whatever it happens to be
greed hatred or restlessness as you let
it go
relax and come back to your object of
meditation
the hindrance begins to weaken when a
hindrance arises
it is not your enemy to fight with
rather
it is a friend for you to invite in
allowing it to show
you where your attachments are every
time you six are the hindrance
it grows weaker why because you have
released the craving which is embedded
in the distraction arising
finally you do one last six hour process
and the hindrance completely disappears
it just has no further energy from this
release and resulting relief
the first genre arises and mind enters
into a pure state
when the hindrance runs out of energy
you have a real sense of relief
you feel joy arising which is an
exciting happy feeling
you will feel light in both your mind
and body
quite nice hindrances are constantly
tightening down on our awareness and
pulling our mood down
they lead to a lot of frowning and
stress now you see the beginning of real
happiness arising
it is like you have been in a coarse
painful state your whole life and
someone just switches it off
you feel joy pity in the head in the
chest
and throughout the body it may feel full
or warm or light
it may be like bubbles popping it may be
subtle or
for some it may be felt as more extreme
joy
there might be some mental and visual
activities or even fireworks going on
behind your closed eyes
this will settle down after a period of
time a few hours or a day
the mental state will be energized and
joyful and it will definitely be a
pleasant feeling
there will be no hindrances at this time
this is a big relief
right after the joy fades away mind will
become very tranquil and comfortable
this is called happiness or sukkah mind
just stays on its object with almost no
effort at all
you have never experienced happiness and
clarity like this before
i will insert some comments from past
students taking a physical or online
retreat with this practice
i was able to generate loving kindness
and radiate the feeling to my spiritual
friend
within a few seconds i felt an
overwhelming wave of joy
it was like my spiritual friend was
radiating meta back to me
i cried out of joy again i returned to
my meditation object
spiritual friend but again i felt the
wave of joy
this time i just felt tremendously
grateful em california what is joy
excitement and a happy feeling are the
nature of joy at this beginning stage
a man in a desert who is dying of thirst
spots in the distance an oasis and a
pool of cool water
he becomes very excited and happy this
is the feeling of joy
the moment he sees it joy arises this is
what happens in the first jhana
the joy in the first jhana is followed
by a feeling of tranquility and
relaxation
you are still in the first jhana but it
is changing
you will feel this you will be smiling
and radiant
the jhana will last for a while until
another hindrance pops up
sometimes the joy is not strong and
meditators are not
sure they have achieved anything so they
don't mention it
on a retreat over the course of the
daily interviews
the teacher will inquire about what is
happening to you
they will ask you is there any joy the
teacher will get a hint when you say you
can stay on your meditation object for a
longer period of time
let's follow this similarly a bit longer
and do a brief explanation of the next
three jhanas so you can see how the
practice develops
as you continue meditating your joy from
the first jhana will deepen
there will arise a feeling of strong
confidence
this is a quieter deeper joy where both
mind and body become very light
almost like floating both mind and body
become very tranquil comfortable
and peaceful this is the second janna
when the man finally arrives at the pool
of cool water and jumps in
the temperature of the water is just
right both his mind and body kind of
give a gentle sigh of relief
this is where he experiences happiness
and contentment
this is the feeling of happiness sukha
and a developing sense of mental balance
that occurs in the third jhana
this happiness will fade away just
leaving a stability of mind that is a
feeling of equanimity
apeka which is the fourth jhana
the suthas explain the janas
the anupata suda one by one as they
occurred number 111
from the medeshima nikaya mn explains
the entire process and all the
characteristics of the janna's up to the
attainment of nibana
i will use this auto explained
throughout the rest of the book that
john is one by one
and the subsequent progress to awakening
the sutham 111 starts
and the states in the first jhana the
thinking and examining thought
the joy the happiness and the
unification of mind
you have let go of a hindrance and joy
arises
there are five different kinds of joy
the first kind of joy is like goosebumps
it is there for just a moment and then
it goes away
the next kind of joy is like a flash of
lightning it's very intense for a very
short period
and then that fades away the third kind
of joy is as if you are standing in the
ocean and you have these waves of joy
washing over you
it's just wave after wave these three
kinds of joy can happen to anyone for
any reason when the conditions are right
the last two types of joy only arise
from mental development
the fourth kind of joy is called
uplifting joy
you feel very light in your mind and
light in your body
you feel very happy and there is
excitement in it
this is the joy of the first and second
janus
the fifth and last kind of joy is called
all pervading joy
it just kind of comes out of everywhere
it bubbles out all over and pervades
your whole mind
this kind of joy is also called the
awakening factor of joy
this is the joy you feel when you attain
nabana
so the fourth type of joy arises and
right after that
when it fades away you feel very
tranquil and comfortable in your mind
and in your body
this feeling is what the buddha calls
sukha which is the pali word for
happiness
your mind does not wander very much in
your meditation
it doesn't get lost there is still the
thinking and examining mind
you still can internally verbalize
thoughts about your experience
you are still thinking but now only
wholesome states are there
though it is still a bit noisy as
compared to the states that come later
you are not carried away by unwholesome
thoughts
there is no craving now thoughts that
occur are thinking and examining
thoughts that have to do with what you
are feeling right now
in the present you feel very peaceful
and collected
in pali the word for this state is
and if you look up the word in the pali
dictionary akaga means tranquility
peacefulness and stillness of mind it
doesn't mean one pointed or absorption
but rather collected and unified the
soothing explains there are five factors
in the first genre
thinking and examining thought joy
happiness
and unification of mind the suda goes on
to explain what else is there
mn the contact feeling perception
volition and mind the five aggregates
body feeling perception formations
volitions and consciousness are also
present in this genre
this means that all the foundations of
mindfulness are there and will be
observed
these comprise who you are and you can
see all the aggregates there without the
veil of craving
you see with little dust in your eyes
then the sutha says
t he enthusiasm decision energy
mindfulness equanimity and attention
these states were defined by him one by
one as they occurred
known to him those states arose known
they were present
known they disappeared what are we
talking about here
we are talking about impermanence you
begin to see impermanence while you are
in the genre
you see these things arise and pass away
one by one as they occur
the factors listed in the sutha don't
necessarily follow the order that
they're given here
they come up whenever they're going to
come up these are the first initial
insights or understandings
deepasana and pali that arise for you
mn he understood thus so indeed
these states not having been come into
being
having been they vanish an obstacle that
sometimes comes here is that some
meditators will try to six are the joy
and happiness that arises
thinking that they might get attached to
it they think they should try to
suppress it and not allow it to be there
you do not need to do this you should
let this happy feeling be there with
full acceptance
but still go back to your spiritual
friend and continue the meditation
this joy is a fruit of the practice and
is wholesome
just let it be it is okay for you to
have joy
it's okay to be happy it's kind of a new
idea to let happiness be there and not
push it away
and to even develop it and keep the
happy state going which is the last part
of right effort
if you have excessive thoughts and start
thinking about what just happened
the joy arising you can six are those
thoughts and let them go
as you've started to take the joy
personally and become attached to it
that is craving and that keeps us on the
wheel of samsara
the wheel of suffering again you should
never push the joy away
just six are it allow it but don't get
involved in it
it is a wholesome state and wholesome
states are what we are striving for
the buddha said it is part of right
effort to notice an unwholesome state
and bring up a wholesome state
he didn't say to replace a wholesome
state with an even more wholesome state
wholesome is wholesome just let it be
it is enough gradually this happy
feeling will subside
or possibly it may come up again and
again over a few days
it will be there as long as it is there
there was a fellow who had tears rolling
down his cheeks
and everyone thought he was upset it was
joy and
finally he was told just to get a towel
and let the tears fall on that
no need to make it stop it will stop on
its own
after some time you will lose this happy
feeling and the hindrances will come
back
you will certainly start to think oh if
i could just get that experience again
this is craving and should be 6 art
often
at this stage if you fail to follow the
teacher's instructions to 6r
you might go around trying to figure out
how to get that state back
and you won't subsequently you might
crash and burn
and the next day you will be frustrated
at not being able to bring back the
experience
some meditators are smarter than others
they just go back to the meditation as
they had practiced it before and
continue following the instructions
some may take an extra day and that's
okay
we all have to learn wanting something
only creates frustration in mind
we need to six are that too
meditation instruction on a retreat
the teacher will now give you further
instructions
for those of you using this book on your
own please pay attention to this next
instruction
after you feel this joyful feeling
arising you can drop the verbalization
for your spiritual friend
may you be happy may you be peaceful etc
just feel the wish for their happiness
without mentally verbalizing
there is no further need for the phrases
as they may cause tension and tightness
in your head
and we certainly don't wish to create
more tightness
this is a sign of progress in your
meditation
your thoughts have quieted down and you
are starting to experience the quieting
presence of the second jhana
more about this jhana in the next
chapter the teacher will not tell you
what jhana you are in until you have
gotten to the fourth jhana
at that stage you will have a firm grip
on the technique and how to six or
distractions
you understand that these are just
levels of understanding and tranquility
that you are going through
as your meditation progresses you start
to develop some equanimity and won't
care so much what state you are in
at that point the teacher will tell you
that you have become an advanced
meditator and congratulate you on your
progress
but there is more to do walking
meditation and the jaundice
walking is an important part of this
meditation as it helps to sustain energy
overcome sloth and torpor and maintain
health generally when you are sitting
for long periods of time
however one of the most important
purposes of walking meditation is to
enable you to practice integrating twin
meditation into your daily life
the purpose of meditation is to bring
change to all parts of your life all the
time
not just while you are sitting walking
meditation will help you to accomplish
this
while you are sitting you are staying
with your spiritual friend and six ring
distractions
now the only difference is that you are
walking just strolling normally
and keeping your mind on radiating kind
thoughts to your spiritual friend
in the same way when you were sitting
see a guide to twim for an in-depth
discussion of how to do walking
meditation
one of the mistakes many people make
when they are talking about jhanas is to
think that a jhana only arises while
you're doing your sitting meditation
however you can take any one of these
jhanas and stay with it while you get up
and do your walking meditation
you can also be in this state when
you're washing the dishes you could even
be taking a bath or standing in the
checkout line at the store
staying with your object of meditation
while you are walking and during all
your activities will help you to
progress further
unlike being in absorption jhana any one
of the tranquil aware genres can arise
during your daily activities
this is one of the reasons that you keep
your meditation going all the time
it doesn't matter what you are doing
it's all part of the practice
everything you do is practice if you
train in this way
then you will make progress be aware of
what your mind is doing all the time
remember to stay with the meditation
practice as much as possible
that's the first part of mindfulness
remembering to practice
remember what observing mind's attention
moving from one thing to another
chapter 7 second jhana noble silence
mn 111 section 5 again
monks with distilling of thinking and
examining thought
sarah put it entered and abided in the
second janna which has self-confidence
and
stillness of mind without thinking and
examining thought
with joy and happiness born of
collectedness the joy that arises in the
second jana is stronger than the first
and deeper
you feel much lighter in your mind much
lighter in your body
sometimes it feels like you are floating
in your chair
there are students that say they felt so
light that they had to open their eyes
because they thought they were going to
hit the ceiling
this is the uplifting type of joy from
attaining a meditative state
the happiness you experience is a
comfortable peacefulness
there is a calm feeling in your mind and
in your body
mind quiets down like when a
refrigerator turns off
you hadn't even noticed it was on and
then the compressor clicks off
it's a level of quiet that you never
thought possible
confidence appears you feel you are
really starting to understand the
meditation
you feel like you have no more doubts
about how to do this practice
you are starting to understand the six
ares when you're in the first jhana
you can still have thoughts and you can
still have thinking and examining mind
which means a wholesome observing mind
that is thinking about the experience
when you enter the second genre this is
where true
noble silence begins this is real noble
silence
it is not writing notes on retreat
instead of talking all the while your
mind is speeding along
it is noble silence because your
internal verbalizing has essentially
stopped
while you are in this state if you try
to make a wish-like
may i be happy this will cause more
tension and more phrases mentally
repeated will cause your head to get
tight
you then are advised to stop making
verbal wishes as it explains below
meditation instruction
again for meditators using this book as
a guide
now let go of internal verbalizing of
the wishes
simply wish loving kindness for your
spiritual friend
bring up the feeling without the phrases
when you are in the second genre and you
repeat phrases you will find it causes
tension in your head and mind and you
can't do it comfortably
that is your signal to let go of
internal verbalization
chapter eight third jhana
happiness m n colon 1 11 section 7.
again monks with the fading away of joy
sarah put a abide in equanimity and
mindful
and fully aware still feeling pleasure
happiness
with the body still feeling happiness
with the body
he entered upon and abided in the third
janna on ac
count of which noble ones announce he
has a pleasant abiding who has
equanimity and
is mindful when you get into the third
genre you start losing body awareness
this is a way to mark your progress
you'll be sitting and all of a sudden
you think
i don't feel my hands or i don't feel my
leg or my shoulder disappeared
unless you consciously put your
attention there and then you feel them
you feel very tranquil and sometimes it
can be a heavy
yet pleasant feeling this is a sign that
you are starting to truly understand the
use of the six ares
this is not a state of absorption where
if someone pokes you
you would not feel it this is a state
where your attention is not on the body
unless there is contact
it can be an outside force demanding
your attention as in the teacher calls
you
or someone taps your shoulder whenever
the attention is drawn somewhere
it is because there is craving there
when a feeling arises
you want to feel it and check it out
there is a little craving in every part
of the mental stream
if a pleasant feeling arises craving
arises
and we launch into liking or disliking
that feeling
then the thoughts and stories come up
about the feeling what the feeling is
about
the perception that comes with the
feeling and the story about the feeling
again we 6r and continue when you get
into the third jana
you let go of a lot of mental tension
when you let go of that mental tension
you start letting go of physical tension
as well
bani said that one meditator came to him
and told him she felt just like her head
was sitting on the floor
there was nobody there just a head
rolling around
at one point i couldn't feel my
extremities not because they were asleep
or anything
they just disappeared i was much less
distracted and was able to focus more
i studied the six r's more and was able
to really use them when needed
cg missouri a loud noise like a
motorcycle might be heard outside
and you know that this happened you have
a balanced mind about it
there is much more equanimity in the
third genre
sounds don't make your mind shake they
don't make your mind flutter
your mind just says okay there was a
sound
never mind relax come back to your
object of meditation
there is this strong balance that occurs
you feel more comfortable than you've
ever felt
very much at ease in your body bodily
tension has all but disappeared
whereas in the first and second john as
you had joy coming up
now it starts to fade away you will ask
where has the joy gone i like that
i want it back you have gone beyond that
coarser level of excitement and arrived
at a deeper
more content state the word used here is
happiness
sukha along with contentment this is not
joy anymore
sometimes the student needs to be
reassured it's okay not to have joy
this is progress your mind is going
deeper
mind becomes very tranquil and very
unified not in a one-pointed way where
the senses are shut out
but it stays on one object it just sits
there
and there is no need for control it is
happy there
everything is okay you are starting to
see with a quieter mind
you can notice when mental movements
first start to arise
you can let them go and relax you'll
start to see that mind begins to flutter
a little bit
and then it flutters faster and faster
and then it gets completely distracted
away
you'll begin to observe how that process
works
when you first notice this fluttering if
you relax right then
your mind stays on your object of
meditation
as you go deeper your wandering mind is
six-hard sooner
metta takes you to the fourth jhana
in the samyatta nikaya there is a
section on loving-kindness meditation
that refers to the factors of awakening
this suta is a real revelation because
it is talking about practicing
loving-kindness in the fourth jhana
the reason that this is a revelation is
that it is widely held that loving
kindness can only take you to the third
jhana
but there it is in the suda talking
about experiencing the feeling of meta
in the fourth jhana
the suthas disagree with the bishop maga
about this
in reading the sutha accompanied by
loving kindness number 46 section 54
4 from the samyata nikaya it says that
on the other hand metta or
loving-kindness
goes to the fourth jhana compassion goes
to the base of infinite space
the first arupa jhana joy goes to the
base of infinite consciousness
the second arupa-jhana and equanimity
goes to the base of nothingness
the third arupa-jana the practice that
is being taught here is not only loving
kindness
it is the complete practice of the
brahmavi eras
there are four abodes or divine abidings
of brahma that make up the brahma v
heras which are loving kindness
meta compassion karuna joy
mudita and equanimity apeka
loving-kindness is the first part of
this larger system that eventually leads
to the experience of nibana
the loving-kindness meditation that we
are talking about here is not just a
side meditation to help us calm down
after a long day at the office
or to prepare for our meditation on the
breath it is a powerful system in its
own right as part of the brahmavihara
meditation path and does
indeed culminate in full awakening
bonnie vimela ramsay talks about some of
his malaysian students who would come
off a difficult vipassana retreat and
request to take a meta retreat with him
he said that they said their minds had
been hardened by those retreats and that
they needed to return to a more balanced
happy state who could think that a
method that buddha taught would cause
hardness
not lead directly to the goal and need
meta to recover from it
were these other retreats being taught
in the way the buddha instructed
if they had added the relaxed step then
this could have been avoided
meta is a very important practice that
the buddha taught which can take you
directly to nibana
that misunderstanding that it will not
take you to the goal needs to be
corrected
meta is just the first part of the
brahma v harris system that you
experience as you go deeper into your
practice
it automatically leads to the other
three viheras but you have to continue
the practice
meta is indeed the doorway to the
unconditioned
after all the definition of right effort
is to one recognize there is an
unwholesome state
two to let go of that unwholesome state
three bring up a wholesome state
four keep it going four parts
and what is more wholesome than meta you
just keep it going and it will lead you
to nibana with no other methods needed
this is what it says right in the text
themselves
chapter nine fourth jhana the beautiful
mn colon 111 section 9. again monks
with the abandoning of pleasure and pain
and with the previous disappearance of
joy and grief
saraputta entered upon and abided in the
fourth jhana which has neither pain nor
pleasure and purity of mindfulness due
to equanimity
in the fourth jhana the loving kindness
energy moves from the chest and heart
area
up to your head it is like the feeling
of meta is starting to radiate from the
top of the head
the spiritual friend smiles back and
there is no more warmth in the chest
area from the loving kindness in no
circumstances should you try to push the
feeling back down to your heart area
again
it should be allowed to go where it
wants to based on the sincerity of your
loving kindness
some meditators make the mistake of
trying to make a feeling arise by
focusing on their heart and chest area
that's not right they should be bringing
up sincere wishes of loving kindness
which they really mean and honestly
believe
then the feeling appears on its own and
it goes where it needs to
in the fourth jhana the contentment
turns into a deeper peaceful feeling
full of equanimity it is a non-reactive
state of balance
it doesn't mean that there cannot be a
painful or a pleasurable feeling arising
it means that it doesn't make your mind
shake you see it for what it is
and you have this beautiful balance
towards it the fourth jhana in some
texts is called the beautiful
ultra strong balance when i finish the
meditation
i was blissed out not intense joy just
very relaxed
a strong feeling of equanimity totally
still and silent
and lots of automatic smiling in the
meditation itself
it was very easy to see the people i
sent loving-kindness to
smile the loving-kindness stayed in the
head and once again i lost perception or
sense of body consciousness
just felt floaty light and expansive
sd california you don't notice
sensations arising inside your body
but you do notice external contact if an
ant walks on you
you know it you have such balance that
nothing bothers you
a mosquito comes around and he bites you
it's okay
so what no big deal mind is in balance
to all feeling
in the fourth jhana pain in your body
will disappear as your mind no longer
reacts with an i don't like it mind
of course when the next hindrance occurs
you can fall out of that state
and the pain will come back also there
are reports of golden light pervading
your mind and this wonderful feeling
pouring out of the top of the head
in the fourth jhana because there is
contact with the ground while you're
walking
you will feel sensation from your feet
this is because of contact with the
ground
bodily sensations will not draw your
attention
your sense of self-awareness will have
moved up to your head area now
you have now given up your beginner
status you're not a novice anymore
you've become an advanced meditator but
interestingly you are balanced and not
over excited with that
it's just more self-discovery and you
don't get a big head about it
whereas at the first jhana you might
have thought you were pretty good
now it is just another step on the path
with no looking back
advancing breaking down the barriers
you are now told that you have developed
the meditation skills to a higher level
you are told this so that you have
confidence in the practice and gain more
enthusiasm
previously you weren't informed of what
was happening because it would just lead
to more mental wanderings
now that you have some more equanimity
and your mind has calmed
you are told where you are day by day
what exact genre you are in
as it happens if you ask about it you
see that sutham 111 is real
and like sarah putta you are just
watching the progress step by step as it
occurs
meditation instruction
now you are to change your spiritual
friend
you have completed the practice to this
point and have now advanced
it's time to move ahead let go of the
friend you have been working with and
change to the people listed below
go through each group one at a time
until you see them smiling and happy
pick three more spiritual friends
any gender living and not a family
member
and one by one radiate loving kindness
to them until they smile back or you
feel there is a connection of loving
kindness with them
living family members either male or
female
gender no longer matters one by one
radiate loving kindness to them until
they smile back
four neutral people either male or
female
one by one radiate loving kindness to
them until they smile back
a neutral person is a casual
acquaintance that you occasionally see
like the bus driver or the cashier at
the store
you don't really know them but you say
hello every now and then
enemies are last send meta to any
troublesome people
whoever arises enemies are those people
we don't like
we may hold a grudge or we know they
don't care for us
it might be public figures or any person
who comes to your mind when you do this
one by one radiate meta to people who
pop into your mind until you can't think
of anyone else
if hatred or even dislike arises while
radiating meta to an enemy
go back to a neutral person until you
can let go of the aversion and come back
to that feeling of loving kindness
then begin again radiate meta to your
enemy and continue until that hostile
energy is dissipated and they smile back
it doesn't have to be that deep just
have a friendly feeling for them
or even a neutral feeling in which they
don't bother you
remember everyone has some good
qualities
you can focus on those you can do the
process above in as little
as 20 to 30 minutes but you should spend
no more than an hour on this
if you cannot get beyond this step then
perhaps some forgiveness meditation will
be suggested by the teacher
information and directions for
forgiveness meditation may be found on
the dhamasuka website and practiced from
the book on this topic by bonnie
vimalaromsi
forgiveness is a very powerful practice
by itself and is highly recommended to
everyone
but especially to those who cannot bring
up a genuine feeling of loving-kindness
for any of these groups of people
this morning i did my first breaking
down the barrier sitting
it went so well i saw everyone smiling
at me pretty quickly
then i got to my enemies there is a
woman i'm quite jealous of
i forgave myself for it i wished her
love
peace and happiness then i saw the smile
the second one is my niece's husband
i've never seen him smile in real life
so i don't even know what that would
look like but
as i was wishing peace for both of us it
felt like a lightning bolt went through
my heart
i knew that i am wrong for the hate i'm
feeling toward him
only love can beat hate cg missouri
radiating to the six directions
meditation instruction
after the process of breaking down the
barriers is complete
you will report back to the teacher or
if you are working on your own then
simply continue below
you will be now instructed to radiate
loving kindness from the head
not from the third eye or forehead but
from the area in the middle of or the
top of your head
you radiate to each of the six
directions forward
backward right left above and below
for five minutes a piece that is 30
minutes total
for the rest of the sitting you then
radiate to all beings in all directions
at once
to the whole universe without
limitations sit and glow with this
feeling of loving kindness and let it
warm the whole cosmos and beyond
like a candle let the feeling radiate to
all beings
don't push or force just let it radiate
and see it just going out by itself
now the fun begins i was completely
immersed
at one point there was no me all i saw
was the light going in all directions
it was like a fountain going up down and
in all directions
i was so absorbed when my timer went off
i jumped
my husband said i looked like i was
radiating full of joy and peace
cg missouri you should sit for more than
one hour if you can
you are encouraged to sit even longer if
you are comfortable
don't stop when you feel good or think
you have made progress
go longer don't stop if you get edgy or
want to quit
try another five minutes just to see if
you can do it many times a few more
minutes will get you through that short
period of restlessness
radiating the four brahmavi harris
successively as they arise
to all directions will now be your
practice into the highest states of the
meditation
please note that i am describing the
technique as it is presented in the
texts
i am only explaining the texts here and
not creating a new sort of meditation
you are now practicing the brahmavihara
practice exactly as it is described and
taught by the buddha in the texts
this practice of meta and the rest of
the brahma v heras are actually
mentioned much more frequently
in 12 suthas in the midshima nikaya
versus the breath or on upon a city
practice which is only found in four
suthas
which one do you think the buddha taught
more often he did appear to favor the
brahma viharas over the breath practice
bonnie vimala ramsay states that metta
is six times quicker than breath and
gets you to the goal much faster
he says it takes six weeks for someone
to experience jhana with breath versus a
week
or less with meta this has been our
experience
and thus we always recommend meta first
he will teach breath to certain
personality types that have a hard time
with the feeling of loving kindness
but he does have the relaxed or
tranquilized step
chapter 10 the base of infinite space
compassion
the buddha taught that there are four
major jhanas but he broke up the fourth
jhana into four more parts
the sooth is called the last four part
spaces or realms
we will primarily use the term bases but
will shift back and forth at times
between base and urupajana just to make
sure you understand the connection
now you have arrived at the arupa or
immaterial jhanas
the first four janas are called rupa are
material genres
rupa means realm of the body and arupa
means realm of mind
more precisely the a and arupa means no
so not of the body
the word realm is also used in addition
to base for these higher parts of the
fourth jhana
this is because the buddha stated that
if one were to attain any of these four
jaunas including the four immaterial
realms
then the power merit of that act would
cause them to be reborn into a realm of
existence that corresponds to the
meditation level attained
there are 31 planes of existence and the
jhana based brahma realms are the
highest
most pleasant and longest lasting the
higher the jhana
the longer the lifetime in that
corresponding realm and the more sublime
the state
mn colon 111 section 11. again
monks with the complete surmounting of
gross
perceptions of form with the
disappearance of gross
perceptions of sensory impact aware that
space is infinite
sorry putta entered upon and abided in
the base of infinite space
this means you have surmounted the
physical and now are entering the subtle
mental realms
you are no longer paying attention to
the five senses and are paying attention
to what's in your mind only
you start feeling a quieter loving
kindness now
you will realize that there is less
warmth less movement of the meta
it is softer like cotton this is karuna
or compassion
you have gone beyond the coarser state
of loving kindness and entered a more
sublime
tranquil state you report back that the
feeling of loving kindness has no limit
but is very big
it is as immense as the sky your head
feels like it gets larger
you feel like things are expanding
outward maybe you feel as if the floor
drops away and you are suspended in
space
you may even feel like you are flying up
into space
this is a very pleasurable kind of
feeling it is pretty awesome
there is a continuous expansion outward
there is no center point to be seen
there may be an exclamation of oh wow
when explaining this delightful state to
the teacher
wow as i progressed through the four
meditation sittings today
each an hour or so long it was like the
spaciousness became larger
larger and larger i did the radiating of
meta for the five minutes in each of the
six directions and then radiated outward
throughout the rest of the meditation
to all six directions at the same time
the sphere of meta grew in size and just
kept growing without stopping
the meta itself also transformed it was
magnetic
as if intensifying and creating a strong
energetic force field
floating feeling intensified never felt
such spaciousness and expansiveness
before
there was insight into how awareness of
feeling and perceptions arose and ceased
infinitely and how i was not in control
sd california
meditation instruction
you will now change from meta to
compassion as your new object of
meditation
you expand this new feeling outward with
no limits to the six directions
as you have been doing with loving
kindness begin each meditation session
radiating compassion for five minutes in
each direction
and then radiate compassion to all
beings in all directions at the same
time for the remainder of the sitting
loving-kindness has now automatically
switched to the state of compassion
bani vimela ramsay tells us that this is
the state that so many teachers refer to
when they talk about the buddha's
infinite compassion
bani's opinion is that when the buddha
refers to compassion
the state that he is talking about is
the base of infinite space or the first
rupijana
it is not just a general state of caring
or nurturing
but actually the genetic state of
compassion bani further explains that
the buddha did this practice every
morning
getting into the jhana of infinite space
with compassion as his object of
meditation
from this state the buddha would then
survey the world for people who needed
his compassion and were ready to
understand his teachings
he would then go to them and instruct
them in the dhamma
he saw people who had little dust in
their eyes and were ready to attain
awakening
mn colon 111 section 12. and the states
in the base of infinite space
the perception of the base of infinite
space and the unification of mind
the contact feeling perception volition
and mind you still experience the five
aggregates
even though you're in an arupa or mental
genre
this says that you're still practicing
the four foundations of mindfulness even
while you are in the erupa-jhana state
you are now in a mental realm and
awareness of your body has faded away
unless there is contact
notice that the soothing quoted above no
longer includes experiencing pleasure in
the body
now you are told you have no body so
please don't pay attention to it anymore
six or any tugs and pulls back into any
awareness of the body
now you know your body is still there
sitting quietly
but your awareness is very much focused
on mind
mn colon 111 section 12 kant
te enthusiasm decision energy
mindfulness equanimity and attention
these states were defined by him one by
one as they occurred
known to him those states arose known
they were present
known they disappeared he understood
thus and with the cultivation of that
attainment
he confirmed that there is still more
meditation instruction
continue sending your compassion to the
six directions to see how it expands
outward
the brahmavihara meditation develops in
sequence through the four divina bitings
automatically these states will arise on
their own when you are ready
don't bring them up they will come up
just keep going and see what happens
next
chapter 11 the base of infinite
consciousness
joy mn colon 1 11 section 13.
again monks by completely surmounting
the base of infinite space
aware that consciousness is infinite
sara putta entered upon and abided in
the base of infinite consciousness
this is a fascinating state for one
thing
the compassionate feeling automatically
changes again to a feeling of altruistic
joy
but that's not as clear a definition as
it could be
it is a feeling that's very different
from the compassion experienced
previously
it is a feeling that bonnie prefers to
call just joy or joyfulness
whereas before joy was an exciting type
of joy
pity now it becomes sublime and tranquil
this is pity versus modita regardless
you now go from a feeling of compassion
to a feeling of joy
meditation instruction
now you start radiating joy in all
directions instead of compassion
joy is now your object of meditation
what happens is
your awareness starts to be so good and
so sharp you begin to see individual
consciousnesses arise and pass away
continually
you see firsthand how truly impermanent
everything is
there's no doubt in your mind anymore
that everything just comes into
existence and then fades away
sometimes your eyes just pop open there
can be so much energy
if you try to close them they just stay
open so you just let them be open
the arising of awareness was automatic
and its ceasing too was automatic
it was all impersonal and uncontrollable
the
sense of i disappeared and reappeared
over and over and over
there were moments where awareness
ceased completely there was nothing in
between the arising and ceasing
the lapse in awareness grew in frequency
and length as well as far as i could
tell but as soon as i saw this
i was back to seeing the arising and
ceasing and then the spaciousness
when i finished the final sitting
meditation my mind was still
clear and sharp mind and emotions never
felt so pristine
calm and pure before nothing i can say
here except excellent
sd california after you sit with this
insight into impermanence and
impersonality for a little while
something interesting happens some
students report
well yes i see all these consciousnesses
the eye
the ear the nose the tongue the body
and mind i see these consciousnesses
arise and pass away
and it's really tiresome what you see
now is not only impermanence but
suffering
and you're seeing there's nobody home
there's no control over this process
it happens all by itself you see anika
impermanence dukkha suffering and anata
non-self up close and personal while
you're in the urupajanas
in buddhism these are the three signs of
existence
anything that exists has this nature and
now you see it
it isn't on a thinking level but in a
direct way
you know it bonnie vimela ramsay tells a
story of a monk who is a famous monk in
burma
he is invited to a person's home for
lunch and is offered the finest of
curries and rice
the entire time the monk eats he says
dukkha
dukkha suffering suffering
he is trying to think his way to see the
signs of existence
and that doesn't work all it does it is
to create an aversion to whatever you
are labeling or noting and that's
developing an unwholesome state
not insight at all this experience
answers a lot of questions that you may
have had brewing
before this everybody was talking about
things happening so fast
but now your awareness is so sharp that
you actually see each part of the
experience
the 12 links of dependent origination
are starting to come into focus
and you are beginning to see separate
links moreover
you are beginning to see that they
follow each other and that each link is
dependent on the link before it
after a while it does appear this
constant arising and passing away of
consciousness does become tiresome
you wonder will it ever end is this all
there is
it doesn't matter whether you're doing
your walking meditation or eating
or going to the toilet you see all these
consciousnesses continually
is there a way out of this as you
instructed
i first radiated joy in all directions
beginning with sending it out to
individual directions five minutes each
then expanding the sublime joy outward
it grew larger and larger without
stopping
there was once again insight into the
impermanence of eye as it arose and
passed away
the gaps in between each arising and
passing away grew larger
and my focus shifted subtly to those
blanks where then the joy radiating in
all directions was shifted to equanimity
there was total disinterest in the
impermanence of i and insight into the
silliness of identifying a non-existent
permanent eye with every feeling
thought and action deeper experiential
realization that feelings and thoughts
were not under my control and that
thoughts or mind objects in general were
like what odors were to the nose
or sounds were to the ears they came and
went without me being involved
i continued to 6r nonetheless sd
california
meditation instruction
small pinpoint lights may arise like
little stars that twinkle and then fade
away
these are the start of craving they are
indications of tanha just starting to
arise
these are thoughts that are just
starting to form you feel a pull from
those lights
a tightness you realize that if you six
are then the moment they arise then
thoughts don't arise
you see the relief in this the six areas
will return you to a state of balance
and tranquility
be sure to six are them as soon as they
arise these lights are sticky as they
are little seeds of craving coming into
existence
you now see the craving that exists in
all thinking
and you see that is why constant
thinking is so tiring and annoying to
your mind
consider the other night when you
couldn't get to sleep because you were
thinking so much
it was suffering being successful with
this meditation practice brings you the
benefit of getting to sleep easily and
having no bad dreams
this is one of the 11 benefits of meta
meditation
you might see illuminations expanding
out like small suns
these are called nimita no we are not
talking about the nemeta or what some
practices call signs that are used as
focus points in concentration
meditation but these are merely forms
and shapes that arise
this is the true meaning of nimita let
go of these and six
are them you do not switch over and
start focusing on them
they are just interesting phenomena that
might distract you
don't get involved with them if you were
to take these lights as your meditation
object
then that would be a concentration
absorption meditation practice
and that is not in the suttas the buddha
had previously tried all these types of
meditation
and he rejected that practice as leading
to true awakening
when you practice concentration with the
breath meditation lights can arise
as well and if you take these lights and
concentrate on them
then again you are not practicing what
is in the suttas
please six are them this is the
influence of the commentaries like the
vishetti maga
the vijudi maga has included many
practices that are not in the suthas
this conflict should cause us to
question which one is right
in the base of infinite consciousness
some people have visions of devas
kuan yin buddha jesus or muhammad
this is based on their belief systems
that all needs to be six are so you can
progress
if you feel very happy and joyful
sometimes there will be tears of joy
allow the tears to come out that is the
sign of the mudita or joyful state in
which you are abiding
you may feel like things are slowing
down like watching a movie in slow
motion
you may see each frame of consciousness
arising and passing away
whether it is at the eye door or your
door you may wobble and feel like you
are woozy
don't get attached to any of this six or
all of it
none of these experiences are to be
taken personally as me or mine
they should just be allowed your
mindfulness is now getting very sharp
sharp enough to see individual
consciousnesses
meditation instruction
you will then be asked to start noticing
the spaces between the consciousnesses
try to become more aware of the silence
and the tranquility that is there
and dwell in this quiet let everything
else go
you will think there is nothing
patiently let this state deepen
this will lead you to the next base and
the last of the brahmaviras
this is upeka or equanimity sometimes
around this level
the meditator may have the thought if i
have no self then i should just die
fear can arise i have no control over
anything
what can i do you just do what you
always have
you never had a self in the first place
so nothing has changed
this is insight it isn't suicidal
thoughts by any means so don't worry
the teacher will remind you that this is
just your mind playing games
have a good laugh and lighten up you
won't die
not even close soon you are moving into
deeper
even more exciting territory i was able
to get more solidly into the realm of
infinite consciousness in which i
observed various things such as swirling
colored geometric
patterns interrupted by strobe lights
sometimes i saw millions of tiny colored
lights flashing randomly
the swirling patterns with strobe lights
were the most common
i remembered you advised me to pay
attention to the stillness between
consciousness as i looked between the
strobes and six art
the colors came to a halt and
disappeared but i found if i looked
closely there were subtle ripples in the
black nothingness
i six are these and found the slowed or
disappeared but never for long
my mind was in an incredibly still state
and yet i was not quite sure i was still
in the meditative state
i reasoned that if i was still
meditating that i should be able to
return to radiating joy
so i brought up joy in the colored
patterns and strobe lights returned
again i sard that and returned to
stillness
rm japan there was once again insight
into the impermanence of i
as it arose and passed away the gaps in
between each arising and passing away
grew larger
and my focus shifted subtly to those
blanks then the joy radiating in all
directions was shifted to equanimity
sd california
12 the base of nothingness equanimity
mn colon 111 section 15.
again monks by completely surmounting
the base of infinite consciousness
aware that there is nothing sara putta
entered upon and abided in the base of
nothingness
previously you saw the world existing as
outside of yourself
now you see things as all in mind only
you still see different movements of
mind
but they're not outside of mind you have
had a concept of yourself being in the
world
which is constantly in the background of
your thinking
we all see ourselves in relationship to
the world as a separate self or entity
taking things personally means we see
ourselves doing things in our mind
we see ourselves having done things in
the past
we see ourselves doing things now and we
see ourselves doing things in the future
we only exist in our minds this idea
or concept of self only exists in our
mind and now we see it
outside of the thinking mind there is
only seeing
hearing touching tasting and smelling
just sensations that are arising and
passing away
yet we identify these as having this
self this existence laid over the top of
it
this me that is doing this planning to
do that thinking about this
being a part of a team to create that
you are an actor in this dream of
existence
it is all in your head you are
constantly creating this illusion of
self
moment to moment they are just images
now you finally start to come out of the
dream and only see what is there
gross thinking stops conceptual
engagement stops
now in the seeing there is only seeing
in the hearing only hearing
etc nothing happens in the past and
nothing happens in the future
it is all happening now and in this
clear present
there is no self there is only awareness
of what happens at the sense doors
moment to moment
it becomes very quiet you have never
experienced this before
this is the awareness and experience of
the base of nothingness
this jhana is like the part in the
matrix movie where keanu reeves wakes up
from his dream existence in this
machine-created mental world and
realizes that he is in a pod just
dreaming his life experience
like him we are waking out of our dream
of self to find nothing but an
impersonal process
a never-ending stream of events now it's
like your consciousness stops paying
attention to general body awareness and
sensations and jumps up into your head
you are no longer paying attention to
the awareness that has anything to do
with the body
you see everything as happening from
mind and physically from the head area
you are only attentive to mind concepts
stop
thoughts are now just observing thoughts
and not being taken personally
they are not defining your world anymore
in fact
most thoughts simply stop since concepts
come from thoughts
and things come from concepts no things
leads us to the realm of nothingness
you are now seeing clearly without the
noise and without creating stories about
everything
some people will say it even feels like
being in the desert all alone
in total desolation there is nothing
around but sand
it is pleasant yet different from
anything you have ever felt
you start to understand the lengths of
dependent origination called nama rupa
or mentality
materiality name and form there is mind
that is dependent upon the body
both are distinct yet work together
one cannot be without the other but now
you see
with direct insight that there is the
body itself separate from mind
for example there is the breath going in
and out and then the mentality or mind
which is made up of feeling
perception and consciousness there is
the physical breath
and there is the knowing the perception
of the breath and knowing what it is
doing and how it feels
this is the mentality slash materiality
link of dependent origination
with the dropping of the concept of
things out there and of your perceived
feeling of your separate existence in
the world
your awareness pulls in the ever-present
worrying dream of you disappears no more
thoughts that carry you away into the
future or the past
no more thoughts are creating this or
that world
you just exist in the present your
awareness is clear and free of your
conceptual self-image
without these concepts there is only the
present the arising and passing away of
feeling and sensations
this is all that you see no past or
future lives now
this is mine's attention without craving
embedded in it without the overlaying of
the idea of self or soul
in this silence of nothingness you start
to see much more subtle phenomena that
were hidden by our noisy minds
very interesting things are here there
is definitely not nothing
mn colon 111 section 16
and the state's in the base of
nothingness before
in the second arupa jhana if infinite
consciousness you are radiating joy in
all six directions
where you were feeling joy before now
you're feeling equanimity that is very
very strong and you have this very fine
balance of mind
now you take this equanimity as your
object and radiate it to all beings in
all directions
this particular level of mind is by far
one of the more fascinating states that
are experienced in meditation
now there is no sadness nor happiness
just balance
when asked how you feel you will always
report that you are fine
everything is fine i have nothing to say
just fine from an online retreat report
sitting number one one hour joy for 19
minutes
i saw patterns and glowing balls i six
rdd these
then went into equanimity i saw golden
stupas
buddha statues and a celestial being
emitting a brilliant light
i six are these as they came up next 30
minutes was with
sending equanimity in all directions
with golden light emitting from my crown
i six art whatever came up 15 minutes
was the best with keeping my mind on the
object of my meditation
cb sri lanka from an online retreat
report
after about 10 minutes i could feel
myself going deeper before the descent
stopped
after five minutes or so at that level i
started to descend again to the next
level
my notes record got deeper and plateau
like steps and that was what it was like
i must have gone down in three or four
steps spending five minutes or so before
moving down to the next plateau
at one plateau i recall seeing a vista
like a black clear night sky with
thousands of tiny pin pricks of light
twinkling away
on the next level down i saw what i can
only describe as a really big area
covered with rows and rows of
ball-shaped translucent shapes
the skirts of which were gently rippling
i described them as jellyfish because of
their translucent nature
the oddball slash jellyfish would
occasionally speed off away from this
vista
but mainly the visual field was still
and quiet
after the jellyfish the next descent was
longer at the bottom of which the
blackness was unmoving
absolutely still i can remember
wondering whether i was dead
whether i was or wasn't was of no
interest the possibility certainly
didn't upset me
around this point at the deepest level i
didn't move down from this level
what i describe as tingles move
throughout the body and waves
after a couple of passes this stopped
and the absolute still quiet remained
at this point of the sit the quiet was
quite solid
not the quiet when you turn off a radio
and think that's quiet
but rather a quiet where there's
absolutely no point from which any noise
could originate
an absence of anything that could
disturb a quiet slash stillness that is
not capable of being broken
lm australia others feel the tranquility
coming from you
there seems to be a glow in your face a
radiance
any stress lines have all but
disappeared if you do not put quite
enough energy into watching that
equanimity
your mind gets dull you don't have
sleepiness
but a dullness can occur if you put in a
little bit too much energy
your mind gets restless now you must
steady your energy
this is where you are balancing the
seven factors of awakening
we will go through these later if
restlessness arises because you put in
too much energy
you are no longer in the you're caught
by a hindrance
and because of the way the hindrances
work they don't just come one at a time
for example when you have restlessness
it's not just
restlessness it's the restlessness as
well as the dislike of the restlessness
so you have two hindrances that you get
to work with
hindrances pile up on top of hindrances
it's quite easy to let restlessness go
and balance your energy by this time if
you are patient
it's like walking the finest tightrope
you've ever seen like walking on a
spider web
it's that fine being in that kind of
balance
it just takes a little tweak a little
twerp and whoop
you could be knocked off balance and
then you should work with it again
bring in a little more energy some more
mindfulness
if this is too much back off again
this is where working with the energy is
incredibly interesting and subtle
the most important thing here is using
your mindfulness to observe what is
there in mind and to balance it by
backing off or adding energy to your
practice
by observing these states you will
affect them naturally
therefore mindfulness is the most
important factor of awakening
the investigation factor arises when
mind's movement is clearly seen
investigation balances both energy and
lack of energy automatically by seeing
what is out of balance and changing it
in quantum physics it is positive that
you can change a process by observing it
this is what mindfulness does mind
observes itself
and change takes place sometimes you may
not make progress because something is
nagging at the back of your mind
it is a subtle desire that you are
identifying with you are looking for
something to happen
perhaps wanting nabana to come and
looking for it by thinking about it
it should be six art it can be a pesky
desire
but eventually you will get tired of it
nibano will never happen if there is
this craving there
nabana will happen when mind loses all
its craving and movement
again you may have fear arise and think
that you don't exist
as before you should just six or that
fear and continue
it will disappear soon enough that is
just more craving
mn colon 111 section 16.
and the states in the base of
nothingness the perception of the base
of nothingness and the unification of
mind
the contact feeling perception volition
and mind equanimity gets very deep here
and this should be your object of
meditation now
you should imagine yourself surrounded
and enveloped by the feeling of
equanimity
you should radiate this feeling outward
from your whole mind
keep a small smile going as this will
warn you of unwholesome states coming in
like a candle emits heat and light you
simply sit and let the equanimity
radiate out by itself
you almost see it go out if there is
stress from sending out the feeling
then you are pushing too hard you should
just let it seep out like a fog but
point it to the direction in which you
intended to go
if there is tension then just six are it
do not push the feeling of equanimity
out pushing it will create more tension
that is trying to control feeling with
your thoughts
it doesn't work a lighthouse emits light
in all directions
it doesn't push anything the light just
shines outward
all you do is switch on the light if you
are distracted by a sound or a touch
then six are in and come back to
radiating the feeling but only six are
if it draws your attention away from the
feeling if you see small movements
or there are wispy thoughts in the
background yet you are still aware of
and collected on your meditation object
radiating equanimity in the six
directions ignore those small
distractions
that is just noise don't 6r unless your
attention is drawn away
meditation instruction
now you are starting your sitting using
the feeling equanimity as your object
you radiate the feeling of equanimity
each of the six directions for five
minutes each and then to all directions
at the same time for the rest of the
sitting
when you do the walking meditation you
radiate equanimity to all directions at
the same time and six are any
distractions
sit longer now one hour one and a half
hours
two hours three hours if you feel like
you want to get up
then sit another five minutes and see if
that urge goes away
mental activity gets quieter and quieter
just observe what is there at the moment
mind will feel bright and energetic with
little movement
you will start to see the link of
consciousness arising and passing away
this is a potential you will see this
start of the movement
and then it blossoms into your awareness
as something be it seeing
hearing or a tangible feeling it is like
you know that you are going to see
something
and then you do gradually you will see
all the processes and the links of
dependent origination that occur before
contact
you perceive that everything you
experience takes place within your mind
only
what makes up the real you is mind and
mind objects coming and going
do you really have a body or do you just
see this image and call it a body
are you hearing a sound or is it only
sound consciousness arising and a
perception of you hearing it
what is consciousness you see now that
consciousness knows itself
you stop identifying with it as you it
reflects the form that is in front of it
like seeing a red rose in a mirror biku
natananda
the author of concept and reality calls
it a hall of mirrors in which the mirror
itself is self-aware at that moment with
whatever side or sound form is cognized
there is nobody in the room itself but
it is the mirrors themselves that are
aware of being aware
the mind overlays a concept of self but
there are only the mirrors and the
reflections
the consciousness arises and then it is
gone
there was nothing before it and nothing
after it
there was never anyone in the hall
except the mirrors
you just thought there was you now see
what is there directly without concepts
you see that consciousness only
experiences itself with no experiencer
the concept of self is not there anymore
there are thousands of moments that make
up each event of hearing or seeing
you exist for that moment only then
there is another moment
and you hear again there is a space
between these moments where there is
nothing
now you are perceiving the silence and
the arising and passing away of objects
in that silence
if the sound had not arisen then you
would not have arisen
you would not have been born into
conscious awareness had there been no
sound as a condition
that is rebirth moment to moment right
there and since there is nothing between
the consciousnesses
how can there be an idea of an
all-pervading soul or self
you live for a moment and then die
physical death is just one moment from
this body to another
you really die every moment your body
dying has nothing to do with you dying
meditation instruction
when things get quiet you might try to
add something
adjust something or try to watch
something
since nothing is arising you might get a
little bored
in this case notice the craving mind
wanting to make something happen
wanting to control six are that mind
right there and let it go
then just be there with no movement six
are the concept of a controller
just be in the feeling of equanimity as
it radiates
do not move in mind at all like the
beatles song
let it be let it be
distractions that arise how to adjust
too much energy you become restless you
need to reduce your energy
take tranquility as your object of
meditation
this will bring in calm six are your
desire to control the process
add added to the feeling of equanimity
not enough energy
you become sleepy or dull you need to
add more effort and increase your
curiosity about what is happening
take more interest you can also get up
and walk to arouse energy
do some fast walking find some stairs to
go up and down
the longer you sit the more you should
walk
many meditators avoid the walking but
then wonder why they doze off or zone
out when they sit for long periods you
need to keep your blood moving and your
energy up
the buddha and his monks walked
everywhere they went and thus kept their
bodies very healthy
alms rounds could be very long and
strenuous but it would pay off in energy
for the meditation
six are any boredom a subtle aversion
reaction
and get through it at times very little
happens
and you must be very gentle and patient
then you will go deeper
you silenda one of bondi's teachers
would always tell him
patience leads to nibana there are seven
awakening factors at work
these factors need to be adjusted don't
worry too much about doing the balancing
at this point
just let the mindfulness do its job some
meditators will control too much and try
to make their mind calm with whatever
factor they think they need
but too much of this will lead to
restlessness you must balance the desire
to balance by backing off and letting
things get into balance by themselves
venerable bonnie vimalaromsi often
reminds his advanced students to
remember that their job as a meditator
is to simply observe how mind's
attention moves from one thing to
another
mindfulness is not about controlling any
movements
one of the most difficult things to do
is to just observe without trying to
control anything
seven factors of awakening one
sati mindfulness two de mavicaya
investigation of experience three
varia energy four
pity joy five
pacity tranquility relaxed in mind
6. samadhi collectedness of mind
seven apeca equanimity
some people may complain about
distractions happening in their body
they can feel pain somewhere in their
body this is not real pain but a really
subtle hindrance coming up in their mind
do not pay any attention to your body
anymore
most pain will now be what is known as
meditation pain
this is different from a real pain an
actual pain comes because you are
sitting too long or sitting twisted in a
weird way and you are hurting your body
this meditation pain is the pain of the
hindrances coming up it mostly is the
pain of restlessness
restlessness is a painful feeling but it
is in your mind
and you must determine to not be moved
by it but soften into it
let it be and relax the tension and
tightness that is there
you are only concerned with mine now you
should sit for long periods of time
sit one hour two hours and even three
and four hours
the longer you sit the more time mind
has to calm down
so far the record for bonnie's students
is two days in one sitting completed by
a man in indonesia and recently a man in
the usa
and that really paid off the results
were phenomenal
and he just got up and walked away with
no pain or stiffness
he felt just fine eventually
mind will become very calm and
equanimity will become very profound
we then come to the next arupa janna
where we leave all the brahmaviras
behind
chapter 13 the base of neither
perception nor non-perception
mn colon 111 section 17
again because by completely surmounting
the base of nothingness
sarapota entered upon and abided in the
base of neither perception nor
non-perception
now you will not be able to radiate the
feeling of equanimity anymore
it will just naturally stop it just
isn't there anymore
and if you try to radiate it then that
will cause some tension to arise
if you notice this happening then just
sit in the silence and observe
if you are unsure then try radiating
equanimity again
and if it comes up then continue it once
again until it finally fades on its own
if you bring up the feeling and now it
causes a slight tension
in your head even radiating that feeling
then you can stop and just be in this
quiet mind
meditation instruction
you should now take clear quiet mind as
your object of meditation
notice the stillness and the tranquil
feeling that is there
let yourself sink into that now the
instructions will change a little
six are any movements or vibrations as
soon as they start to arise
and then go back to a clear quiet state
of mind
you take this empty silence as the
object of meditation and watch for any
movements arising
six are as soon as they arise and relax
the tension out of any of the movements
and come back to just this quiet and
peaceful state
you might see a flicker or a light or
some movement there
six are that as soon as they arise soon
the this exquisite stillness becomes
your object
before in earlier sittings mine was
expanding
now it becomes so still and subtle that
it is hard to tell whether anything
arises or not
your mindfulness now has come to a level
where there is nothing that escapes your
6r tool
you have a sense of power over the
arising phenomena that you have never
felt before
by allowing things to arise and relax
into them you actually
in a way have achieved control over them
no more feeling you now have come to the
end of the meditation of the brahma v
heras which has the four divine abodes
as its objects
you started with the meditation object
of meta or loving kindness
progressed automatically to karuna or
compassion
and then to mudita or joy and this
finally transformed into a pekka or deep
equanimity
now even that is gone you begin the next
phase of the meditation
just observation of movements within
mind as the feeling of equanimity which
brought you to this point fades away
you are now going to be mindful of mind
and mind objects
you will start to observe what is there
and subsequently
see very small movements arise as soon
as you see any movement or vibration
you need to relax your mind will become
very
very still for long periods of time this
deep quietness of mind and lack of any
distractions at all can last for 20
minutes or 30 minutes
and even for an hour this exquisite
silence is where mind is absolutely pure
the longer you can sit with this still
mind the better
from an online retreater sitting number
three
i went straight into equanimity i saw
some images initially
six are these as they came up i radiated
equanimity from my crown
i six hard whatever came up it felt like
things were coming up fast
i felt a little restless because of this
eventually
the equanimity stopped radiating what i
noticed was golden energy from the base
of my spine rose up to my crown
golden light all around eventually it
dissipated
after some time i was in quietness for
around 20 minutes
the time felt like 8 p.m as it was very
quiet even from my noisy surroundings
we live in colombo near a noisy main
road
lots of horns etc but it felt like 8 p.m
when there is little traffic and noise
cb sri lanka gradually the nothingness
jhana gives way to the realm of neither
perception nor non-perception
the fourth arupa jhana mind is so subtle
at this point that the only way you know
that you've experienced that state is
that when you come out
you can reflect on what you saw there
some feeling was still there
although it's subtle and perception is
kind of there and kind of not now your
instructions are to simply observe mind
objects that are arising and passing
away in this bright clear mind
you don't want to start this observation
before the time is right
you begin your sitting by radiating the
feeling of equanimity to each direction
however you may not be able to if you
try to generate any feeling at all
it may cause tension in your mind never
create tension where there was none
before
if you have doubt then you can try
generating a feeling of stillness to see
if stillness comes up and will flow out
on its own
this stillness can be likened to looking
up into the night sky
so tranquil and still if you feel like
you are forcing it
then just stop this means now that it is
time just to observe
if on the other hand you can radiate
then just continue doing that until it
stops again
as you watch mind and six or any
movements or vibrations that start to
arise
all activity will slow down mind's
activity will almost flatten out to
nothing at all
there are things in mind but they are no
longer pulling at your conscious
awareness
an obstacle here can be a tendency to
get involved in everything that arises
and analyze where it came from
why did it arise where did it come from
these questions are not valid here that
is just more thinking
a sort of restlessness to do something
let all the analyzing go the analyzing
is for the therapists and psychologists
and is not a part of the buddha's path
there is no end to it anyway there is an
endless amount of stuff coming and going
and you can never analyze it all one of
venerable bonnie vimela ramsay's
teachers
the most venerable sayadaw yupundita
told him that analyzing things is a
western disease
one meditator reported that past lives
would arise as little bubbles
he would go off and investigate them to
see what was there
in the end this was harmful to his
practice and he was letting craving get
the better of him
it took many years for him to get tired
of this and finally six are these memory
bubbles dispassionately
psychologists will want to look at where
these thoughts come from
but we don't we are just observing the
process and how it arises
if you look at it this way when you
start meditating your mind has big jerky
kinds of movements
as you get deeper into your meditation
the movements become less and less
when you get into the arupa-janas the
movements start turning into just
vibrations
as you go higher into the arupa-janas
the vibrations become faster and finer
when you get to the state of neither
perception nor non-perception
there are only slight movements that are
very subtle it is hard to tell if they
are there or not
your awareness will start to go inward
or some say mind appears to grow smaller
mind is there but it is hard to perceive
it is like a jigsaw puzzle that is now
starting to lose pieces
gradually there is only just a
glimmering of what was there
so few objects are arising now that it
appears there is less and less of you
there at all
this is the time when you want to make
sure that you have developed that habit
of relaxing continually
all the time that way when you get into
this state
you're doing this as an automatic habit
meditation instruction
the only way you know that you've
experienced this very subtle state is by
reflecting afterward what happened while
you were in that state
when you come out take a few minutes for
reflection and six are anything that
arises
don't get into stories about it just
reflect and let go
since you haven't experienced this
before your mind will naturally think
about what happened
just six are those thoughts don't stop
them
just let them be and fade away relax
into them
what is this relaxing doing when you
relax
the movement of mind becomes less and
less until you finally get to a state in
which you cannot see any gross movement
but there is still a little bit of
vibration
the more you relax the more the
vibration slows down
because it is the craving that is
creating the movement
relaxing removes the craving and mind
settles further
you still have those small movements
even when you get into neither
perception nor non-perception
if you are working with a teacher you
will likely be asked
were you in a state that is like you
were asleep but you were awake
movement of mind slows to smaller and
smaller activities
you start having gaps in your awareness
there is no longer a fully consistent
conscious awareness
mind slows like ice freezing there are
levels of neither perception
at first mind may slow down like you are
in a dream
there might be a story going on yet like
a dream
when you come out of that state it makes
no sense though it did make sense when
you were experiencing it
for example it might have made sense if
a bird was talking and you were
completely fine with that in the dream
but when you come out of this state you
wonder why you thought birds could talk
in this state there can be images that
arise colors
shapes patterns you should six or all of
those if you are aware enough at that
moment
but at times your awareness just isn't
strong enough to notice them
it's like telling someone to be mindful
in a dream
later in or after you're sitting if you
start to reflect on what happened you
can six are at that time
still your mindfulness gets
progressively sharper as you go in and
out of this deeper level and
eventually all of the dreamy images or
patterns just disappear
there is barely anything left at all
there might even just be what appears to
be a blank screen
just blackness but you knew you were
there when you came out
nothing actually stopped since you were
aware of time passing during that state
be aware that during your sitting
generally you may go into a dreamy state
and
since you have heard that the base of
neither perception nor non-perception is
a dreamlike space
you may wonder whether you are
experiencing this jhana
actually this may only be sloth and
torpor which needs to be 6-ard
here you have confused the state of
dullness with the deeper state of the
arupa-jana
this vague torpor-like state can be
completely blank
this is very definitely a low-energy low
mindfulness state
when you wake up out of this state it's
more like waking up out of sleep
there will be some energy but it is weak
and doesn't last
were you just maybe drowsy you might
think this low energy state is special
but it's just an absence of awareness
the difference between these states is
that when you go into the neither
perception state
it will be from a bright and energetic
clear space
you will be very mindful and alert it
might be confusing to you later but
going from a low energy
dull state into a far away torpor state
is not the way to go deeper
be watchful and question yourself about
this
you may be overestimating your level of
awareness when it is just a torpor state
if so then you need to build up your
mindfulness and use your six aries more
when you go into the fourth aruppajana
your energy will be very high
but the tranquility and stillness will
be even stronger
you can be guaranteed that coming out of
this deeper state you will not be sleepy
you will have more energy than ever
before if you do feel low energy
then it is time to get up and do some
brisk walking to get the body energy
restored
as you sit more and for longer you may
go into neither perception
several times in a sitting and each time
you will go deeper than before
when you come out of this state please
don't get up from your session
just continue in six or any disturbances
that show up
keep sitting six are whatever you
remember that happened in that state
your mind will be more active and full
of energy coming out
but you should just let it settle back
each time you go into the jhana
it will be deeper than the last mn colon
111 section 18.
he emerged mindful from that attainment
having done so
he contemplated the states that had
passed ceased and
changed thus when you sit for long
periods in deeper meditation you will
get into this neither perception nor
non-perception state
you will feel very silent in mind and
energized
there won't be much movement of mind
here at all
when you are at this level in your
meditation and you have your noonday
meal
lunch you will not get drowsy just a
slight heaviness that passes or even
nothing at all
so strong now mind has become you may
sleep less and wake up often at night
if you do wake up then you can try doing
a sitting for as long as you can
and then go back to sleep when you get
tired this works for some people but not
for others
it interrupts the sleep cycle and the
rest of the next day is sleepy and dull
be attentive and see what works for you
around this time some meditators on
retreat may want to get up earlier
like 2 to 3 a.m and sit longer in the
morning
the teacher will encourage you to sit
longer you can ask the teacher to allow
you to sit through the lunch
period food can be put aside for you to
have later
thus it is called the noonday meal it is
a meal around noon
meaning it can be pushed out to 1pm or
perhaps 2pm or further
but it still is your only substantial
meal of the day
monks must eat starting at 11 a.m and
finish by 12 p.m
but it's okay for lay people to bend
this rule
you are now at a point in your
meditation practice where backing away
from any movement in mind is what your
meditation has become
seeing states arising impersonally is
important
reacting now to states with more
dispassion and just observing
without any real interest loosens your
attachment to them
it is all just stuff nothing to be
followed or investigated
let's review here our preliminary
methods and goal for our practice
we are using samada meditation as the
means to tranquilize and calm the mind
like spreading oil on water this is by
using a variety of different feelings
the meta the compassion joy and
equanimity that arise one by one when we
start with meta
this is the branbihara practice we are
observing states arising in the genres
as they arise one by one
either wholesome or unwholesome and
seeing their impermanent soulless nature
the summit a part of this process calms
down the noise so that we can observe
much closer the arising phenomena
this is the inside part or vipassana so
this is samada vipassana
both working together so now what
happens is that gradually movement slows
down to the point where we are no longer
drowning in thoughts and distractions
and can now let go of the brahma viharas
as our meditation object
in fact they just fade away now we are
observing movements against our clear
quiet mind as our meditation object we
are clear and balanced enough not to be
swayed by the now small distractions and
vibrations
gradually even these small movements
will stop and all mental activity will
stop
the pond of our mind will not have one
single ripple there
all of a sudden awareness and
consciousness will stop for a moment
there will be super clarity right after
this is now see deeper than we have ever
seen before
we see the deepest aspect of the mental
process
so this is where we are headed let's
keep going
there is this small wrapper of craving
around each state that arises
it is what you think of as you it will
take the feeling that is arising as my
feeling
and there are a tiny story and
perception about what that is
when anything arises your mind instantly
perceives that object is being observed
by a you
there is the object and the
self-perceiving the object
this is craving it is this sense you
have a view
actually there is no you there at all
there is the object there is the sense
base
and there is consciousness that is the
visual object
the eye organ itself and the eye
consciousness
mind interprets these processes arising
and passing away as part of a permanent
you
but what is really happening is that
feeling arises and there is this sense
of a you feeling it
there is consciousness but there is
mistakenly the perception that this
little you is a self that is feeling it
some people even see this little image
of themselves and the deluded mind
identifies that as the real you
but it is only a picture you aren't
there at all
self is only a concept think about this
for a moment
at night you have dreams and you
definitely feel like you exist
in these dream fantasies you are doing
this and that and are reacting with
horror or pleasure
depending on the situation isn't this
just like your life
you know you don't really exist in the
dream but when you are awake you think
you exist and react just like when you
are dreaming
isn't this the same in fact the buddha
realized that the concept of self was
false and this is why we say the buddha
awakened
out of this dream of self also by
personalizing each arising feeling
by making each object arising yours you
could tend to think that you made the
experience happen
this is very important to notice this is
the delusion of a self-controlling every
arising state
you will feel that i made this come into
being or i control this or that state
that has arisen
the fact is that you do not control
anything the deep insight of dependent
origination is that everything arises
from a cause without there being any
self doing it or making it happen or
controlling it
you have nothing to say about it with a
deep understanding of this
you will feel relief because you no
longer have this self-imposed burden of
thinking you control every mental state
what a relief to not feel responsible
for every thought
you didn't think them they alone are
responsible for their existence
when something in mind arises whether it
is an image
light or thought just back away very
very gently
see the state rise into existence from
nowhere
it does not matter why it came up it
just did
and you didn't make it happen it arose
based on conditions
no king is commanding this to arise and
that to arise
there is no controller nobody in charge
you might be watching with too much
energy and bear down on objects coming
and going
lighten up and come to a quiet still
point where your awareness
is very still there are simply
vibrations that arise and pass away
don't think you are controlling anything
if you were controlling things
you could determine when you would be
happy or sad and you know you can't do
that
in fact try to use your investigation to
peer very closely into that force
that urge that wants to control it is
constantly there in the background with
each arising of feeling
a subtle you arises that likes the
feeling or doesn't
that is the craving or sense of a
controller the false belief in a
personal self
so the moment that feeling or even a
little image of you arises relax and
sticks are it
don't lean into it release and back away
let the feeling fade leaving only
stillness and where there is nothing
except observation
the soothing talks about the factor of
decision
did you know that when you make a
decision it is yet another constituent
of mind that just arises that has no
controller behind
it when you see this factor arise in
your meditation try sixering it and you
are left just sitting there
no action occurs since you let go of the
decision
if you somehow think you will go to sit
and then you continue to think about
which pillow to use
you might see the precise deciding
moment from where you decide which
pillow to use
there is a moment in which your decision
arises
if you back away and gently just allow
everything to arise but very carefully
watch it with your investigation factor
you will see the decision factor arise
entirely on its own
and it also then passes away there
appears a call to action that arises
from the craving embedded in it
this craving is the push you feel to go
into action
you are now unperturbed in content just
to let go of anything arising
it's not yours it's just stuff
you see this with a mind that is
purified from craving not taking things
personally
this is seeing things with the eye of
wisdom seeing things as they really are
and it feels very good finally you come
to an unparalleled level of balance
called disenchantment
followed by an even deeper state of
dispassion which will open the door to
the unconditioned
the more time you spend in neither
perception nor non-perception
the more mind is purified bonnie says
that much merit is made in this state
merit is like a store of wholesome
action leading to very good future
results
this is like your karmic bank account
developing a purer and purer mind will
help you advance toward the attainment
as you continue to sit in this state
movements of mind's attention
have virtually stopped as craving
recedes this is now the time to be
patient and persevere
continue to observe and six are relaxing
into any movement or flickering of mind
if a sound arises and your attention
starts to move there
immediately back away from it relax and
come back to a bright clear mind
if there is any interest in the sound
you need to six are the desire to see
what it is
any desire to do anything at all is to
be sick's art
you will get to the point where you feel
like your awareness has stopped
you are just sitting quietly not caught
up in the mindstream which is constantly
rushing forward
the buddha talks about it as stopping in
a river with the water now seen going by
you yet you now have become an immovable
rock
the sense of you isn't moving anymore it
has become detached from the stream of
events
and there is a sublime relief in this
any movement you now observe as a
disturbance to your stillness
you notice that movement is suffering
dukkha
there might be a desire to push away any
slight movements but six are that
aversion and let it be
you can't push away anything remember
you have no control over anything all
you can do is observe and six
are any desire to analyze what is
happening or what is arising should not
be followed
we are only interested in the process
the arising and passing away
questions about why things come up can
never be fully resolved
the reason may not even come from this
lifetime so you can never really know
what might be the cause of a hindrance
you don't need to understand where
things come from we leave that to the
psychologist
we just six are it and let it go
hindrances are karmically produced by
unwholesome actions
that is the previous breaking of
precepts whether in this life or others
all we can do is stop breaking precepts
now and six are any disturbance that
arises from when we broke them in the
past
when you see a sight based on that
contact a feeling arises
pleasant unpleasant or neither pleasant
nor unpleasant
neutral immediately upon the feeling
arising
there is craving wanting to enjoy what
it is or to push it away
you understand as soon as you see
something that very seeing process has
craving in it
six are and relax into that seeing
process as soon as it catches your
awareness
notice there is a very subtle tension as
soon as your eye locks onto the site
that is what pulls your attention to see
it the moment your mind turns to
observing anything at all
you should be relaxing into it right
there do not let the craving gain a
foothold on your attention
let it go in most circumstances craving
is not that strong but
as bonnie vimela ramsay says it is
definitely persistent
actually there is no such thing as mind
pulling your attention
the sound arises and the craving arises
it seems like some sort of you is being
pulled to the sound
but that's not what is happening sound
and craving arise together
giving the illusion that somebody is
being pulled to it
that is the delusion of the personal you
in fact
the sight or taste or whatever arises
has the craving embedded in it and the
you that arises is right there in that
sensation
you don't exist anywhere else at that
moment other than in hearing the sound
why do you arise at that moment you
arise because you wanted to hear it
you your so-called permanent self is
actually being born into existence at
that moment of identification
before that there was just the fading of
the last consciousness arising
then the new sound vibration arose which
triggered the craving to arise
and the personal u was created once more
this is the process of dependent
origination
causes and conditions are constantly
arising and passing away
perhaps we can say you were reborn again
and again
and again the nature of consciousness
the five aggregates all arise in each
moment but they are affected by craving
and clinging
this is due to their being taken
personally in fact
the aggregates all arise at the same
time creating your world at that moment
then they pass away you only exist in
each arising moment
and then you are gone completely until
the next contact and feeling arise
and this all happens thousands of times
in the blink of an eye
which is why we appear to feel like a
continuous entity with no breaks
you had already seen this phenomenon
occur when you were in the secondary
pajama
the realm of infinite consciousness then
based on some outside cause you are born
yet again to hear
see or touch if not for that vibration
or contact at the sense door
you would simply not come into existence
at all
you don't exist outside of that sense
contact which sparks you into existence
this is quite an insight when it arises
there is no underlying self that
experiences the sense bases
the senses only experience themselves
you do not die when your body dies
you are actually dying every moment and
then coming back into existence only to
disappear again
consciousness is like the bubbles
generated from a quickly flowing stream
the water hits the rocks like the sense
objects hit the scents doors
the mist that arises as the water
splashes over the rocks as like i forms
sights colliding with the isense organ
creating the drops or mist of
consciousness
this is your awareness arising and
passing away dependent on the six-fold
sense base
which is your body this awareness seems
real and feels like a permanent self at
that moment
but then in the next moment the bubble
of awareness pops and disappears
birth death birth death millions of
times in a single second
from a scientific viewpoint these are
just neurons firing in the brain and can
be explained but we see for ourselves
through meditation
through direct knowledge how this
happens in mind
then we can know the truly impersonal
nature of the process
the truly scientific view of
impersonality
science already says there is no self
there are only bodily and mental
elements and nothing else
but other scientists still argue that
there must be a deeper self or soul that
does exist
it is just beyond what they can measure
real insight into the psychophysical
process is defined by actually believing
the data you observe
in other words researchers say there are
only neurons firing inside a mass of
gray matter
and thus there can be no real soul there
yet
these scientists don't even believe
their own data and still think there is
an underlying soul present
habitual opinions run deep we will see
that the actual fuel behind the mental
movement is craving
there is a bodily process going on in a
mental one
the bodily parts of this process are the
chemicals in the brain reacting together
this is the body the result of the
chemical reaction is consciousness which
is mind body
and mind arising from where
we don't know why we are observing it
but the buddha does explain this
it's about karma and its results the
residue of past unwholesome or wholesome
actions which was caused by the breaking
or keeping the precepts
the mental process just arises from
conditions that are there
this is seen by direct knowledge through
an experiential understanding of these
insights
mind itself is changed understanding is
the reason
craving ceases some neurons don't fire
and you craving doesn't come into being
you hear that your favorite uncle has
died previously you would have been
distraught
but now because you see the true nature
of things
you start to understand that everything
does die and that's okay
it isn't unexpected it is part of life
neuroscientists can observe how the
brain works but only understanding
attained by direct experience can
fundamentally change the conditioned
reaction in the brain
it is doubtful that observing electrical
readouts on a free monitor
functional mri dash measures blood and
oxygen levels in the brain
will ever lead to awakening why
because only direct experience can give
us deep insight into how things really
work
the buddha said all mental phenomena
have mind as their forerunner
thus we must look at mind first and see
this clearly
then we will understand the interplay
between mind and body
when we see this properly we see the
impersonal aspect of the process at that
time
delusion is eliminated because we
understand that there was never anyone
there in the first place to experience
the i like it or i don't like it mind
this is what delusion means we know that
self is only a concept
and it is the supreme concept
listing of the jhanas and the meditation
object
first john a loving kindness met a
second john a loving kindness
met a third john a loving kindness meta
fourth john a loving kindness
met a base of infinite space compassion
karuna base of infinite consciousness
joy
mudita base of nothingness equanimity a
pekka base of neither perception nor
non-perception clear
quiet mind
chapter 14 the door to nibana
as you continue sitting there will be
the experience of strong stillness and
balance happening
and you will be able to sit for long
periods of time without many
distractions arising
the mental activity is very quiet notice
especially the movement of attention in
your head
remember your brain is the seat of the
mind and tension and tightness are
arising right there release and relax in
one gentle motion
just a touch of the six ares is enough
back away quickly from any movement of
mind
it can even be the slightest sensation
that draws your attention
relax right then at this stage mind will
be serene and bright
there is a brightness of mind with clear
energetic mindfulness
you are progressing well you easily see
anything arising
you relax into any distractions and six
are automatically
your mind simply has no thoughts and
your attention never wanders
the subtlest links of dependent
origination will start to appear in your
awareness
first there are the consciousnesses
arising from the deep inner mind
then even deeper are the formations
which are the cause of those
consciousnesses
you are not this phenomenon arising
don't identify with it
it is craving now just peace of mind
without these vibrations and movements
of mind is what you are now finding more
desirable
there is less suffering in this quiet
tranquil mind
less is better what are formations
they are defined as bodily verbal and
mental formations
they are very small movements they are
the potentials of actions to arise and
not the full-fledged results
these are the little seeds out of which
consciousness arises
these in turn lead to mentality
materiality
and then to the arising of the sense
basis then
with contact they explode into conscious
awareness
we won't mention here how they appear
because we want you to tell the teacher
what you think you are seeing
the teacher will decide if you are right
we don't want to put any expectation
here
it is important for you to see deeply on
your own without preconceptions
if there is no teacher available it
still doesn't matter as to whatever
arises
the instruction is to always 6r and go
back to your meditation object
you still must let go of everything when
you see what you think are the
formations or some deeper links
six are them as you would any other
phenomena by six ring any length that
arises
this will uncover the next link deeper
in the chain
we are removing tension and tightness
from the craving in the links as they
arise
and when we do this reveals the next
deeper part
how do you six our ignorance you don't
it is an understanding of the four noble
truths
in sutha mn 128 imperfections the buddha
states that the meditator may have the
brightness and light fall away
what would be the reason for the loss of
brightness
but of course it would be those pesky
hindrances arising
they are dark clouds gathering over this
bright clear mind
sometimes mind is so clear that it can
be described as luminous
many times sitting in this state
restlessness might come up since there
is not much to observe
you may want something to watch and
might want to start to control things
boredom can arise along with a
corresponding lessening of mindfulness
because of this the light recedes
balancing the factors of energy
tranquility mindfulness and the other
awakening factors
once again will bring that radiant mind
back continue to use a clear mind as
your object of meditation
if your mindfulness is strong there will
mostly be the quiet
now and then some slight activity will
arise
mind will start to vibrate and there
will be a pulling away from the quiet
mind
this balance still point where your
awareness resides
six are right then and come back to the
quiet your goal is a completely unmoving
mind
just know and understand what is
happening and relax
know you are right here in the quiet
present understand this at every moment
lightly
your object of meditation continues to
be that quiet mind itself
be on the lookout for any activity that
arises
if you feel you are losing the quiet you
can bring up that feeling of stillness
and notice this
when your mind quiets down again then
you can let go of that feeling and go
back to just observing and relaxing into
mind subtle movements
the neutral zone gradually
even the smallest bits of mental
activity will subside
it will be as if there is nothing to six
or at all
you may get restless and want to get up
it is like you feel there is nothing
left to do
do not do that six are that restlessness
and keep sitting
now is the time for patience and
persistence
very little happens you have to be okay
with that
mind will settle down more and more if
you just continue
you might not even realize progress is
being made but it is
if restlessness or any hindrance starts
to get the upper hand just observe with
the intention
i don't care what happens next my job is
just to observe what is there
you will see the subtlest aspects of
mind in it are the seeds
or potentials that ultimately lead to
birth old age
and death the teacher will ask questions
to find out what you are seeing
you will be advised to be very watchful
as to how the movements arise and how
they appear
and you should not take them personally
they are not your movements arising
they just are phenomena coming from mind
we don't know why
and we don't care our only job is to
allow and relax into them as they fade
away
it is important for mindfulness and
tranquility to continue to develop so
that these very slight phenomena can be
seen and understood
eventually you will see all of the links
except ignorance
which is just something that you will
come to understand and
as well you will see all the four noble
truths
you are working your way backward
letting go of each link by going deeper
and deeper
you will see the link mentality
materiality and continue backward to
consciousness
and then the formations you will be
advised to six or these objects when
they appear
uncovering the next link there is the
separate and big craving link itself
after feeling and before clinging in the
12 links
but there is also a small amount of
craving in each individual link
keeping the wheel of samsara turning you
will be able to see all of that
you will see the entire process of mind
as you six are deeper and deeper
you will be advised to keep backing away
from each object that arises
every time there is a sound the chain of
dependent origination fires off
and you will want a six or all of that
look at the links arising closer and
closer to see how each tiny part of it
arises
there is craving there to let go you
need to let everything that arises come
by itself
don't look for it in this way you can
see how there might be a craving to go
look for more experience
your mind constantly wants to go forward
and like pac-man
engage in more and more senses to see
what is there to live more
to experience more this happens because
whatever is experienced passes
away so mind is constantly looking for
more to replace the phenomena that have
just passed
see if you can see this jumping from
object to object by taking a mental
standpoint of a full stop
just mentally standing still and letting
all experience pass through your
imperturbable state of mind which
doesn't react
not even to the slightest puff of
vibration we are exiting this round
about existence
samsara we do this by letting go
by seeing clearly each link as it arises
and by seeing it as impersonal
impermanent and unsatisfactory mn
111 section 18 kant
so indeed these states not having been
come into being having been they vanish
regarding those states he abided
unattracted
unrepelled independent detached free
dissociated with a mind rid of barriers
he understood there is an escape beyond
and with the cultivation of that
attainment
he confirmed that there is
disenchantment
while in this quiet and clear state of
mind there comes first the knowledge of
disenchantment
up to now you have continued to observe
phenomena arising and passing away with
some interest
you notice you are getting deeper so you
keep going
there is less and less to 6r as you go
along
mind becomes quieter and quieter as you
continue
you notice this constant arising and
passing away of objects
you notice the silent space between the
objects that arise and pass away
you think to yourself what if i could
get rid of these objects coming and
going
then there would be just the peace you
think that then there would be only
silence and not all these annoying
objects and vibrations
you see the lack of ease as suffering
this trying to control has an aspect of
longing in it
wanting to have something happen is the
very thing that will stop it
the teacher will remind the student that
their job is simply to observe
you realize that now you are beginning
to develop a whole new perspective on
the world
you had never thought that the lack of
mental activity would be good
but now you do you see that any mental
activity and movement is unsatisfactory
silence is better now you see any
vibration
and even any consciousness as
unsatisfactory
you even try to stop things from arising
and you can't
you were never in control at all it just
keeps coming
your mind starts to go towards silence
but there is a problem
the mental stream doesn't stop and just
keeps on rolling
a subtle sort of observation arises i am
really tired of these sensations
disturbing my peace of mind
dissatisfaction arises along with the
realization that it would be best to see
all these arising phenomena just stop
let me please have some peace you are
starting to become disenchanted
you look for a reason why these constant
sensations and mental objects arise
but there seems to be none if you could
find the reason
then you might be able to understand why
it comes or a way to turn it off
you want to analyze and solve the
problem but you don't see a solution
finally you just give up looking
interest in watching this constant
stream starts to wane
you realize there really is no end to it
this is an arising state of knowledge
about your mind and the life process
it will never end there is no peace here
there was total disinterest in the
impermanence of i and insight into the
silliness of identifying a non-existent
permanent eye with every feeling
thought and action deeper experiential
realization that feelings and thoughts
were not under my control
that thoughts or mind objects in general
were like what odors were to the nose
or sounds were to the ears they came and
went without me being involved
i continued to sixer nonetheless sd
california
you are energetic continually watching
every little vibration
thought form etc and you can be very
determined to relax and let go of
everything that arises
by doing that you think you will get to
the end of the process
but it doesn't work you now understand
all that arises to be a disturbance
it upsets the quiet state of mind that
you are starting to enjoy
enjoy not in a craving sort of way but
with appreciation
you are starting to relish the quiet you
understand that balance is better than
chasing more objects
this realization will lead to
contentment contentment will arise
without the cascade of vibrations and
movements constantly assaulting you
you may have some desire for nibana to
arise and might think you are close
then you might put too much energy in
and start to lean into the future
hoping for the attainment to arise you
need to six are this desire
this is the arising of more craving this
is longing
you may think that you need to have the
desire to reach the goal
no you have already pointed your mind
there
let the meditation do the rest you make
a determination about getting somewhere
and then you just go you don't think
about the destination
the whole time you are on the way there
you just continue
trusting that it will happen as planned
because you are on the right path
this is determination is the desire for
nibana something that we should not have
in these final sessions of sitting
before attaining awakening
we need to let go of even the desire for
nibbana
when we first start however we won't
even begin the meditation without some
intentional desire to get us on the path
so it is a positive desire a wholesome
desire
because after all it is a desire for no
desire
it is not like a desire for chocolate
ice cream or a new car
it is a desire to stop and be still in
no peace
this kind of wholesome desire is called
chanda and pali
as was stated above you don't know how
to stop this stuff from coming and
coming
you want it to stop there is nothing but
vibration at all different levels
now you see peace as a more desirable
goal
now you wish to be void of these
sensations
finally there comes the point where you
just stop caring about all these arising
phenomena
you can't command this stream to stop
you start to give up and see that by
paying heed to the phenomena
you are feeding them they will never
stop if you are interested in what is
there
you realize that all this movement and
vibration is disturbing your
collectedness and peace
mind now becomes disinterested in what
arises and there is a deeper feeling of
disenchantment
there are endless arisings this is
suffering
this is dukkha which is poly for
suffering or disease
the buddha said the first noble truth of
existence is suffering
now you see it you see how you pay
attention to and like and dislike
everything that arises
thereby keeping it going through craving
the second noble truth
now you see the goal the cessation of
craving is the cessation of suffering
the third noble truth dispassion
this leads to an even deeper letting go
dispassion arises
disenchantment made you more and more
aware of how your interest in these
things just leads to more suffering
now you just don't care anymore it
doesn't matter what comes or goes
your mind draws back it doesn't look
outward anymore everything that arises
is okay
it doesn't matter it no longer pulls
your attention
you know you can't stop it you don't
even care about nabana anymore
this is a state where there are no more
hindrances
your mind has just stopped throwing up
obstacles
it has no more interest in any arising
experience now
you no longer try to control anything
you are now close to the unconditioned
why because you don't care
through disenchantment with all
conditioned existence a wholly balanced
mind arises
it neither likes nor dislikes there are
only consciousnesses and mental objects
arising and passing away
there is no interest in any of it it is
just there
there is now the tendency toward deep
peace of mind
your mind now has barely any movement at
all
you are very aware and very energetic
but again it's like nothing is
happening and the thought comes up where
you wonder if you should do anything
the answer is definitely no just observe
see that very question arising in your
mind is impersonal and six are it
it is just a matter of time watching and
observing carefully for any movement
like flickers
lights or just vibrations the six areas
are on automatic
and you aren't putting in much effort it
just rolls off in front of you
you will observe this lack of hindrances
but it won't make you excited
it is just part of what is happening it
is nonetheless amazing
to have no unwholesome states at all to
be free of craving completely
this realization has all come through
your own deep insights into watching
yourself coming into and out of
existence
when dispassion arises you will be very
close
you think there is nothing left to do
because there is nothing to 6r
so you want to get up and do something
else there are no more barriers to the
meditation
why continue you think everything has
been completed
but just continue and be patient with
this sublimely quiet mind
continue to observe without even caring
about what comes up anymore
you have realized now there is nothing
that you can do about it
patience leads to nirvana this path is
not just one step after another until
you reach the goal
you will have doubts you will get out of
balance with your observational power
then you will figure it out two steps
forward and one step back
if you are not progressing further and
you seem to hit a wall
you should ask yourself your intuition
what is stopping my meditation from
going deeper
the answer may come the next hour or the
next day
sometimes there are blockages that are
hidden and simply not discoverable by
the teacher if you are working with one
or by you hopefully an answer will come
back
you may be applying too much energy you
may need to back away further from
everything
or you may not be observant enough in
seeing how the links arise
how you take things personally and
identify with them
you may be leaning into the process too
much
bonnie vimela ramsay speaks about one
student who asked himself this question
he just posed it to himself later the
answer came back that he was waiting
waiting for what waiting for nibana
the waiting was the problem there was
craving there
and that had to be released whatever is
stopping you will eventually yield as
your knowledge deepens
sometimes this blockage can go on for a
long time
gradually even if it takes years of
retreats you mature your technique and
knowledge of how to do the practice
some people will understand easily
follow the instructions
and apply them in only a matter of days
or weeks
they break through to awakening they
fall into the stream of the noble ones
patience and following the instructions
precisely
does lead to nibana at a certain point
mind was very still and there was
drifting into a deep lucid sleep
mind was fully aware and alert however
then towards the end i blanked out
completely
like i lost consciousness and there was
no feeling or perception
i only seem to be aware that i blanked
out after coming out from it
but the blanking out was only for a
little time before i came back to this
lucid deep sleep state
emerging from this meditation mind was
totally still
alert and automatically radiating
equanimity
everything i did after the meditation
had a very calm smooth
and mindful quality people noticed i
took time with my words and responses to
them and seemed very relaxed
indeed i felt very relaxed mind was
totally balanced
very strong equanimity throughout the
day sd california
let's go to the majima nikaya to see
even more clearly how the buddha
described this process in sutha 148
the six sets of six in the first eighty
percent of the text
the buddha describes the impersonality
of each sense base as it arises and
passes away
nothing is you consciousness is not you
your body
is not you and so on toward the end
he tells the students that as they
observe they will come to understand
certain insights as well as why they
arise
liberation from sufa mn 148
mn colon 148 section 40 seeing thus
monks a well-taught disciple becomes
disenchanted with the eye
disenchanted with forms disenchanted
with eye consciousness
disenchanted with eye contact
disenchanted with i feeling
disenchanted with i craving it says that
now the student starts to pull away
starts to understand there is nothing in
this arising and passing show in which
to delight
what does the student really see here
the su that tells us
mn 148 section 39
students dependent on mind and mind
objects
mind consciousness arises the meeting of
the three is mind contact
with mind contact is conditioned there
arises a mind feeling felt as pleasant
or painful or neither pleasant nor
painful
when one is touched by a pleasant mind
feeling if one does not delight in it
welcome it and remain holding to it then
the underlying tendency to lust does not
lie
within one when one is touched by a
painful mind feeling
if one does not sorrow grieve and lament
does not weep beating one's breast and
become distraught then the underlying
tendency to aversion does not lie within
one
when one is touched by a neither
pleasant nor painful mind feeling
if one understands it as it is the
origination
the disappearance the gratification the
danger
and the escape in regard to that mind
feeling then the underlying tendency to
ignorance does not lie within one
as you watch mind and mind objects
coming and going you are interested in
this process
you are delighting in this observation
in seeing how it all works
the feeling of delight is so subtle you
may not understand it as such
but you do like watching it and trying
to figure out why the process arises and
what this all means
at times mind is kind of fun to watch
through this gratification
which is defined as source of pleasure
you watch and try to get to the goal but
you can't
there is the tendency to lust after
these arising and disappearing objects
or you push them away is interfering
with your calm or you have indifference
and don't care about them
it is the craving mind that takes this
indifference personally
it is your indifference it is not a
clear
pure mind in other words you see the
arising and passing of many objects
and you are attracted then only if you
see that these
objects are sources of pleasure or
aversion will you see the danger to your
mind by chasing and lusting after them
as this leads to suffering old age and
death
when disenchantment arises the buddha
goes on to say
mn colon 148 sections 35-39
monks that one shall hear and now make
an end of suffering by abandoning the
underlying tendency to lust for pleasant
mind feeling
by abolishing the underlying tendency to
aversion for painful mind feeling
by extirpating uprooting the underlying
tendency to ignorance in regard to
neither pleasant nor painful mind
feeling
by abandoning ignorance and arousing
true knowledge this is possible
by giving up your tendency toward
delighting in this or that and your
tendency to lust after these delights
by seeing the danger in it and so on you
come to the end of desire
you no longer want to keep chasing these
feelings as they only lead to suffering
and it's not because you are forcing
restraint on yourself it is because you
are no longer delighted by this passing
show
you no longer care thus dispassion to
all phenomena arises through the
knowledge of craving
the four noble truths and how craving
leads to suffering
freedom from the wheel of samsara is
experienced
all that had to be done is done the door
to nibana is opening
entering the stream
now we arrive at the attainments and how
nabana is experienced
first i will describe the four levels of
noble attainments to be experienced
you must go through all four to be fully
awakened and free of craving
craving drops away in stages in total
there are four stages of sainthood sota
panna
sakanagami anagami and arahant
each of the four stages has two
components
the path knowledge maga and the fruition
knowledge
paula path knowledge is the first
glimpse of nibana but still may be lost
if precepts are not followed
once the fruit knowledge is gained the
attainment is locked in and cannot be
lost
there are eight attainments in all to
final awakening two for each of the
major stages of sainthood
path and fruit at the last one the last
fetter of all ten fetters of craving is
destroyed
three are eliminated at sotapanna two
more are loosened at sukadagami
and finally all of the first five
fetters are let go at anagami
the balance of the tan is eliminated at
arahant
what are the fetters with awakening the
hindrances are abandoned once and for
all
but there remain subtler innate
unwholesome tendencies in all of us that
are born from craving
the word fetter is defined as something
that restrains us
these are the final chains that bind us
to this endless round of existences
the fetters are the last potentials of
unwholesome states
i will list them as we go through the
noble paths and note where they are
eliminated
chapter 15 first stage of awakening
sodapan na mn colon 111 section 19.
again monks by completely surmounting
the base of neither perception nor
non-perception
sarapota entered upon and abided in the
cessation of perception and feeling
attaining nibana path knowledge maga
finally after staying with this quiet
energetic
imperturbable mind of the base of
neither perception nor non-perception
and six ring every tiny movement until
mind is barely moving at all
you let go of the last condition the
last link of ignorance
and all activity ceases everything stops
and an unconditioned state arises
there is the cessation of perception
feeling
and consciousness for a few moments or
minutes
you don't know you're in that state
until after you come out
some will say they experienced a blank
spot or a gap in consciousness
this is nothing like any of your
previous jhana experiences
it isn't a gap with a sense of time
because there is nothing missing
time doesn't exist when nothing is
happening there is just the stopping of
the stream of consciousness
a halting you only know it after you
come out of it
the world stops you are no longer in
samsara
and it will last as long as it's going
to last
does life still exist vitality and your
life continuum still go on
your autonomic functions like your heart
beating and blood pumping continue but
your mental process has stopped
completely
when i finished radiating equanimity to
each of the points something extremely
new happened
a feeling i had felt in a meditation a
couple of days ago but it was now much
clearer and more defined
in a second it was as if a membrane
around me totally broke and released me
one second from there a huge space
opened up before me
the feeling that there was so much room
there were no barriers
at the same moment my face begins to
fade as if something was literally
erasing it
and left me without skin or muscles
there was happiness
but without excitement tranquility and a
very
very refined attention barcelona
spain before there just existed slight
movements of mind
but now with this temporary cessation of
all mental activity there arises right
after that a powerful clarity of mind
you have just had the deepest rest of
your life
when you come back you are now seeing
the subtlest movements
deeper than you have ever experienced
mind appears like a totally erased
blackboard
nothing is on it then when mind turns
back on
the first mental process is clearly seen
against this inky black background
coming out of cessation mind is radiant
and observant
you have arrived at full stop the effect
of the cessation is so powerful that
whereas before the pond of your mind had
tiny little ripples on it
now it is so still and placid that you
can see anything there
you can see to any depth what is below
there is no craving at all
there is no dust to obscure vision mind
is so pure that you see the smallest
detail of anything that starts to arise
in crystal clarity
what you are about to see is the first
arising of consciousness
the first moment of mental activity as
your mental processes begin again from
this still point
the next thing that happens is that you
see the links of dependent origination
arise and pass away very quickly
these are sometimes in the form of
vibrations or little lights
flashes or electrical currents you will
see this in your mind and sometimes even
see it in the air in front of you
you won't know what it is very likely
and will not expect it
this is the first conditioned mental
process in which your mind starts to
vibrate again and come back online
when this happens the eye of wisdom mind
without craving
sees the total impersonality of the
process there is no self there
your deep observation understands that
there is nobody home
that what you are is just a process of
moments arising and passing away
as a result of this profound insight the
super-mundane unconditioned nibana
arises
this experience will be followed by a
momentary sense of relief like a burden
was lifted off
you have just experienced nibana you
have become a sodapana
in meditation things began to slow down
the vibrations slowed to a ripple that
ended in bright light
i went deeper and things seemed slower
there seemed to be something breaking up
in the light
i went even deeper until the
distractions abruptly stopped
like the plug had been pulled out mind
activity abruptly stopped
what was left was like a blackout the
center seemed darker than the edges
for a moment it felt like something was
missing i didn't feel joy
more like a calm relief cb sri lanka
nibana will not come when you want it it
will come when you are ready
when the seven factors of awakening all
line up in perfect balance
like passing through the keyhole of the
door you didn't think it could be
possible
yet it happened you see that in this
seemingly permanent and eternal
psychophysical process
when mind stops there really is nothing
between each thought moment that
persists
that knowledge leads you to understand
that an impersonal underlies everything
there is nothing that is continuous
between each moment nothing that
survives
not even god nothing
everything is absolutely void of self or
soul
mn colon 111 section 19 kant
and his taints were destroyed by his
seeing with wisdom
the word here is wisdom so what is
wisdom
after the cessation of perception
feeling and consciousness
and it's going to last as long as it
will last when feeling
perception and consciousness start up
again you have the opportunity of seeing
exactly
clearly with very sharp mindfulness
every one of the links of dependent
origination
you will see how when this doesn't arise
that doesn't arise
that each link is dependent on the
previous link you will see that
everything has a cause for arising
you have uncovered the last link of
ignorance you will also see that if it
arises
it will come to an end you will see
impermanence clearly
all that arises will pass away whether
it be pleasure or pain
this is wisdom it is the knowledge that
you gain by directly seeing the links of
dependent origination arise and pass
away and by seeing that there is no
enduring self
this wisdom is not some sort of
conceptual philosophy
some religious tenet or dogma it is the
result of seeing directly
when you see the word wisdom in the
suthas you should understand that this
always means seeing the links of
dependent origination directly and
seeing everything that arises as
impersonal
it isn't learning a philosophy it is
directly observing reality
with the next mental process that arises
you will see the whole arising and
passing away of all of the links of
dependent origination for the duration
of one instant
then there is the final letting go of
ignorance and seeing the four noble
truths
that is when nibana occurs it is just a
momentary event and just one group of
links firing
the links are seen with wisdom's eye
this takes place at a deeper level than
normal awareness
people will say they don't know what
they saw but they will know
their mind to a greater or lesser degree
will be having insights arise into how
there is a cause that creates a result
this constant arising and passing a way
of conditioned existence is the content
of who we are
and that's all there is they will now
understand at an intuitive level how
dependent origination works
each link is conditioned by the previous
link each process is conditioned by the
passing away of another process
like a candle flame that lights another
candle one candle burns down
but the next candle lights up being
ignited by the previous candle
bit by bit you arise and pass away you
are changing little by little over time
like a great city that arises from an
empty piece of land
each building arises one at a time each
shovel of dirt carried off and dumped
one at a time
with the constant arising and passing
away of causes
this great city is built the next
shovelful of dirt taken away changes it
once again
no one person has built it just many
shovels and people shoveling
it's a process with no real beginning
and no real end
we give cities names but these are just
concepts to label these groups of
buildings
the perception aggregate of the five
aggregates is partially memory and part
labeling
perception is what puts a name on this
group of buildings
it labels it either new york or san
francisco depending on what
for example visual forms arise
in our own case we are given a name like
john
and then we personally identify with
that name as if some underlying
entity were controlling everything but
it isn't
it is just a concept the city itself is
not one solid thing
it is the result of all these causes
that make it what it is
but in this instant only in the next
moment
it has changed to something else in the
same way
you are a completely impersonal process
there is no one or soul behind it
it is automatically happening and will
continue forever into the future until
you become fully awake and exit the
wheel of samsara
this is so profound that after these
links pass away
nibana arises just for an instant in the
sooth as it says
and his taints were destroyed with
wisdom meaning that nibana arises right
after you see the links of dependent
origination
and it destroys a certain measured
amount of craving
it destroys the first three what are
called fetters
step-by-step attainment of nibana
the cessation of feeling perception and
consciousness occurs
this means that everything we consider a
person stops
there is a blank state a blackout or
voidness
all mental activity stops on an eag one
would guess the indicator flat lines for
just a moment
following the cessation because of the
incredible clarity created by the
experience of cessation
the first mental activity a set of 12
links arises and passes away
they might be seen like bubbles or
little flashing lights
wisdoms i observes utter and total
impersonality in this first mental
process as the links arise and pass away
with no craving to cloud mind the links
are seen as
just an impersonal process with no
inherent self
just a group of neurons firing that is
all you are
after the last link of ignorance passes
away nibona arises
there is a feeling of relief for a
moment a unique feeling in the mind that
there has been a great burden thrown off
joy starts to arise all pervading joy
that can last for up to several days
it may continue longer but sometimes you
just get used to the state
and don't notice it anymore note that
the relief and the joy that follows are
different feelings
you should notice this difference there
was definitely joy
but i think what followed was the mind
jumping for a brief moment
oh wow what just happened because it was
not like the nothingness between the
flickering of consciousness
and yet pervading joy persisted after
the blanking out and continued even
after the meditation
this kind of joy i couldn't compare to
drunkenness although i can see how
people might do so because if i caught
myself in the mirror
my eyes were just so relaxed and i had a
wide smile on my face
it's of a different quality i think
bonnie once called it relief
and i could definitely apply that to it
mind was totally equanimous and relaxed
and balanced and only focused on what
the body was doing
no matter how mundane for example
when i went to put pizza in the oven
there were no reflections or thoughts
or anything in the mind my focus was on
unboxing the pizza
slowly almost like an automaton without
any involvement yet i was totally
present and aware of each action
happening
s d california the first time nibana
occurs
many people will not recognize or see
the 12 links but they will have the
experience of nabana regardless
at the next level called fruition it is
likely they will witness more clearly
the links arising and passing away
fruition knowledge is much deeper it
happens in this way
for many people when they experience the
first path
the sodapana path knowledge can have the
cessation with the relief
but the links themselves just are not
clear they may report more often a
blackout where they just disappeared and
then came back
the fruition will be attained later
after they have practiced some more
this will cement in the attainment in a
deeper way
again when wisdom arises the first three
of the ten fetters are eliminated in the
first path attainment
all of the fetters are fully abandoned
after the attainment of full awakening
which is our handship what is nibana
nibana is described in the pali texts as
a datu or element
earth air fire water space and
consciousness are elements as taught by
the buddha
the nibana dhatu is also an element and
its other qualities are described by
biku bodhi here
the buddha also refers to nibana as a
ayatana
this means realm plane or sphere
it is a sphere where there is nothing at
all that corresponds to our mundane
experience
and therefore it has to be described by
way of negations as the negation of all
the limited and determinate qualities of
conditioned things
the buddha also refers to nibana as a
dhatu an element
the deathless element he compares the
element of nibana to an ocean
he says that just as the great ocean
remains at the same level no matter how
much water pours into it from the rivers
without increase or decrease so the
nibana element remains the same
no matter whether many or few people
attain nibana he also speaks of nibana
as something that can be experienced by
the body
an experience that is so vivid so
powerful
that it can be described as touching the
deathless element with one's own body
the buddha also refers to nibana as a
state hada
as amitapada the deathless state or a
kutapata
the imperishable state another word used
by the buddha to refer to nibana is saka
which means truth an existing reality
this refers to nibana as the truth a
reality that the noble ones have known
through direct experience
so all these terms considered as a whole
clearly established that nabana is an
actual reality and not the mere
destruction of defilements or the
cessation of existence
nibbana is unconditioned without any
origination and is timeless
when the nibana element touches craving
it is like the water of the great ocean
putting the fire out
psss no more fire
knee means no and bana means fire
no fire nabana venerable buddhadasa big
coup in an article entitled
nibana for everyone a truth message from
swan mock
adapted and translated by santa clara
baku also defines nibana as an element
it is the coolness when the defilements
are ended nibana was a whole other
matter than death
instead it's a kind of life that knows
no death
nibana is the thing which sustains life
thus preventing death
it itself can never die although the
body must die eventually
the cessation and the experience of
nibana are two different things
some say when mind stops that is nabana
no it is what happens afterward which is
seeing the links arise that causes the
profound insight into existence to arise
that is nibana we can't describe the
experiences of nibana that happens in
each path of sainthood with conditioned
words
as it is beyond our conceptual mind to
perceive
but it is what comes after the
experience that gives you a clue as to
what has just happened
as described before some explain feeling
a moment of relief after it happens
some experience a deep understanding of
dependent origination
some say they just went away into a
black hole or disappeared
then slowly a mild to strong euphoria
arises
i am careful not to use the word joy
here it is beyond that
some describe it like steam that ascends
slowly in mind or perhaps a minty
feeling
this is what we call all-pervading joy
it seeps out from every pore of your
body
you may not notice it at first but soon
you feel very uplifted and elevated
it is a feeling of happiness but
grounded in very strong equanimity
you realize in a flash that there is no
controller
there is no ego there is no self
everything is impersonal it is said no
self
no problem what a relief
there is nothing to worry about or
control it is all impersonal
arising and passing away on its own all
of these mental states are arising from
causes
they are just conditioned by previous
actions
in fact the meaning of comma pali
or karma sanskrit is action
there is the action and then the result
from that action bipaca
there is no self that you need to
psychoanalyze to get to the real problem
of this depression or neurosis
once the concept of self is gone there
is nobody left to be depressed
or more clearly nobody left to take a
painful feeling personally
it is only a feeling and it isn't your
feeling
you may notice that everything looks a
little different now
your senses appear to be heightened more
than normal meditation might make them
colors are brighter where you just find
yourself looking at the trees with awe
and wonder
you notice the mind is sublimely quiet
you will be asked if you notice a change
in your personality
do you feel different do you have a
change in perspective
for some it is a dramatic change and for
others
it is subtler in terms of perception
yes i can see a noticeable shift
everything that's happening around me no
longer has my emotional involvement
good bad or indifferent there's a
visible and experiential impersonal
nature to the events around me
and my mind is no longer reacting to
things
i'm taking my time with things not in a
rush there's nowhere to
go what's the hurry and there's a
pleasantness pervading my ac tions
calm collected and happy sd california
you will say your mind feels very
relieved and happy
you talk about how you understand now
how everything arises due to causes and
conditions
you are starting to understand deeply
what the links are and how they are
dependent on each other
instead of understanding them
intellectually you now understand them
directly
you may use the simile of the cloth as
the buddha did how everything
with its causes and conditions weaves
together to make a cloth
it is all impersonal sutha means thread
and poly
all the sooth is weaved together to make
the cloth
the cloth represents your wise
understanding of the whole process of
the buddha's teaching
prior to it the experience i felt
gradual changes after each sitting like
anger reducing and catching some
thoughts halfway
after the blackout anger worries stress
etc seemed to be massively reduced
peace of mind occasionally negative
things would arise
and i could feel a slight tension that i
would relax but didn't require too much
manual intervention
also unlike earlier where i was catching
them halfway through i was aware of them
much earlier
my senses seem more acute smells are
stronger
colors seem brighter and i'm seeing
details i didn't before
cb sri lanka you may or may not remember
seeing very much of this
but you will know it this is wisdom's
eye the profound knowledge from directly
seeing
the deep mind sees what happened and it
has understood what it means
this is wisdom seeing the links of
dependent origination
this is the path knowledge you are now
on the path to the full experience of
the first stage of awakening
decisions arise in your mind and you
commit an action that has a result
like a painful or pleasant feeling
arising in the future
breaking precepts results in painful
consequences
following precepts result in wholesome
pleasant results
what results do you want now you know
what is wholesome and what leads to
wholesome
most people will experience the first
path knowledge in a sitting meditation
but some have reported that it happened
after washing dishes or even turning
over and going back to sleep
nibbana happens when your knowledge is
mature and you are ready
at the meditation center in missouri we
see people get the path attainment every
now and then
and one of the principal ways you can
tell is that their face changes
it is like all the tension from a
lifetime just disappears
it looks as though the face drops the
wrinkled forehead flattens out
you can just see the equanimity bubbling
there is a glowing and a radiance that
is there
their speech is more controlled and less
emotional
many times bondi after he comes from the
interviews
will point out a meditator to me and say
look at their face
when i look if i look close enough i see
an emotionless but peaceful
angelic expression or just a big smile
with a glowing radiance that wasn't
there before
after a few days the most dramatic of
these effects disappears as the
hindrances make their way back
just not as strong as before started off
radiating equanimity
which was strong right after walking
with radiating equanimity
immediately went into neither perception
nor non-perception
no desire no craving for anything just
allowing mind to relax deeper and deeper
and deeper while staying on quiet mind
a cessation blank occurred and
immediately after emergence
stayed in 8th jana for a while then came
out and continued to 6r
the joy and equanimity that followed was
refreshing
the view of the world around has changed
drastically
there is non-attachment and non-aversion
as i'm just staying with quiet mind
smiling without effort and radiating
compassion to others
i've noticed i'm unable to break the
precepts in that i'm automatically
following them without a second thought
and without effort
sense of me has just vanished the world
is seriously different in the way it is
experienced since i began this retreat
sensual pleasures are nothing compared
to the meditation and being unhappy
seems like an
impossibility there is tremendous
silence in the mind and interactions
with others are joyful and happy with
lots of laughing and delightful words
all the while radiating loving kindness
to them
attachment or aversion make no sense at
all when there's no one being attached
or feeling aversion and no thoughts in
the mind
sense of ownership too has faded there's
nothing to own or keep
what comes comes in what goes goes
if it comes okay if it goes
okay too i'm in automatic happiness mode
everything that happens around me can be
good or bad or nothing at all
and i can just smile laugh and be happy
for no reason
there's no sense of tiredness or
lethargy who is being tired
moreover coming out of the meditation
seems to generate a lot of energy for
the day
it's better than any energy drink or
coffee
craving has become minuscule it just
doesn't register as something the mind
can do anymore sd california
soda panna fruition paula
the first path knowledge which is
experienced one time
is followed by the first fruition
knowledge the path knowledge gets you
through the door
the fruition knowledge closes the door
and locks in your understanding
this all happens when you have another
cessation moment arise in your
meditation
and you experience nibana again after
you experience
the soda panopath attainment as outlined
above then if you sit and continue to
meditate exactly as you did before
you will experience that process of a
blank spot and flashes again
with another feeling of relief this is
the soda pan of fruition
this is the first stage of four stages
of sainthood
you have entered the temple now but
there are three more levels of
attainment following sodapana which we
will get into following this chapter
however you might be too restless to sit
right after your path attainment
this is due to the strong all-pervading
joy you will be experiencing
over the next few days as your energy
wanes you will be encouraged to go back
to your chair or cushion and gain the
fruition of soda panna
you may be told that your mind is very
strong now
do not waste any time use this time to
make even more progress
you are understandably happy about your
path experience
but now that your mind is bright and
very clear it is helpful to continue to
the fruit of the first stage of
awakening
your mind is open and ready so just
continue with your practice
gaining the fruit is what changes the
personality in a major way
gaining the first path is a preliminary
step to gaining the full attainment and
fruition of soda panna
the meditator with only the path
experience can actually slide back due
to bad behavior and breaking precepts
you can lose your attainment this is why
it is called the path knowledge
you have become a kala soda panda little
stream enterer
you are still on the path not done yet
you must keep the precepts fully
meditate and attain cessation once again
once the fruition is attained the path
has been fully traveled
and you are now a noble one who will
never break the precepts
you have reached the first level of
sainthood bonnie vimalaromsi likes to
say you have given up an ocean of
suffering
a soda panna purifies and eliminates
from his mind the first three fetters of
being
there are ten in all one
sakaya ditty personality belief
you now know without any doubt that
there is no permanent
self or soul 2. the sikicha
skeptical doubt about the dhamma you
will have no doubt about the path
you will know how you achieved what you
did and how to continue the practice
you have total confidence in the
buddha's method you have full confidence
in the buddha
dhamma and sangha 3.
salabata paramasa clinging to rights and
rituals
thinking that they will by themselves
lead to awakening
you will understand that bowing chanting
or worshiping the bud dha will not get
you to the experience of nabana
no matter how much you do this you must
do the work of meditation and study to
attain nabana
with the second step of fruition being
attained you will not be able to break
precepts anymore
you might try to do it just as a test
but you won't be able to go through with
it
with only the path knowledge you could
potentially break them and this is the
danger of not attaining the fruit
with only the first path knowledge it is
still possible that if you did continue
to break precepts and behave badly
you could lose your attainment you would
have to go through the process
having the experience of seeing
dependent origination
again sutha mn105 sun akata sute
addresses this possibility with the
simile of the wound and healing
if one does not take care of the wound
it is liable to become infected
however with proper care the wound will
heal completely without any possibility
of becoming infected
in the same way with the proper taking
care of path knowledge
your attainment will not be lost with
the fruition
your attainment is locked in there is no
going back to the state of the worldling
pathujana as a sota pana you are
destined to have no more than seven
lifetimes before you get off the wheel
become a full arahant with all ten
fetters destroyed and attain final par
nabana
also when you are reborn at worst you
will not fall below the human realm
you are also assured that your next life
will be pleasant where you can continue
to do your work to get off the wheel
there are 31 planes of existences you
will not fall into the painful
hellish realms now you won't come back
as an animal or ghost
you may return to the human realm or to
one of the six devo or celestial heaven
realms where there is only enjoyment and
pleasures
if you attained jhana and you certainly
did practicing twim
you would be destined for at least one
of the brahma realms with incredibly
long life spans
where beings feed on joy to sustain
themselves
or you may go even higher into one of
the four arupa realms where there is
only mind
no tasting or touching they're
exclusively mental realms with no
physical body
in these realms it is said that
lifespans are measured with a one
followed by miles of zeros
so they are very long if for some reason
you have only attained the path
knowledge and haven't broken precepts
but you did not continue your meditation
in this lifetime
the soothes say you will attain the
fruition on or before your death
most of the time it will come a lot
sooner on a retreat
fruition could come in only a few days
or even hours
if you continue to practice without a
break recently
a man in chicago experienced the path at
lunchtime
and the fruition arose for him at 1 20
a.m that night
he didn't see the links the first time
but with the fruition he did report them
all the higher paths are attained by
just continuing the practice in the same
way
there will be deeper and subtler fetters
to see and abandon
your meditation will be easier but still
the balance of the fetters will continue
to arise
now your confidence will be very strong
and you will be without doubt
the sooth is also describe another way
of becoming a sota panna
simply hearing a passage of text can
bring about the sota panna or sakatagami
paths
in one translation soda means ear and
pana means wisdom
wisdom through hearing this is rare but
it did happen for many of the buddha's
disciples
like saraputta and magulana but for this
to happen
the teacher must say exactly the right
thing and the student must be ready
again this is a very rare occurrence
and it tends to take a buddha to
accomplish it now you have had the first
two experiences of nibbana and have
become a sota pana with fruition
this is the goal of the eight jhanas and
the path i have been describing
you have become a noble one one who is
now broken out of the samsaric wheel of
existences
but there is still more to do there are
the four levels of noble ones and three
more i will describe below that you
still must go through to fully eliminate
all craving in your mind if you want to
accomplish all of this in one lifetime
chapter 16 second stage sakatagami
meditation instruction now that you have
attained the
first path and fruition of sodapana how
do you continue
that is easy just keep doing what you
are doing
each stage of awakening is just one more
step on the ladder to eliminating
craving
now the meditator spends two minutes in
each direction radiating equanimity and
then all around us before
and again when the feeling fades away
you observe the quiet clear mind and six
are any phenomena that arise
that's it just keep going and this is
the process
all the way to the highest attainment
the second stage of awakening is a
continued deepening of the meditation
practice
you become a sakatagami when you see the
links of dependent origination arising
and passing away twice versus only one
time for the sota panna
there is a cessation and you quickly see
the 12 links of dependent origination
one time
and then they arise and pass away a
second time right after the first
in total 24 links arise and pass away
all at once
like train cars one after the other this
seeing of the links is followed by a
moment of relief
this is not just based on the soothing
text but has been observed in students
experiences
after you attain sakatagami path maga
the sakatagami fruition paula comes when
you once again experience cessation and
the links of dependent origination
arising and passing away twice
sometimes in the path experience the
student does not actually see the
bubbles
which are the links but they will see
them at the fruition
as before it is at fruition where the
personality changes permanently
path knowledge means really you are just
on the path to the fruit or completion
of the sakatagami stage
at this stage you weaken but don't fully
eliminate
the fetters of 1.
kama raga sensuous craving or lust
2. vayapada ill will
hatred anger aversion and fear
these have been loosened at times these
unwholesome states will still arise if
the circumstance presents itself
you will tend to avoid anger and lust
seeing them as core states
if they arise you will notice six of
them you will be surprised if they hang
around very long
you will be motivated to continue your
meditation to fully eliminate these
disturbing states of mind
but they will still be present just not
as strong
it is at the fruition there is a strong
release and letting go of sensual
desires
this doesn't necessarily mean sexual
desire but the course desires for
sensual pleasures like entertainment
eating out and bodily pleasure sexual
desire is deeper and is let go later
a note here is that if the fruition of
any path is not experienced in this
lifetime
it will happen upon your death as a
saccotagami you will have no more than
just one time that you have to return to
the human or higher realms before you
attain
final parabana and release from samsara
as a sodapana it was seven the quality
of the sitting was much different from
the first session today
this one being the final meditation of
today
i began with quiet mind as object after
having done the walking meditation with
equanimity as the object
no preconceptions of what was to come in
the meditation
automatic six ring which has become an
impersonal and automatic process
a blank occurred and there was strong
balance but more so quality of mind
itself is transformed
it's as if and the best way i can
describe it is
to use a metaphor like the mind of an
infant wouldn't know exactly how an
infant's mind works
and what i mean by that his mind is
empty empty of concepts
empty of thoughts empty of identity
empty of sorrow
empty even of bliss certainly bliss
arose after the blank
but the mind is following this
meditation totally free
there is no craving there is no wanting
desire
or striving to be or not be mind
functions according to the needs of a
given
moment but otherwise is utterly and
profoundly quiet
even the concept of being in the moment
is utterly gone who is there to be in
the moment
total freedom from all ideas notions
beliefs
thoughts a fresh and clean slate
sd california
three ways to nibana
as outlined in this book the first and
easiest
way to reach nibana is through the jhana
path what i am describing in this book
there are however two other ways to
attain nibana
the second way is the way the buddha's
own awakening process unfolded
he went to the fourth jhana and then one
he remembered his past
lives two he visited other realms and
saw how and why beings were reborn there
and finally three he saw how kama works
how causes create more causes in a
never-ending wheel that leads to old age
and death
disenchantment and dispassion arose
through this knowledge
and nibbana was attained this way is
called the threefold knowledge or tbj
that is 1 knowledge of past lives
2. knowledge of beings in other realms
and
3 knowledge of the destruction of the
taints nabana
the third way is through attaining all
the psychic powers or idis and then
attaining nibana
this practice is most suited to people
who are sensitive to feeling or
emotionally driven
being sensitive to feeling means you are
a feeling type person who is governed by
your heart
the other type of person is an
intellectual person ruled by logic and
pragmatic decisions
they are best suited to go through the
jaunas people who are mixed may take the
buddhist path of the threefold knowledge
or go through the jaundice
you can be taught to remember your past
lives but we will not go into this
practice here
you can ask the teacher if it would be
helpful and they can decide whether they
will teach it to you based on your
progress and your personality type
the psychic power route is a difficult
path and can take many years
it brings with it the danger of becoming
attached to these powers and not wanting
to proceed
it can bring up a lot of conceit and
arrogance about having such unique
abilities
in the opinion of the bonnie vimela
ramsay it is the most difficult of the
ways
he says you can learn this but it will
take you 10 years
and you will have to stay with him for
that whole time
chapter 17 third stage anagami
the buddha considered the first and
second stage of attainments to be
learner states
the fruit of the meditation starts to
develop at the next stage of anagami
where hatred and sensual desire are
eliminated together with the previous
three taints that were eliminated at
sotapanna
these are the five lower fetters this is
truly a worthy and elevated state of
being
arahant which is the fourth and final
stage then eliminates the rest of the
ten fetters
completely to attain the higher paths of
anagami and arahant
one must practice meditation whereas
before one might have become awakened to
the first two paths just by listening to
a phrase
it will now require intense meditation
practice with full passage through the
jhanas
deep meditation is needed to see even
more clearly the nature of the links of
dependent origination and how mind is
working
taking everything personally after more
meditation and devotion to the practice
you will experience cessation again then
you will see the links of dependent
origination arise and pass away three
times after a cessation moment in quick
succession
this is the anagami mago or path
knowledge of the third stage of
awakening
after you experience anagami maga if you
experience the same thing again
then anagami paula or fruition knowledge
will arise three times
an anagami has very strong equanimity
nothing disturbs you except sometimes
some restlessness that arises
whereas before you might have reacted
with some sensual desire
lust hatred or aversion this is no
longer the case
in addition there isn't the slightest
fear now because of the elimination of
hatred
fear is part of hatred you will have
destroyed the first five fetters
completely
1. sakaya did he personality belief in
an eye or personal self or soul
2. the sikicha skeptical doubt that the
dhamma is the true way
3. masa clinging to rights and rituals
four kamaraga sensual craving
lust five vayapada
ill will hatred anger aversion
and fear now you are very balanced in
mind
this is not some super conscious state
but simply the removal of most of the
craving
tanha from your mind you are still you
and you still have your personality but
the influences of the craving
neurotic fearful self are not there now
you can continue working at your job and
be in the world
work that is involved in honest ethical
pursuits will appeal to you
you will be completely truthful and fair
in your dealings with your customers and
fellow employees
you will treat your fellow employees
with kindness and not be shaken by any
outbursts from the boss
you will notice that you are no longer
bothered by the petty fears and hang-ups
that most people experience
you will become a better employee and a
better boss
you will have no fear of anything and
never be intimidated
you will follow directions perfectly but
have no problem with pushing back
against unwise orders given to you and
will not fear to talk to the boss in an
even
unemotional way you won't complain or
gossip with other employees about what
is wrong
and you might even be promoted up the
ranks truly
worldly success will come as you achieve
deep spiritual success romantic interest
is removed in a major way at the path
knowledge and eliminated entirely at the
fruition knowledge for anagami
you will no longer desire marriage or a
family
however if you currently are married or
have a family
your romantic lust will be replaced with
strong pure loving kindness
you will live with your mate as best
friends or brother and sister
you won't have any more children because
your desire for sex will be lost
you will be the most wonderful parent
conceivable
you won't ever get mad and you will
always love
and make plenty of time for your child
your two-year-old won't get on your
nerves anymore because you know that's
the nature of a two-year-old
it's okay you will acquire what you need
and not what you want
you won't have big desires to do things
other than being happy with what you
have and what you are doing right now
you will want to share what you have
learned in your meditation by teaching
but you won't be attached to promoting
anything if it happens
it happens your happiness with what you
have achieved will be something you
naturally want to share with others
if you are working gradually you will
move away from just doing a job to make
money
to looking for ways to help people
directly by starting a meditation group
or teaching meditation full-time
people will ask you what depression is
or what suffering is
and you will be able to tell them with
no doubts
you will know how your mind works and
will be able to explain it to others
and best of all going to the dentist
won't bother you
you will never be born again in the
sensuous realms if you don't attain
arahant in this lifetime
you will be reborn in one of the five
high brahma realms called the pure
abodes where there are only other
anagamis and arahants
from this realm you are destined to
attain darahana thiep and get off the
wheel
but there is still more to do there are
10 fetters
and you have removed five there are yet
five
more these are the final obstacles to
full awakening and freedom from even a
wisp of craving
chapter 18 fourth stage
arahant when you become an arahant
there is nothing more that can disturb
your mind
you will experience arahata maga and
arahatapala
path and fruition with each path in each
fruition experience
you will witness the arising and passing
away of the links of dependent
origination four times very quickly
you will now have completely let go of
all ten fetters of being
there is no further mental suffering for
you of any kind
1. sakaya did he personality belief in
an eye or personal self or soul
the realization of the total
impersonality of all existence
2. the sikicha skeptical doubt that the
correct practice of right effort is the
true way to awakening
3. salabata paramasa realizing that
rights and rituals by themselves do not
lead to awakening
4. kama raga craving for sensual
pleasures
5. vayapada ill will
hatred and fear 6.
rupa raga and rupa raga the desire for
material and immaterial existence
the desire to be reborn in any realm of
existence
this fetter listing has these two
desires for existence combined into one
which is different from the way they are
normally listed
seven mana conceit comparing with
somebody else
thinking in your mind i am better than
you or i am less than you comparing
yourself to others
8. tina mitta sloth and torpor
although sloth and torpor are frequently
not classically included as part of the
fetters
sloth and torpor are considered as one
of the hindrances which is why bonnie
vimela ramsay adds it here
the suthas list this as a hindrance
quite clearly
9. udaca restlessness and worry
10. avisia ignorance of the four noble
truths and the workings of dependent
origination
you will be sought out for your wisdom
as there is no craving left in your mind
and your mind is completely transparent
you see how your mind works and can
easily explain it to others
the buddha was an arahant and passed
through all of the jaundice and went
through all the stages of awakening
it is said you could ask the buddha a
question and he would give you the
perfect answer
he always said exactly what was called
for at the time
you may not have that depth of his
understanding or ability to speak
but it will be close you will have
experienced nibana the same number of
times
but your understanding of what you saw
or your ability to explain it may be
less
the difference between a buddha and an
arahant is that the buddha has gone
through countless lifetimes of
purification and can be compared to a
bottle that is completely empty
clear and sparkling there will be no
taint or smell of what was there before
in an arahant there may be just a whiff
of the personality that was there before
like a milk bottle that is emptied and
cleaned out but with some faint remnant
of what was there
nonetheless both a buddha and an arahant
are both empty of craving and ego
both have the same attainments another
difference here is that a buddha comes
to wisdom solely through their own
efforts
while an arahant reaches awakening by
hearing the teachings of a buddha
when somebody asks you if you have any
attachments to relatives or family you
will say no
there is nothing that makes your mind
lose its balance
yet arahants are not automatons
the buddha was hardly an automaton he
not only responded to people who needed
his help but went from place to place
finding beings with little dust in their
eyes who he felt could understand his
teachings he initiated conversations
seeking out beings that he could help
awaken he invited other teachers to come
and argue their views with him in order
to teach more students and convince more
people he knew the true
way it was said that he taught the devas
and beings in other realms while
everyone else was asleep at night
you will compassionately take care of
any problem that you find
you will always help others to overcome
problems but will never push your help
on them
you will be equally compassionate to all
beings and not just members of your
family
your loving kindness now knows no bounds
or limits
you will treat the lowly ant as well as
you treat your closest friend you will
not proselytize about buddhism
you will answer questions and bring up
dhamma at the right time
it is unlikely anyone would ever know
about your attainment as there is no
longer concede or desire to say you are
better than anyone
and as far as you are concerned your
mind is simply clear
and that is all there may arise in you
some psychic powers
like reading minds or something else but
it just depends on your past karmic
actions
sara putta have little in the way of
powers yet he was an intellectual giant
and called the general of the dhamma
magalana had every power that was
possible and then some
but his intellect was not as sharp as he
had more of a feeling or emotional type
of personality
feeling personalities have a strong
tendency to be able to develop psychic
powers
your intuition about things will be
exquisite your meditation practice will
be very deep
with no distractions you can decide to
go into a jhana
or even cessation neurota itself at will
you will be able to resolve to sit in
the cessation of perception
feeling and consciousness for up to
seven days if you go any longer than
that your body will lose its heat and
vitality and die
you must be careful going into a state
of extended cessation is of great
benefit because
when you come out of this state your
mind will be extremely energetic and
awake
you will need much less sleep the buddha
was said to have slept only an hour per
night
people with the fruition of anagami also
have a limited ability to go into
cessation
and there are now students that can make
this determination and sit in cessation
for as long as they wish
theoretically based on the suthas you
can sit for seven full days
and get up as if you had just recently
sat down with no pain
full of energy this cessation state is
different than what is mentioned in the
suthas as he attained to the cessation
of perception
feeling and consciousness and his taints
were destroyed by seeing with wisdom
when this state is attained you do not
see the links arise and attain nibana
it is simply a stilling and stopping of
mind why one doesn't see the links again
and attain nibana again
i cannot say all we can say is that
there is a cessation and there is a
cessation
different in some way there is also a
difference between the cessation state
of an anagami versus an arahant
cessation or in poly narota is a
stopping of the mental stream
just like when you turn the water off
from the faucet and it drips a little
bit and then stops
there is no more water nerota is the
stopping of all mental activity
it is when mind becomes so tranquil that
it just stops
however the arahant's mind is so pure
that when he determines to go into this
cessation experience
it is a state closer to nibbana an
unconditioned state
it is not just a stopping but something
else instead of the conditioned mind
stopping
mind now moves toward the unconditioned
biku nanda in his series the mind
stilled in sermon 16
goes into this subject and calls this
state by its pali name are hatafa
somebody he explains it here
but the awakening in nibada is not of
such a temporary character
why because all the influxes that lead
one into the samsaric slumber with its
dreams of recurrent births are made
extinct in the light of that perfect
knowledge of realization
that is why the term asavakaya
extinction of influxes
is used in the discourses as an epithet
of nabana
the arahants accomplished this feat in
the concentration on the fruit of
arahant hood
arahata falasamity bani vimalaramsi has
traveled the world and talked to and
studied under many of the recognized
meditation masters of our time
he is inevitably asked if he has met any
arahants
what about fill in the blank he says
no so far he has not met anyone that he
felt was an arahant
he says you need to spend time
evaluating someone to be sure they have
no more
fetters but he is hopeful that we will
have one soon
you are at the end of the eightfold path
you have eliminated ignorance and
craving through thoroughly understanding
the four noble truths
you have traveled the eightfold path to
the end of suffering
you will live out your current life but
will not be born again to the maelstrom
of samsara and will not be subject to
its disease
you have found freedom you have become
another noble one in the buddha's
dispensation
mn 21 monks
rightly speaking word to be said of
anyone he has attained mastery and
perfection and noble virtue
attained mastery and perfection and
noble collectedness attained mastery and
perfection and noble wisdom
attained mastery and perfection and
noble deliverance it is of sara putta
indeed that rightly speaking this should
be said
22. monks rightly speaking
word to be said of anyone he is the son
of the blessed one
born of his breast born of his mouth
born of the dhamma
created by the dhamma an air in the
dhamma not in air and material things
it is of saraputta indeed that rightly
speaking this should be said
23. monks the matchless wheel of the
dhamma set rolling by the tatagata is
kept rolling rightly by sarapuda
that is what the blessed one said the
monks were satisfied and delighted in
the blessed one's words
in a big coup whose taints are destroyed
these
lust hatred delusion are abandoned
cut off at the root made like a palm
stump done away with so that they are no
longer subject to future arising
chapter 19 dash the power of jhana
experiencing the state of jhana in this
lifetime is a very powerful and
far-reaching event that you can achieve
pretty quickly in this lifetime in fact
it is only second to attaining nibana
itself
why is it so important it is important
because that when you attain even one
moment of jana
the suthas say that if you keep your
precepts and continue to lead a
relatively moral life until your death
you will be destined at a minimum to be
reborn into a realm called a brahmaloka
this is a very high heavenly realm that
corresponds to the last and highest most
jhana you have attained in your practice
for example if the last and highest jana
you experienced during your lifetime was
the third jhana
then you would be reborn into the third
genre realm or brahmaloka
at the highest state slash degree in
this realm it is called the davis of
refulgent glory
subaka nadeva because of the great merit
or wholesome energy of the jhana
you will never return to a human or the
lower heaven realms
much less hell ghosts or animal realms
now if that isn't good news then there
is an even more interesting fact that
the suthas describe and is found in the
anguttara nikaya
you will attain nabana there in that
realm without any return to a lower
realm
not only are you reborn into a
brahmaloka but you never take rebirth in
any lower realm
even if you have not attained nabana and
all it took was to experience jhana just
once
this should motivate you to go sit it is
widely written in most books on buddhism
that should you attain sotapanna
or higher attainment that you will
return at most
seven times to any realm before
attaining final nibana or arahantship
but it can actually only be as little as
one time if you attain nabana through
the jhana practice
note this is the tranquil aware jhana
estate we are talking
about you will be only reborn one time
in the highest genre realm that you
experienced and attain
final awakening there there are sooth
references to support this coming up
but first we must address a common
misconception that you must actually be
in the state
of jhana while you are dying to be
reborn into that higher realm
attaining jhana just one time
the suthas do say that if you attain a
jhana then you are automatically reborn
into the corresponding brahmaloka realm
and never return back to a lower realm
however most people think that when you
die you have to be in the state of jhana
the thought is that if you attain the
first jhana then rebirth is in the first
genre realm
rebirth is very pleasant and is one eon
long there
if you attain the second jana then this
realm is higher still
and so on up to the eighth level of the
europa base of neither perception nor
non-perception
i'll use the below sutha it is a
suttacentral.net translation
but i am going to change some of the
text to be kubota's version
this becomes clearer with a zan gutter
and nikaya translation
printed by wisdom publications in 2012
on page 507 this is a soothing entitled
goodwill
loving kindness the book of force sutha
1 25.
this is to address the skeptics that
think that to be reborn in a brahmaloka
requires that you be in that jhana
meditation state at the moment of your
death
anguttara nikaya 125 5
book of fours loving kindness
monks there are these four types of
individuals to be found existing in the
world
which four there is the case where an
individual keeps pervading the first
direction
as well as the second direction the
third and the fourth
with an awareness imbued with
loving-kindness or meta
thus he keeps pervading above below
and all around everywhere and in every
respect the all-encompassing cosmos with
an awareness imbued with goodwill
loving kindness abundant expansive
immeasurable free from hostility free
from ill will
he savors that longs for that finds
satisfaction through that
staying there fixed on that dwelling
there often
not falling away from that dj easily
able to return to that janna then when
he dies
he reappears in conjunction with the
devas of brahma's retinue
first jhana realm the davis of brahma's
retinue
monks have a lifespan of an eon
if we look at the suta this idea of
having to be in the jhana state at death
appears not to be the case
luckily you only need to be able to
experience in the time period that is
near your death
through a normal sitting the ability to
get back into that jhana again
with this condition you have fulfilled
the criteria
the only exception would be if you had
committed any of the five heinous crimes
killing an arahant killing your mother
or father causing a schism in the songha
or wounding a buddha all of which are
either impossible or extremely unlikely
as long you meet these criteria you will
be reborn into
for example that very pleasant first
genre realm
and if you are able to attain the first
jhana in the time period around your
death then you will be assured of being
reborn into that realm
it doesn't say you have to be in the
janna at the moment of death
who could actually accomplish that
anyway you are dying
you may be sick and weak it would take a
buddha
but then he is already fully enlightened
and it would not apply to him
anyway most meditator twim students
would likely be able to get into a jhana
easily enough later on in life if they
have kept their practice up
or at least led a moral life and kept
precepts
it's like getting on a bike the next
part is now subject to more
interpretation
and i will do my best to help with this
the soothing says that whatever john
around that you were reborn into
having arrived in that realm by your
jhana practice you will attain nabana in
that realm
never to return to any lower realm or
for that matter any realm at all
but it starts off with saying that
someone other than the buddha's
disciples
will go to the lower realms immediately
after having enjoyed that high rebirth
continued anguttara nikaya 125
5 book of fours loving kindness
a run-of-the-mill worldling person
having stayed there
having used up all the lifespan of those
davis goes to hell
to the animal womb to the state of the
hungry shades
ghosts but a disciple of the blessed one
below it says noble disciple so this
means following the buddha's training in
the aware jannas
not concentration janus having stayed
there having used up all the lifespan of
those devas
is unbound attains final nibana right in
that state of being
this monks is the difference this the
distinction
this the distinguishing factor between
an educated disciple of the noble ones
those having practiced the jhana path
that the buddha found
and an uneducated run-of-the-mill person
a disciple of another system of
meditation
like absorption concentration the buddha
tried them all before finding the aware
jhana path
when there is future destination and
rebirth
the soothing implies that if you attain
jhana and you have learned true
meditation practice from the buddha
then you will be reborn into the genre
realm and attain final nibbana in that
realm and get off the wheel right there
with no further births however there is
this quite ominous warning
and believe me most people will not like
this at all
about your subsequent rebirth after
having been reborn into a genre realm if
you did not learn your meditation from
the buddha
if you attain jhana using concentration
methods taught by other teachers
the buddha he rejected concentration
methods early on in his search
you will indeed be reborn to this
brahmaloka and live out your life there
but
shockingly you will not gracefully fall
down from that brahmaloka to a deva
or heavenly realm and then gently are
reborn into a human birth
as your good comma and merit is used up
but
rather fall directly into the lower
planes of existence like the animal or
hell realms
this does not agree with the abhide hama
which most monks would consult for this
type of inquiry
in fact there is disagreement about
whether the abhidhamma was spoken by the
buddha at all
it is generally theorized by many
scholars that it was added to the basket
of texts at the third council of monks
some 200 years after the buddha died so
how could he have said this so if we go
by the suthas only
then we need to change our views after
explaining this sudha to one of our more
advanced students in the usa
he said he did recall one of his past
lives in a brahmaloka heaven realm
and he remembered actually dying from
that realm
he was shocked to find he had fallen all
the way down to become an animal in his
next rebirth
from a god to a dog a sri lankan student
at dhamasuka for a retreat agreed with
this idea and quoted a sooth reference
i don't recall now where the buddha is
asked about a stream of ants walking on
the ground
he said that these beings had fallen
from a brahmaloka and had not gotten off
the wheel and attained nabana
the buddha pointed this out as an
admonishment to sarah putta
who had just gotten someone on their
deathbed
into a wholesome enough state for
rebirth after death
into a heavily deva realm the
admonishment was for only getting them
into a heavenly realm and not giving
them enough wisdom for them to attain
the knowledge of nibana right there and
get off the wheel either this or only
one more lifetime
if you attain a few absorption
concentration john is then
eventually that karma runs out and it
really runs out
you might become an ant after your stay
in a heavenly palace
i'll note here that i believe the above
example may be a student that only
attained the brahmaloka through an act
of good merit
not attaining any jhanas but only was
listening to sarapuda and through their
giving year
their mind became elevated enough to get
into a brahmaloka through the hearing of
a suda
because it was not through jhana
practice there would be no protection
from falling from that realm
there are stories of people acquiring
enough merit at the time of the buddha
to be reborn
even as high as the brahmalokas but due
to not having any jhana practice to
protect them
either concentration or tranquil aware
jhana they fell directly to the lower
realms
as that was the only good merit keeping
them in the higher realm
i don't know all this is speculation
but let's go to the suda page 347
imperturbil 116 4n gutter and nikaya bb
2012.
monks there are three types of persons
found in this world
one here monks with the attainment of
the base of infinite space
this person relishes it and finds
satisfaction in it
if he is firm in and has not lost it
when he dies
he is reborn in companionship with the
davis of the infinite space
the lifespan is 20 000 eons
this worldling remains there all his
life and when he has completed the
entire lifespan of those devas
he goes down to hell to the animal realm
or to the sphere of afflicted spirits
but the blessed one's disciple remains
there all his life
and when he has completed his entire
lifespan of those devas
he attains nibana in that very same
state of existence
this is the difference between the
instructed noble one's disciple and the
whirlwing
the suthe goes on to repeat for the base
of infinite consciousness and
nothingness
so this is saying that if you are able
to enter into a jhana
in this specific case an arupa jhana at
death
and you have not arrived at this realm
through wrong concentration or because
of a large amount of worldly merit
then you are liable to fall sharply from
that realm
directly into a lower realm without
gradually falling first into a deva
realm
and then again further down to a human
realm
this doesn't say a noble disciple it
says the blessed one's disciple
just a disciple is all this means they
are someone following the jhana practice
path laid out by the buddha
they don't have any attainments as if
they did they would be referred to as a
noble disciple
in summary i leave you with some quotes
from the suthas to suggest
it is up to the reader to decide that if
you keep up your meditation practice and
are able to get into a john and near and
around the time of your death
then you will not only be reborn into
the corresponding brahmaloka but attain
nibana there
without ever returning to a lower
rebirth pretty good
again this is commonly thought as only
the domain of the stream enterer or a
higher noble disciple
it was thought that you had to have the
third stage nibana experience to never
return to this world or lower
in fact all you need to do is just
attain a jhana
this is a wonderful discovery and if
true we are very lucky
even for those whose practice is only a
little bit advanced
with just the first jhana attained that
said
the buddha always admonished followers
not ever to stop and to continue the
practice until final awakening was
achieved
here and now he had high expectations
and demanded the highest achievement
either you were an arahant or you were
still a rookie
j h a n a n a g a m i or j h a n a n a g
a m i t a reading through the n gutter
and nikaya is quite interesting as there
are some nuggets in these texts that
don't appear elsewhere in the other
nikayas
what i found specifically is a different
understanding
or definition of the sota panna and
sukadagami noble disciples
first and second level attainments it is
thought that only in anagami attainment
third stage of awakening will give you
enough merit
for your rebirth in your next lifetime
to be reborn in a brahmaloka
and in the case of the anagami a very
special brahmaloka called the pure
abodes where only anagamis are reborn
because they have eliminated the first
five fetters of craving
from there they attain our handship in
that realm and are never take birth
again
it is an incredible accomplishment for
this to be your last lifetime in the
lower realms
even the human endeavor realms and this
is what the anagami achieves
however i found some good news for the
first two lower noble levels
in the end gutter and nikaya for the
first two noble disciples
if you attain sota panna or sakatagami
and you did this through the jhana
meditation practice
then you will be reborn into the
brahmalokas never to return
like the anagami the first and second
paths can be attained through hearing a
suda
however when you attain them with jhana
practice your advantage is that you are
reborn into the highest realm available
to a meditator
you will not return to any lower realm
you will attain nibana in that realm and
get off the wheel right there
no more lifetimes like seven lives for a
sota panna
and one for a sakatagami which is the
case described in so many commentaries
those noble disciples that have the
attainment of sotapanna or sakatagami
that was attained through the jhana
practice are given the unique title of j
h a n a n a g a m i or j h a n a n a g a
m i t
a per biku bodhi's notes from a
commentary he does note
in his translation of the anguttara
nikaya notes number 539 and number 2193
which i reproduce later
let's go to the suthas here is a partial
soother quote regarding the never
returner status of sotapanna or
sakatagami
page 1541 the deed born body 219 ninan
this noble disciple understands when the
liberation of mind by loving-kindness
has been developed in this way
who has attained the jaundice through
the brahma-viharas it leads to
non-returning for a wise b coup here who
does not penetrate to a further
liberation
a similar subtitle is found on page 327
autumn 94
iii and because just as
in the autumn when the sky is clear and
cloudless the sun
ascending in the sky dispels all
darkness from space as it shines and
beams and radiates
so too when the dust free stainless
dammay arises in the noble disciple
together with the arising of vision the
noble disciple abandons three fetters
person-existence view doubt and wrong
grasp of behavior and observances
afterward when he departs from two
states longing
and ill-will then secluded from sensual
pleasures
secluded from unwholesome states he
enters and dwells in the first jhana
which consists of rapture and pleasure
born of seclusion
accompanied by thought and examination
if beakis
the noble disciple should pass away on
that occasion there is no fetter bound
by which he might return to this world
the above person clearly becomes free of
three fetters and has become a sota
panna
b kuboti explains in a note number 539
page 1663 relating to the above passage
he calls this type of individual a j h a
n a n a g ami or as in the duplicate
note number 2193
a j h a n a n a g a m ita
here is the note number 2193
page 1859 by bhikkhu bodhi
this phrase normally denotes the
attainment of non-returning
mp commentaries however identifies this
disciple as a jhana non-returner
j-h-a-n-a-n-a-g-a-m-i-t-a that is a
stream enterer or once returner who also
attains jhana
though such a practitioner has not yet
eliminated the two fetters of sensual
desire and ill will
by attaining jhana he or she is bound to
be reborn in the form realm and attain
nibana there
without taking another rebirth in the
sense fear
i will note here myself that i don't
know what the differences are between
the two
types of jananagamis it is not explained
by beku bodhi
so now we have a new type of noble one
one that has attained sotapanna and
sakatagami
attained by following the jhana
meditation system not attained through
listening to a phrase or other method
he has earned the achievement of not
having to be born again in the lower
deva or human realms and will be reborn
in a brahmaloka and attain final nibbana
there
it says the form realm and i would
theorize that this is the pure abodes
as this is the highest form realm
otherwise
logically if you do attain to the europa
genus
which you would do practicing by using
the jhana path then you would be reborn
in the higher arupa or mental
brahmalokas where there is only
mind e the base of nothingness etc this
would not be a birth in a form realm
but rather a formless realm this seems
fairly logical as it would make no sense
for someone who attained sotapanna to be
reborn again as a human being with the
same people they grew up with
the same high school dance party that
they went to the same people who never
knew or followed precepts
no i don't think that makes sense a sota
panna is a very high being called a
saint in many places
and it would be very doubtful that he or
she would be reborn into the company of
worldlings
even reborn as a regular monk among
monks who themselves
are still worldlings many monks these
days are study monks or serve lay people
performing rights and rituals and have
not meditated
i will leave all these ideas in the last
chapter to contemplate
but i found it rather interesting and
hopeful it may be quite confusing
but i seem to have become a true
buddhist geek as i am interested in the
finer
perhaps really really finer points of
attainments
this research of course is solely based
on what the suthas say
which i would hope to be true and
correct the interpretation
of course is just my own
chapter 20 after the retreat
people ask after a retreat or what they
think is a major attainment
now what do i do how do i practice each
day
first one of the misunderstandings is
that you will be able to dial up the
last journey you attained
or for that matter any jhana at will
no you won't be able to do that your
practice will take a dip and the mind
will sink back into a coarser state
daily life brings stresses both physical
and emotional
these will wear you out and will affect
your meditation
all of the news social media and
relationships you have
will make your mind more restless and
agitated
so your meditation will be restless one
day and groggy the next
sometimes you will just be frazzled it
doesn't matter
you just continue your practice each day
as long as you can
bonnie vimela ramsay suggests if you
want true progress each day you will sit
and walk two hours or more most people
will not have that time to spend but can
sit 30 minutes or an hour each day
so do that get up a little earlier to
sit
progress will continue albeit slower
every day the more pure mind states you
bring up the more mental merit and
purity you obtain
it is suggested that you get up in the
morning and go through your morning
things like a bath and having breakfast
and then sit
sitting right away when you get up may
lead to sleepiness
if you are working with a spiritual
friend as your object of meditation
then continue that process when your
feeling of meta
rises up into your head and ceases being
in your heart or chest area
then go to the breaking down the
barriers section in this book and
practice that for a day or two
when your mind is okay with the four
groups of beings and you don't have any
gross ill will
then continue on to radiating in the six
directions practice and start with
radiating loving kindness for the
instructions in that section
see the fourth jhana chapter in this
book for all of the above instructions
if you have advanced and were practicing
at the formless journal levels of either
meta
karuna mudita or apeka then on a retreat
you would just return and work with the
jhana slash feeling you were working
with
however in daily life you would be
advised to start each meditation session
with meadow or loving kindness
this is the gateway to all of the other
ghanas
many students will get into equanimity
on a retreat and experience all of the
higher janas and
perhaps get an attainment they think
that they simply can return to radiating
equanimity during daily life
this might not be possible if you start
radiating equanimity
you may actually just be radiating a
kind of calm which is really not
equanimity at all
and your practice won't get anywhere
this might leave you frustrated and
wondering why nothing is happening
off retreat your mind is agitated and
restless
and no longer in a high state so it is
best to restart with meta
this loving kindness that is radiated
outward softens the mind and brings
tranquility and energy
joy to your sitting in a very short time
your mind will return to the last level
you attained
remember the brahmavihara practice is
something that happens automatically
no need to figure this out just start
with meta and you will go up the chain
of viharas
if you are doing directions you can do
five minutes to each direction
as you did previously if you have had an
attainment you are suggested to radiate
only two minutes in each direction and
then all around
then the rest of the day use your six
areas to release and relax into
disturbing mental states that might be
triggered
try radiating loving kindness while you
are driving or shopping
develop wholesome states the longer you
stay in the wholesome
the deeper your practice will go
eventually
keep your precepts this is very
important for your practice to go
further
avoid intoxicants especially as that
might be the tougher precept to keep
than the others
peer pressure can come into play here
but just wave it off
this will have significant payoffs for
you in the future
develop your dana or generosity give
more to your local sangha
give more in general this softens the
mind further and makes merit that will
affect your practice positively
and of course continue to sit
chapter 21 review of meditation
instructions and stages of progress
you may be new to tranquil wisdom
insight meditation
taught by bonnie vimalaramsi and need a
refresher on the practice
and all of the signposts along the way
you may have forgotten some of the
instructions on how to begin
and what to do when the meditation
changes this chapter will give you a
summary of all of the instructions and
many of the signs of progress
after reading the previous chapters this
will summarize much of what you just
read and you can come back here and
refer to this
if you have forgotten some steps the
jhanas are not identified
as it is what you experience that is
most important not what jhana you are in
for that you can check the previous
chapters this is the bare bones of the
entire process
all the way to nibana beginning
instructions
for more information go back to the
detailed chapters at the beginning of
the book
sit for at least 30 minutes either on a
cushion or a chair
later a chair will be a better choice
do not move for any reason do not ate or
twitch
bring up a smile on your lips in your
heart and in your mind
keep the smile going for the entire
setting a little buddha smile
bring up a happy memory and feel that
memory
see yourself holding a baby what do you
feel look into his slash her eyes
how about playing with a dog or a bunch
of puppies what do you feel
loving kindness smile into that feeling
now wish yourself this feeling of loving
kindness and stay with that
stay with that feeling and let it seep
into your being for the first 10 minutes
of your sitting
to help you bring up the feeling of
loving kindness you may use phrases like
may i be happy may i be peaceful or
others
don't use this as a mantra but only now
and then to nudge along that subtle warm
glowing feeling of loving kindness if
your mind wanders or is distracted from
the feeling then practice the six-hour
process as defined in more detail
elsewhere in the book
this is very important six ares
one recognize you are distracted
two release your attention to the
distraction
three relax any tension and tightness
continuing to pull you to the
distraction
4. re-smile and bring up the feeling
again with a smile
5. return to your object of meditation
6. slash continue and keep it going
the next 20 minutes of the sitting or
balance of the sitting
pick a spiritual friend explained
elsewhere
and radiate to and surround your friend
with this warm feeling of loving
kindness that you now experience for
yourself
during your sitting develop a content
peaceful state of mind
do not try too hard just hang out with
your friend and just feel happy to be
meditating
if you notice a knot of tension in your
head then you are trying too hard
back off and relax and smile more
notice the tension but accept it is
there and let it be
six are return to your spiritual friend
gradually the tension will go away
because you aren't feeding it with your
attention anymore
all you need to do is relax and smile
and feel that smile
beginner's progress signs
gradually as you patiently stay with
yourself or your spiritual friend
the mind will start to calm the first 20
minutes of your sitting will generally
be active
and if you can sit through that and
don't move and smile
most of that will soon pass there will
come a point where all of a sudden joy
pity arises it will be something that
you have never experienced
it may be extreme or moderate but you
will feel it
then a feeling of tranquility will
follow after you experience this joy you
should now let go of the verbal phrases
that you have been using
those phrases may actually create
tension in your mind slash head
verbal phrases you have been using like
may i be happy can be let go
you only need to remember the feeling of
loving kindness and bring that back when
it weakens
don't get caught in nor suppress the joy
just acknowledge it is there and return
to your object of meditation
your spiritual friend as you continue
the joy will change and the happy noise
and the mind will take a step down
kind of like when you are sitting in the
refrigerator stops you suddenly notice
how quiet it has become
you will tend to have more confidence in
the twin method now
you have a feeling you have found the
right path this confidence just arises
on its own
keep smiling and patiently stay with
your spiritual friend
you six are any itches or distractions
the feeling of loving kindness will be
in your heart area and lower body
now you notice that parts of your body
just seem to not be there anymore
the mind has calmed a lot more you know
your hands are there
but you don't feel them however if there
is contact or someone touches you
you will feel it you are still aware of
the outside world
now the feeling will change from a more
coarse joy to a more subtle feeling of
happiness
or peaceful contentment sukha equanimity
starts to arise more now
a strong feeling of balance arises in
the mind
you should be sitting at least 45
minutes to one hour at this stage
as you sit in this peaceful feeling
gradually this feeling of loving
kindness moves up into the head
your awareness seems to change you were
feeling the body but now you are coming
into more of a mental realm
you have now become an advanced
meditator now
with your sitting practice you alternate
with 20 to 30 minutes of walking
meditation
you take your spiritual friend for a
walk stroll at a normal pace
not slow walking but enough to get your
heart going
keep your spiritual friend in mind see
him slash her smiling and happy while
sending them your wish of loving
kindness
much progress can be attained through
the walking meditation
you can walk into the jaundice
advanced instructions and progress
your meditation instructions now next
breaking down the barriers once the
feeling of meditation moves up into your
head
we ask you to do the breaking down the
barriers exercise
this should not take any more than just
one sitting
see chapter 4 for instructions next
radiating to the six directions now that
you have finished your breaking down the
barriers exercise
you will start to radiate your strong
feeling of loving kindness outward
like a candle or like a lighthouse
radiating warmth and heat into the six
directions
instructions first
radiate your loving kindness feeling for
five minutes to beings in front of you
you can pick the order that works for
you then all beings behind you for five
minutes
then to the left to the right down below
and all beings above you
five minutes in each direction a total
of 30 minutes in six directions
then for the rest of the sitting which
should be in the area of one to one
five hours now you radiate to all beings
in all directions at the same time
you become a bubble of meta with this
feeling of pure loving kindiness
you see this feeling seep or flow
outward as you wish beings happiness
keep your little buddha smile with you
advanced progress signposts
as you radiate to the directions you
feel loving kindness
meta going outward it can be subtle or
like a strong radiance or even a golden
light
continue no need to do more no need to
make it stronger
if it is weak just whatever is there
carefully six are when your mind's
attention wanders
as you feel more settled this feeling of
loving kindness will change
it gets quieter now this feeling is
turning into karuna or compassion your
mind feels like it is expanding in all
directions
it can be strong for some or just feels
big and expansive for others
next this expansion pulls back in and
the feeling in the mind changes to
mudita or a feeling of sublime joy
you may see a flickering at one of the
sense doors
it can be just that or you may see
consciousness arising and passing away
like frames in a movie film
frame by frame you may also start to
experience strong insights into a nada
or impersonality
as well as anika or impermanence next
you take what's not happening between
the frames as your new object of
meditation
there is a strong equanimity or balance
a pekka
that now arises the feeling of joy has
changed to balance and quiet
there isn't much activity or mind
objects to notice
there is very strong stability you
should notice the balanced feeling and
stay with that feeling
now radiate that to the directions this
feeling of balance or equanimity is now
your object of meditation
you will also have this perception that
there is nothing
thoughts have stopped the mind is quite
still now
awareness has moved fully up into the
head you don't notice your body at all
you are truly in a mental realm now you
no longer have a body is one way to look
at it
feeling and sensation are perceived by
mind even the feelings from the body are
just in mind
right there can be lights that arise
just six are them and come back to
observing and wishing equanimity
always come back to the feeling your
mind will become bright and clear
you can sit longer now up to two hours
if the sitting is going well then just
keep sitting
if you get up now when it is going well
you inevitably will need to build up
your mindfulness once more
in the next sitting to get back to where
you just were
take advantage of your progress and go
deeper now not later
get in some fast walking in between
sittings to get your heart pumping
sitting can slow down your energy as you
walk you should radiate equanimity to
all directions at the same time
become a bubble moving forward radiating
equanimity
after some time in this state where
there is nothing your mind will fall
initially into what seems like a dream
it is dreamlike yet you feel that you
are awake
your awareness is just barely there you
will come out of this state in a short
time
the mind will now be more still than
ever before
now we instruct you to sit with this
quiet mind for up to two to three hours
don't push or try too hard gently the
distractions are now only just
vibrations
and perhaps lights and patterns as soon
as your attention goes there
back away and relax just release slash
relax quickly is all that's needed
you may sit with nothing happening at
all for 5 minutes or even 15 minutes
your mind is completely unmoving like a
rock it won't shake
if it does then six are be very mindful
and six are right then
at this stage the feeling of equanimity
has stopped
now quiet mind is your object of
meditation you
understand that there is no movement you
observe and just
contentedly and dispassionately be with
that
there is now some relief from the noise
of the worldly mind
always come back to just being with
understanding and knowing that you are
observing quiet mind if your attention
wanders at all
from this present moment of peace and
non-activity then six are quickly but
softly and come back
enjoy the peace of no activity and relax
keep alert and mindful for vibrations
and attention shifts and back away and
release and relax right then
it may take 15 minutes or 30 minutes or
an hour but the mind will take a step
down to a new level of quiet
patience leads to nirvana just continue
you may say nothing is happening time to
stop
no keep going you are making huge
progress
staying in this special state at any
moment the mind could take yet another
step down
finally after some time the mind all of
a sudden
just stops there can be a space or
blackout
or not even that but you feel as though
you are coming back from somewhere
it is like the lights were turned off
but all you know now is that they are
coming back on
if you are aware enough you will
experience a quick feeling of relief
like a burden thrown off that may only
just be a moment or two
then an upsurge of joy arising and all
pervading joy in the whole body
you feel very happy you have just
experienced nabana for the first time
for more details see chapter 14.
congratulations
after nibana then what
now just return to your sitting practice
and continue in the same way
usually you can start with radiating two
minutes of equanimity to each direction
and then all around you follow the same
process over
and over all the way to our handship
through the four stages of sainthood
there is nothing special that you need
to do other than just keep going through
the stages of practice
over and over until you experience
another cessation and subsequently
another moment of nibbana
and attain the next step in awakening
after the retreat
you may not be able to bring up
equanimity that's okay
just start with loving kindness again it
will always take you automatically all
the way through the jhanas
to the goal metta is the gateway to
nibana
for more information dhamasuka
meditation center
www.damasuka.org
www.thepathdonibana.com
email david damasuka.org
meditate ananda do not delay or else you
will regret it later
this is our instruction to you that is
what the blessed one said
the venerable anando was satisfied and
delighted in the blessed one's words